Spreadsheet: 6165b244-62b2-40cb-a04e-8c3b3d1106e0
Sheet: Sheet1

qty. | isbn | cluster | authoreditor1_lastname | originators | title | subtitle | series_title | volume_number | edition_number | copyright_year | number_of_arabic_pages | term_cover_type | term_medium | bibliographic_information | springer_reference | price_usd_status | price_usd | term_main_discipline | subject1 | [NAME] | bic_code1 | subject2 | term_subject2 | bic_code2 | term_bookstore | term_product_category | term_publisher_name | delivery_status_ny | pub_date_planned | pub_date_actual_1st_rel_ny | distribution_information | table_of_contents_short | info_text | usp_editorial | term_publication_class | discount_group_ny | ebook_info_no_e_rights | ebook_package | term_ebook_package
 | 978-88-470-5528-5 | Anaesthesiology | Allaria | [NAME] | Practical Issues in Anesthesia and Intensive Care 2013 |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 188 | Soft cover | Book | IV, 188 p. 24 illus., 18 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH13001 | Anesthesiology | MMB | SCH22000 | Emergency Medicine | MMK | Anaesthesiology | Professional book | Springer Milan | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  | Worldwide | 1 Perioperative fluid therapy and fluid therapy in patients with sepsis. In search of clarification.- 2 Enough has been written about the treatment of ALI, but has enough been said about how to prevent it?.- 3 Prevention of perioperative myocardial ischemia.- 4 Respiratory complications after major abdominal surgery: causes, diagnosis, and prevention.- 5 Positive and negative aspects of aerosol therapies in ventilated patients.- 6 Update on lung imaging to select ventilation management in ARDS patients.- 7 Chest X-ray in ICU: an examination in which there is too much confidence. Possible alternatives.- 8 Continuous renal replacement therapy (CRRT) in intensive care.- 9 Loss of autoregulation of interstitial fluid dynamic in patients with sepsis and mechanisms causing edema.- 10 How to prevent and effectively treat postoperative shivering.- 11 Epidemiology, etiopathogenesis, diagnosis and treatment of postoperative paralytic ileus in intensive care.- 12 Which adult patients undergoing non-cardiac surgery should be monitored postoperatively in ICU?.- 13 Invasive candidiasis in the intensive care setting. | This book is an up-to-date guide to the most widely debated practical and management issues in anesthesia and intensive care. It provides validated information on the state of the art regarding a wide range of topics, including choice of imaging techniques in the management of ARDS patients, the value and limits of continuous renal replacement therapy in intensive care, the prevention and treatment of postoperative shivering, the diagnosis and treatment of postoperative paralytic ileus, ways to prevent acute lung injury, the prevention of perioperative myocardial ischemia, and the management of invasive candidiasis in intensive care. All subjects are addressed in a lively and straightforward manner by recognized experts in the field. Anesthetists and intensivists, including trainees, will find Practical Issues in Anesthesia and Intensive Care 2013 to be an ideal source of rapidly retrievable practical information​. | <p>Addresses issues of great interest in a lively and straightforward manner</p><p>Provides anesthetists and intensivists with rapidly retrievable practical information on the best management methods for complex situations</p><p>Offers anesthesists valuable indications on how to improve treatment for less complicated conditions, such as shivering and postoperative paralytic ileus</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-60327-050-2 | Anaesthesiology | Chambers | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Pediatric Pain | A Clinical Casebook | Contemporary Pain Medicine |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book |  | 0 | approx. | 89.5 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH13001 | Anesthesiology | MMB | SCH49006 | Pediatrics | MJW | Anaesthesiology | Contributed volume | Humana Press | Planned | 2013-11-01 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Research into Practice: Integration of Science and Practice.- 2. Neonatal Pain.- 3. Procedural Pain.- 4. Postoperative Pain.- 5. Headaches and [NAME] Pain.- 6. Musculoskeletal Pain.- 7. [NAME] Pain.- 8. [NAME], Complex Families.- 9. Pain in Children with Developmental Disabilities.- 10. Ethical Issues in Practice. | This is the sixth in the series of edited books from the International Forums of Pediatric Pain (the first four volumes were edited by Dr. [NAME] and Dr. [NAME], Dr. [NAME] joined as an editor for the last volume). In keeping with the previous publications, the book will focus on a particular theme in pediatric pain; in this case that is the integration of cutting edge science and clinical practice on various themes in pediatric pain through the presentation and discussion of a series of clinical cases. Description of Pediatric Pain: A Clinical Casebook: 10 chapters, 300 pages, 10 figures, 10 tables. Each chapter will consist of an introduction to the chapter theme and the description of up to 3 case presentations. Following each case presentation there will be a description of the relevant clinical decision-making and a summary of what can be learned from the case. Each chapter will close with a general discussion of the theme and an integration of research knowledge with practice. |  | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8440-0 | Anaesthesiology | Eger II | Edmond I Eger II; [NAME]; [NAME] | The Wondrous Story of Anesthesia |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 944 | Hard cover | Book | XVIII, 944 p. 346 illus., 121 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 279 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH13001 | Anesthesiology | MMB | SCH47003 | Pain Medicine | MMBP | Anaesthesiology | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I. The Woven Story of Anesthesia: Eras, Exemplars, and Looking Forward.- 1. History to 1798.- 2. The Half Century Before Ether Day.- 3. 1844-1846:  The Discovery and Demonstration of Anesthesia.- 4. 1846-1860: Following the Discovery of Anesthesia.- 5. 1860-1910: The Specialty of Anesthesia Develops Slowly.- 6. 1910-1950: Anesthesia Before, During, and After Two World Wars.- 7. History Reflected in the Evolving Approaches to Anesthesia for a Patient Undergoing Cholecystectomy.- 8. Major Anesthetic Themes in the 1950s.- 9. Major Anesthetic Themes in the 1960s.- 10. Major Anesthetic Themes in the 1970s.- 11. Major Anesthetic Themes in the 1980s.- 12. [NAME] in the 1990s.- 13. Major Anesthesia-Related Events in the 2000s and Beyond.- 14. Predicting the Future.- Part II. Individual Stories.- 15. Surgery Before and After the Discovery of Anesthesia.- 16. A History of Women in American Anesthesiology.- 17. Anesthesia, Anesthesiologists, and Modern Medical Ethics.- 18. A History of Drug Addiction in Anesthesia.- 19. The American Society of Anesthesiologists’ Contributions to the Development of Anesthesiology.- 20. The Role of the International Anesthesia Research Society in the History of Anesthesia.- 21. Establishment of Anesthesia Certification and the ABA.- 22. The Evolution of Nurse Anesthesia in the United States.- 23. A History of Veterinary Anesthesia.- 24. The History of Anaesthesia in Australia and New Zealand.- 25. History of Canadian Anesthesia.- 26. The History of Anesthesia in Mexico, the Caribbean Islands and Central America.- 27. A History of Anesthesia in China.- 28. Aspects of the Development of Anesthesia in France.- 29. The Development of Anaesthesiology in German-Speaking Countries.- 30. The Evolution of Anaesthesia in the British Isles.- 31. The History of Anesthesia in Japan.- 32. A History of Nordic Anesthesia.- 33. A History of Anesthesia in South America.- 34. A History of Anaesthesia Journals.- 35. A History of the American Board of Anesthesiology Certifying Examinations.- 36. Development of the Certification Examination by the American Association of Nurse Anesthetists (1933-2012).- 37. The Development of Education in Anesthesia in the United States.- 38. Evolution of Education in Anesthesia in Europe.- 39. A History of Research in Anesthesia.- 40. Pharmacokinetic and Pharmacodynamic Modeling in Anesthesia.- 41. A Brief History of the Patient Safety Movement in Anaesthesia.- 42. Where and How Does the Anesthetic Process Help or Hurt Patients Independent of Producing Anesthesia?.- 43. The History of Outcomes Research in Anesthesia.- 44. A History of Pharmacogenomics Related to Anesthesiology.- 45. The Unfolding Story of How General Anesthetics Act.- 46. A History of Inhaled Anesthetics.- 47. A History of Intravenous Anesthesia.- 48. The History of Opioid Use in Anesthetic Delivery.- 49. The Evolution of Premedication.- 50. A History of Neuromuscular Block and Its Antagonism.- 51. The Development of Local Anesthetics.- 52. Anesthesia Machines and Breathing Systems: An Evolutionary Success Story.- 53. The Development of the Copper Kettle with Comments on Vaporizers that [NAME] and Followed.- 54. The Development of Techniques for Airway Management.- 55. History of Respiratory Gas Monitoring in Anesthesia.- 56. The Story of Artificial Ventilation.- 57. From Copenhagen to Critical Care.- 58. A History of Intensive Care Medicine.- 59. The Development of Ambulatory and Office-Based Anesthesia.- 60. The Anesthesiologist and Pain – a Historical Memoir.- 61. A History of Cardiac Anesthesiology.- 62. A History of Pain Relief During Childbirth.- 63. A History of Regional Anesthesia.- 64. A History of Neuroanesthesia.- 65. Pediatric Anesthesia.- 66. Some Examples of Industry Contributions to the History of Anesthesia.- 67. The History of the Anesthetist as a Perioperative Physician. | Edited and written by an international 'who's who' of more than 100 authors, including anesthesiologists, nurse anesthetists, bench scientists, a surgeon, and representatives of industry, this text provides a comprehensive history of anesthesia, unique in its focus on the people and events that shaped the specialty around the world, particularly during the past 70 years when anesthesia emerged from empiricism and developed into a science-based practice. | <p>Edited and written by an international “who’s who” of more than 100 authors, including anesthesiologists, nurse anesthetists, bench scientists, and representatives of industry</p><p>One of a few texts providing a comprehensive history of anesthesia</p><p>Unique in its focus on the people and events that shaped the specialty around the world</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8556-8 | Anaesthesiology | Ehrenfeld | [NAME]; [NAME] | Monitoring Technologies in Acute Care Environments | A Comprehensive Guide to Patient Monitoring Technology |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 440 | Soft cover | Book | XII, 440 p. 175 illus., 132 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 79.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH13001 | Anesthesiology | MMB | SCH3100X | Intensive / Critical Care Medicine | MMKL | Anaesthesiology | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | ​ Section I. Fundamental Principles of Monitoring.- 1. Overview of Clinical Monitoring.- 2. Monitoring in Acute Care Environments: Unique Aspects of Intensive Care Units, Operating Rooms, Recovery Rooms, Telemetry Floors.- 3. Introduction to Signals.- 4. Signal Analysis: Acquisition, Storage, and Analysis of Physiological Signals.- 5. [NAME] and Ergonomics.- 6. Decision Support and Closed-Loop Systems.- Section II. Hemodynamic Monitoring.- 7. Introduction to Hemodynamic Monitoring.- 8. Pulmonary Artery Catherization.- 9. Non-invasive Cardiac Output Monitoring.- 10. Transpulmonary Thermodilution.- 11. Echocardiography in the Acute Care Setting.- 12. Non-invasive Arterial Pressure Monitoring.- 13. Heart Rate Variability.- 14. Preload-Dependent Monitoring.- 15. Monitoring the Microcirculation in Critically Ill Patients.- 16. [NAME] During Cardiopulmonary Bypass.- 17. Closed-Loop Fluid Management and Hemodynamic Optimization.- Section III. Respiratory Monitoring.- 18. Introduction to Respiratory Monitoring.- 19. Photoplethysmography: Analysis of the Pulse Oximeter Waveform.- 20. Time and Volumetric Capnography.- 21. Monitoring Diaphragmatic Function.- 22. The Anesthesia Machine as a Monitor.- 23. [NAME] in Acute Care Environments.- 24. Monitoring Respiratory Rate.- 25. Closed-Loop Mechanical Ventilation.- Section IV. Neuromonitoring.- 26. Introduction to Neuromonitoring.- 27. Transcranial Doppler.- 28. Brain Oxygenation.- 29. Intracranial Pressure and SvjO2.- 30. Monitoring the EEG for Assessing Depth of Anesthesia.- 31. Monitoring Analgesia.- 32. Neuromonitoring during Spine Surgery.- 33. Closed-loop Anesthesia Based on Neuromonitoring.- 34. Target-Controlled Infusions.- Section V. Metabolic Monitoring.- 35. Glucometrics and [NAME] in Critically Ill Patients.- 36. Noninvasive Hemoglobin Monitoring.- 37. Monitoring of O2 Uptake and CO2 Elimination During Anesthesia and Surgery.- 38. Gastric Tonometry.- 39. Temperature Monitoring.- Section VI. Other Forms of Monitoring in the Acute Care Environment.- 40. Point-of-Care Coagulation Monitoring.- 41. Pediatric Monitoring.- 42. Fetal  Monitoring.- 43. Other Forms of Monitoring in the Acute Care Environment – Ultrasound.- Section VII. Information Technologies in the Acute Care Setting.- 44. Overview of Electronic Health Records.- 45. Benefits and Drawbacks of Health Information Technology.- 46. Special Case: Perioperative Information Management Systems.- Section VIII. New and Emerging Technologies.- 47. Intelligent Patient Monitoring and Clinical Decision-Making.- 48. Robotization. | ​        This is an introduction to the patient monitoring technologies that are used in today’s acute care environments, including the operating room, recovery room, emergency department, intensive care unit, and telemetry floor.  To a significant extent, day-to-day medical decision-making relies on the information provided by these technologies, yet how they actually work is not always addressed  during education and training.    The editors and contributors are world-renowned experts who specialize in developing, refining, and testing the technology that makes modern-day clinical monitoring possible.  Their aim in creating the book is to bridge the gap between clinical training and clinical practice with an easy to use and up-to-date guide.  ·         How monitoring works in a variety of acute care settings·         For any healthcare professional working in an acute care environment·         How to apply theoretical knowledge to real patient situations·         Hemodynamic, respiratory, neuro-, metabolic, and other forms of monitoring·         Information technologies in the acute care setting·         New and future technologies | <p>How monitoring works in a variety of acute care settings</p><p>For any healthcare professional working in an acute care environment</p><p>How to apply theoretical knowledge to real patient situations</p><p>Hemodynamic, respiratory, neuro-, metabolic, and other forms of monitoring</p><p>Information technologies in the acute care setting</p><p>New and future technologies</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8953-5 | Anaesthesiology | Frost | [NAME] | Comprehensive Guide to Education in Anesthesia |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 410 | Soft cover | Book | X, 410 p. 21 illus., 16 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH13001 | Anesthesiology | MMB |  |  |  | Anaesthesiology | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Introduction and Historical Accounting.- 2. Teaching by Example: Best Practices for Education in the Operating Room and the Lecture Hall.- 3. Learning From Incident Reporting And Closed Claims Analyses.- 4. Residency Training.- 5. Requirements for a Fellowship.- 6. Teaching Clinical Science to Medical Students.- 7. Mentorship in Anesthesia.- 8. The Process of Board Certification.- 9. Maintenance of Certification in Anesthesiology Program.- 10. Evaluation of Anesthesiology Residents.- 11. Giving Feedback to Superiors-Attending Evaluation.- 12. The Place For Simulation Teaching.- 13. The Role of Continuing Medical Education.- 14. Multidisciplinary Teaching: the Interaction of the Specialties.- 15. Research in Education.- 16. The Place of Global Education in Anesthesia.- 17. Community Outreach.- 18. Substance Abuse Recognition and Prevention through Education. | Comprehensive Guide to Education in Anesthesia is the first single-source volume on the current practice of teaching and learning in this specialty which has long been at the forefront of innovation in medical education. It is edited by one of the great anesthesiology educators in the United States and brings together contributions from leading educators from across the US covering all aspects of anesthesiology education, from medical school and post-graduate training to board certification and continuing medical education.Topics include best educational practices, closed claim analysis, giving feedback to superiors, residency and fellowship training and requirements, maintenance of certification, the role of simulation, interacting with other specialties, community and global outreach, and more. The book conveys the unique nature of the specialty and is aimed at medical students contemplating a career in anesthesiology, residents and fellows, educators, and administrators. | <p>First book on the education of anesthesiologists in the United States</p><p>Conveys the distinctive features of the specialty</p><p>Edited and written by leaders in anesthesiology education </p><p>Covers the years from medical school through board certification and beyond </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8947-4 | Anaesthesiology | Kaye | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Essentials of Pharmacology for Anesthesia, Pain Medicine, and Critical Care with Black Box Warnings |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 828 | Soft cover | Book | XXX, 828 p. 224 illus., 32 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 59.95 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH13001 | Anesthesiology | MMB | SCH47003 | Pain Medicine | MMBP | Anaesthesiology | Professional book | Springer New York | Planned | 2013-12-01 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I. Basic Pharmacologic Principles.- 1. Introduction to Pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics, and drug metabolism.- 2. Mechanisms of Inhalational anesthetic agents.- 3. Principles of Total Intravenous Anesthesia.- 4. Perioperative Considerations in Pharmacology.- Part II. Drug Classes.- 5. Anesthetic Induction Agents.- 6. Analgesics: Opiate agonists, mixed agonist/antagonists, and antagonists for acute pain management.- 7. Analgesics: Opiates for chronic pain management and surgical considerations.- 8. Nonopioid Analgesic and Adjunct Drugs.- 9. Benzodiazepines and muscle relaxants.- 10. Pharmacology of Local Anesthetics.- 11. Neuromuscular Blockers.- 12. Reversal agents.- 13. Drugs acting on the autonomic nervous system.- 14. Antihypertensives, diuretics, and antidysrhythmics.- 15. Peripheral vasodilators.- 16. Nitric oxide and [NAME] Vasodilators.- 17. Asthma and COPD agents.- 18. Hormones, Part 1: Thyroid and Corticosteroid Hormones.- 19. Hormones, Part 2: Insulin and Other glucose controlling Medications.- 20. ANTACIDS, Gastrointestinal PROKINETICS, and PROTON PUMP INHIBITORS.- 21. Histamine modulators.- 22. Central Nervous System Stimulants.- 23. Anticoagulant drugs.- 24. Hemostatic Agents.- 25. BLOOD, BLOOD PRODUCTS, AND SUBSTITUTES.- 26. ANTIPYRETICS: ACETAMINOPHEN, ARACHIDONIC ACID AGENTS, [NAME] AND COX2 INHIBITORS.- 27. Antiemetic Agents.- 28. Antiepileptics agents.- 29. Neuropharmacologic agents for neurologic conditions.- 30. Chemotherapeutic Agents.- 31. Antimicrobial Agents.- 32. Herbals medications and vitamin supplements.- 33. Minerals and electrolytes.- 34. Disinfection agents and antiseptics.- 35. Psychopharmacologic agents and psychiatric drug considerations.- 36. Cocaine, Methamphetamine, MDMA and Heroin.- Part III. Clinical Subspecialties.- 37. Cardiac surgery.- 38. The Intensive Care Unit.- 39. Enteral and parenteral nutrition.- 40. Obstetrics.- 41. Pediatrics.- 42. Neurologic Surgery.- 43. Liver disease and liver transplantation.- Part IV. Special Topics.- 44. Black Box FDA warnings and legal implications.- 45. Drug-Induced QT Prolongation.- 46. Drugs and [NAME] Propagation.- 47. Lipid Lowering Agents.- 48. Serotonin Syndrome.- Part V. New Vistas in Pharmacology.- 49. Novel Psychoactive Substances: synthetic cathinones and cannabinoid receptor agonists.- 50. New Vistas in Anesthetic Agents.- 51. New Vistas In Neuromuscular Blockers.- 52. Patient-Controlled Analgesia: The Importance of Effector Site Pharmacokinetics.- 53. Understanding anesthesia-induced memory loss.- 54. Novel Targets of Current Analgesic Drug Development. | In anesthesiology, pain medicine, and critical care, practitioners at all levels need help to stay current with the continually evolving drug knowledge-base, and trainees need tools to prepare for in-training and board exams that increasingly test their knowledge of pharmacology. This practical book is aimed at both readerships. It features a unique and practical chapter on the United States Food and Drug Administration (FDA) “black box” warnings that describe what safety precautions should be taken with commonly used drugs. The editors and contributors are pharmacology experts representing a cross-section of clinical specialties and institutions in the United States and include pharmacologists, pharmacists, as well as physicians. | <p>FDA “black box” warnings<br>Basic principles and practical clinical information, e.g., indications, side effects, dosing, and drug interactions <br>Concepts and medications frequently tested on standardized exams <br>Designed for daily consultation<br>Suitable for practitioners, trainees, and students</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8941-2 | Anaesthesiology | Kaye | [NAME]; [NAME] | Principles of Neurophysiological Assessment, Mapping, and Monitoring |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 163 | Soft cover | Book | XX, 163 p. 167 illus., 119 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 89.95 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH13001 | Anesthesiology | MMB | SCH39000 | Neurosurgery | MNN | Anaesthesiology | Professional book | Springer New York | Planned | 2014-03-01 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Introduction to the Operating Room.- 2. Anatomy of Intraoperative Monitoring.- 3. Cellular Neurophysiology.- 4. Electrophysiology and Bioinstrumentation.- 5. Anesthesiology and Intraoperative Electrophysiological Monitoring.- 6. [NAME] Monitoring.- 7. [NAME] Potentials.- 8. Electromyography (EMG).- 9. Brainstem Auditory Evoked Potentials.- 10.  Electroencephalography.- 11. The H-Reflex and F-Response.- 12. Monitoring Procedures of the Spine.- 13. Intraoperative Monitoring for Surgery of the Spinal Cord and Cauda Equina.- 14. Monitoring Posterior Fossa Craniotomies.- 15. Intraoperative Monitoring for Carotid Endarterectomy.- 16. Monitoring for ENT Procedures.- 17. Peripheral Nerve Monitoring.- 18. [NAME]: Basic Concepts, Indications, and Anesthesia Considerations.- 19. Neurological Assessment and Correlation in Spinal Cord Nerve Root Pathology.- 20. Electrophysiological Assessment of Spinal Cord Pathology in Pain Medicine.- 21. Spinal Cord Stimulation: Principles and Applications.- 22. New Vistas: Small-Pain-Fibers Method of Testing for Spinal Cord Assessment in Pain States. | This book provides foundational knowledge of intraoperative monitoring (IOM) and is written for the range of clinicians who monitor the function of the nervous system during surgery, from new technologists to neurophysiologists and neurosurgeons.  Early chapters describe the building blocks of IOM in accessible terms and are followed by practical chapters on monitoring and mapping that show basic and clinical science “in action”.  Anesthesiologists and trainees with an interest in diagnosing and managing pain will appreciate the inclusion of chapters on the electrophysiological assessment of spinal cord pathology and on the treatment of pain. Principles of Neurophysiological Assessment, Mapping, and Monitoring is designed for use as a text in academic courses or in corporate training programs.  It also provides a concise refresher for experienced clinicians and for physicians, neurophysiologists, and technologists preparing for board exams. | <p>Clear and comprehensive coverage of clinically relevant anatomy and physiology</p><p>Practical chapters build on foundational material </p><p>Organized for classroom use or self-study </p><p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-01362-6 | Bioethics | Homedes | [NAME]; [NAME] | Clinical Trials in Latin America: Where Ethics and Business Clash |  | Research Ethics Forum | 2 | 1 | 2014 | 285 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 285 p. 8 illus. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH66000 | Theory of Medicine/Bioethics | PSAD | SCW12270 | Health Economics | KCQ | Bioethics | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction; [NAME] and Antonio Ugalde.- A Review and Critique of International Ethical Principles;Núria Homedes and [NAME] in Latin America; [NAME] and [NAME] Ugalde.- [NAME] and Case Studies from Argentina; [NAME] and [NAME] Politics and Clinical Trials in the Province of Cordoba; [NAME] and Núria Homedes.-  Brazil:  The System for the Protection of Voluntary Participants in Research; Corina Bontempo D de Freitas, [NAME] and Susie Dutra.- Progress and Challenges of Clinical Research with New Medications in Brazil;Corina Bontempo D de Freitas and [NAME] Junior.- A Small Country for Big Pharma: Costa Rica; [NAME] and Núria Homedes.- Cervical Cancer and the Development of HPV Vaccines in Guanacaste, Costa Rica; [NAME] and Antonio Ugalde.- Ethical Guidelines for Clinical Trials in Mexico:  Theory and Practice; [NAME] and [NAME] Who Decides? Informed Consent among Cancer Patients in México; [NAME], Alejandro [NAME] and [NAME] Verástegui.- A View from Inside: Regulation and Ethical Conflicts in Peru; [NAME], Susi Olave Quispe and [NAME] Delgado.- Conclusion; [NAME] and [NAME]. | The outsourcing of clinical trials to Latin America by the transnational innovative pharmaceutical industry began about twenty years ago. Using archival information and field work in Argentina, Brazil, Costa Rica, Mexico and Peru, the authors discuss the regulatory contexts and the ethical dimensions of human experimentation in the region. More than 80% of all clinical trials in the region take place in these countries, and the European Medicines Agency has defined them as priority countries in Latin America. The authors raise questions about the quality of data obtained from the trials and the violation of human rights during their implementation. Their findings are presented in this volume, the first in-depth analysis of clinical trials in the region. ​ | <p>First book to give an overview of the outsourcing of clinical trials in Latin America </p><p>Raises questions about the quality of data obtained from the trials and the violation of human rights during their implementation </p><p>Addresses the economic reasons as to why clinical trials happen more frequently in certain parts of the world​</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11648 | Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
 | 978-94-007-7376-9 | Bioethics | Lack | [NAME]; Nikola Biller-Andorno; [NAME] | [NAME] |  | International Library of Ethics, [NAME], and the New Medicine | 54 | 1 | 2014 | 210 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 210 p. | 0 | final | 129 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH66000 | Theory of Medicine/Bioethics | PSAD | SCE14000 | Ethics | HPQ | Bioethics | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface (Editors).- Part I; History of [NAME] and Prerequisites for Validity.- 1. Historical Review of Advance Directives; [NAME] Simon.- 2. Personal Capacity to Anticipate Future Illness and Treatment Preferences; [NAME] Thiel.- 3. [NAME] in Psychiatry Jochen Vollmann.- Part II; Defining the Scope of Advance Directives.- 4. On the Scope and Limits of Advance Directives and Prospective Autonomy; [NAME] Olick.- 5. Revocation of [NAME]; [NAME] 6. Limitations to the Scope and Binding Force of Advance Directives: the Conflict Between Compulsory Treatment and the Right to Self‑Determination; Jacqueline Atkinson & Jacqueline Reilly.- 7. [NAME] in the Context of Imprisonment; Bernice Elger.- Part III; Effects on Family, Friends and Professional Relations.- 8. [NAME] and the Physician-Patient Relationship: A Surprising Metamorphosis; [NAME] Aulisio.- 9. [NAME] and the Role of Family and Close Persons – Legal Provisions and; [NAME]; Margot Michel.- 10. [NAME] and the Ethos of Good Nursing Care; [NAME] Monteverde.- Part IV; Ethical Challenges.- 11. [NAME] and Paternalism; [NAME] et [NAME]. The Use of Advance Directives in the Context of Limited Resources for Healthcare; Ruth Horn & Ruud ter Meulen.- 13. From Legal Documents to Patient-Oriented Processes: The Evolution of Advance Care Planning; Tanja Krones & Sohaila Bastami.- Part V; Conclusions.- 14. [NAME]; Editors.- Information on Editors and Authors. | This volume gives an overview on the currently debated ethical issues regarding advance directives from an international perspective. It focuses on a wider understanding of the known and widely accepted concept of patient self-determination for future situations. Although advance directives have been widely discussed since the 1980s, the ethical bases of advance directives still remain a matter of heated debates. The book aims to contribute to these controversial debates by integrating fundamental ethical issues on advance directives with practical matters of their implementation. Cultural, national and professional differences in how advance directives are understood by health care professions and by patients, as well as in laws and regulations, are pinpointed. | <p>Represents the current state of debate regarding the ethical bases of [NAME] (A.D.)</p><p>Picks up current core issues from a multidisciplinary perspective</p><p>A key book for ethical issues on [NAME] with particular attention to questions of implementation</p><p>Focuses on a wider understanding of the known and widely accepted concept of patient self-determination for future situations</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-94-007-2512-6 | Bioethics | ten Have | Henk A.M.J. ten Have; [NAME] | Handbook of Global Bioethics |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 1685 |  | eReference work | XXIV, 1685 p. 54 illus., 49 illus. in color. eReference. | 1 | final | 1100 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH66000 | Theory of Medicine/Bioethics | PSAD | SCE14000 | Ethics | HPQ | Bioethics | Handbook | Springer Netherlands | Available | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 | 2013-09-13 00:00:00 |  | Section 1: Introduction.- Section 2: Principles of Global Bioethics.-  Section 3: Cultural Perspectives.- Section 4: Religious Perspectives.-  Section 5: Specific Issues from a Global Perspective.- Section 6: Future Perspectives.- Section 7: Countries. | As the first of its kind, this handbook presents state-of-the-art information and analysis concerning the state of affairs in bioethics in approximately 50 countries. The country reports point out the most important discussions as well as the emerging topics in the field. Readers can orientate themselves quickly as regards the various relevant issues, institutional structures and expertise available in these countries. The authorship of this reference work is truly global as it involves contributions from the best authors with innate knowledge of the bioethics situation in these countries. | <p>First comprehensive survey of global bioethics in specific countries [NAME] and analyses of bioethics in approximately 50 countries</p><p> Focuses on institutionalisation and the most important state of the art discussions emerging and topics in the field </p><p>Provides a unique global perspective facilitating comparison of the state of bioethics in various countries </p><p>Gathers a renowned global group of international authors</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-94-007-2513-3 | Bioethics | ten Have | Henk A.M.J. ten Have; [NAME] | Handbook of Global Bioethics |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 1685 | Hard cover | Book + Online Access | XXIV, 1685 p. 54 illus., 49 illus. in color. Print + eReference. In 5 volumes, not available separately. | 1 | final | 1350 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH66000 | Theory of Medicine/Bioethics | PSAD | SCE14000 | Ethics | HPQ | Bioethics | Handbook | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Section 1: Introduction.- Section 2: Principles of Global Bioethics.-  Section 3: Cultural Perspectives.- Section 4: Religious Perspectives.-  Section 5: Specific Issues from a Global Perspective.- Section 6: Future Perspectives.- Section 7: Countries. | As the first of its kind, this handbook presents state-of-the-art information and analysis concerning the state of affairs in bioethics in approximately 50 countries. The country reports point out the most important discussions as well as the emerging topics in the field. Readers can orientate themselves quickly as regards the various relevant issues, institutional structures and expertise available in these countries. The authorship of this reference work is truly global as it involves contributions from the best authors with innate knowledge of the bioethics situation in these countries. | <p>First comprehensive survey of global bioethics in specific countries [NAME] and analyses of bioethics in approximately 50 countries</p><p> Focuses on institutionalisation and the most important state of the art discussions emerging and topics in the field </p><p>Provides a unique global perspective facilitating comparison of the state of bioethics in various countries </p><p>Gathers a renowned global group of international authors</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-94-007-2511-9 | Bioethics | ten Have | Henk A.M.J. ten Have; [NAME] | Handbook of Global Bioethics |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 1685 | Hard cover | Book | XXIV, 1685 p. 54 illus., 49 illus. in color. In 4 volumes, not available separately. | 1 | final | 1100 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH66000 | Theory of Medicine/Bioethics | PSAD | SCE14000 | Ethics | HPQ | Bioethics | Handbook | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  | Worldwide | Section 1: Introduction.- Section 2: Principles of Global Bioethics.-  Section 3: Cultural Perspectives.- Section 4: Religious Perspectives.-  Section 5: Specific Issues from a Global Perspective.- Section 6: Future Perspectives.- Section 7: Countries. | As the first of its kind, this handbook presents state-of-the-art information and analysis concerning the state of affairs in bioethics in approximately 50 countries. The country reports point out the most important discussions as well as the emerging topics in the field. Readers can orientate themselves quickly as regards the various relevant issues, institutional structures and expertise available in these countries. The authorship of this reference work is truly global as it involves contributions from the best authors with innate knowledge of the bioethics situation in these countries. | <p>First comprehensive survey of global bioethics in specific countries [NAME] and analyses of bioethics in approximately 50 countries</p><p> Focuses on institutionalisation and the most important state of the art discussions emerging and topics in the field </p><p>Provides a unique global perspective facilitating comparison of the state of bioethics in various countries </p><p>Gathers a renowned global group of international authors</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-5423-5 | Cardiology | Avanzas | [NAME]; [NAME] | Pharmacological Treatment of Acute Coronary Syndromes |  | Current Cardiovascular Therapy |  | 1 | 2014 | 237 | Soft cover | Book | XVI, 237 p. 23 illus., 11 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33037 | Cardiology | MJD | SCF00008 | Pharmacy | MQP | Cardiology | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Foreword.- Preface.- Anti-ischemic Therapy.- [NAME]: New potent P2Y12 inhibitors.- Anticoagulation Therapy: Heparins and Factor [NAME] Secondary prevention in ACS The role of novel oral anticoagulants.- American vs European guidelines.- Critical appraisal.- Triple therapy: Risky but sometimes necessary.- Management of bleeding complications. | Cardiovascular pharmacotherapy is a fast-moving and complex discipline within cardiology in general. New studies, trials and indications are appearing on a regular basis. This series, and this particular title within the series, is designed to establish the baseline level of knowledge that a cardiovascular professional needs to know on a day-to-day basis. The information within is designed to allow readers to learn quickly and with certainty the mode of action, the possible adverse effects, and the management of patients prescribed these drugs. The emphasis is on current practice, but with an eye to the near-future direction of treatment. This book is intended to update clinicians on recent data on the medical management of patients with Acute Coronary Syndromes. Alongside each book in the series, this title has been established to allow rapid publication of new editions to cover developments in the field. | <p>Presents highly practical information on conventional and newer treatment options for ACS</p><p>Emphasis is on a just-the-facts clinical approach to the pharmalogic treatment of ACS</p><p>Discusses recommendations for antiplatelet and anticoagulant agents in the treatment of ACS patients </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-5474-7 | Cardiology | [NAME] | Gheorghe-Andrei Dan; [NAME]; [NAME] | Atrial Fibrillation Therapy |  | Current Cardiovascular Therapy |  | 1 | 2014 | 170 | Soft cover | Book | X, 170 p. 22 illus., 10 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33037 | Cardiology | MJD | SCH69000 | Pharmacotherapy | MMG | Cardiology | Professional book | Springer London | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Epidemiology, burden and unmet needs in atrial fibrillation.- Inside Molecular Mechanisms and pharmacological Targets of Atrial Fibrillation.- Novel oral anticoagulants for stroke prevention in patients with non-valvular atrial fibrillation.- Upstream therapy in the treatment of atrial fibrillation.- Drug therapy for rhythm and rate control in Atrial Fibrillation.- Changing the paradigm to understand and manage Atrial Fibrillation.- Guidelines and current recommendations in Atrial Fibrillation. | The paradigm for atrial fibrillation (AF) management has changed significantly in recent years. A new era has begun for the prevention of one of the most tremendous complication of AF, stroke. Prevention of ischemic stroke in AF patients with oral anticoagulants represents a huge challenge because of the narrow therapeutic change of these drugs, interindividual and intraindividual variability, and the unsatisfactory time in therapeutically range (TTR) with this type of medication.New guidelines have emerged as a result of new mechanisms for initiation and perpetuation for pharmacotherapy to cure AF and trials with new classes of antithrombotic drugs are ongoing. The treatment of AF is still in its infancy, but recent research is revealing how it can be applied with optimal efficacy. This book assists trainees, recertifying physicians, practicing physicians and other professional staff in internal medicine, cardiology, emergency medicine, and clinical pharmacology to apply new diagnostic tools for selecting the best treatment options for AF patients. | <p>Discusses new diagnostic tools for best selecting AF patients for specific therapies</p><p><p>Presents recent research in a highly practical, easy reference style</p><p><p>Emphasis is on a just-the-facts approach to the interventional treatment of AF</p><p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-4961-3 | Cardiology | Davies | [NAME]; [NAME] | Starting to Read ECGs | The Basics |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 240 | Soft cover | Book w. online files/update | XVII, 240 p. 190 illus., 185 illus. in color. With online files/update. | 0 | final | 49.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33037 | Cardiology | MJD | SCH00007 | Medicine/Public Health, general | MB | Cardiology | Professional book | Springer London | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1: How to record a 12-lead ECG.- Physiology.- What is an ECG.- Patient positioning.- Electrode placement.- Attaching the cables.- The machine.- What to write on the ECG.- Summary of key points.- Quiz.- Chapter 2: ECG basics.- How does the 12-lead ECG work?.- ECG paper.- Details found on a standard 12-lead ECG.- 12-lead ECG leads.- The PQRST waveform.- Deflection.- Summary of key points.- Quiz.- Chapter 3: Quality issues pertaining to ECG recording.- Background.- Leads.- Calibration markers.- ECG Documentation.- Summary of key points.- Quiz.- Chapter 4: Principles of ECG analysis.- Background.- Basic quality control checks.- The rate.- The rhythm.- The P wave.- The PR interval.- The QRS complex.- The ST segment.- The T wave.- The QT interval.- Electrical axis.- Additional features.- The normal ECG and normal variants.- Summary of key points.- Quiz.- Chapter 5: Chamber abnormalities.- Physiology.- Atrial abnormality.- [NAME] abnormality.- Normal variants.- Summary of key points.- Quiz.- Chapter 6: Arrhythmias.- Background.- Ectopic beats.- Atrial arrhythmias.- Junctional arrhythmias.- Ventricular Arrhythmias.- Summary of key points.- Quiz.- Chapter 7: Conduction delay.- Background.- Bundle Branch Blocks.- Atrioventricular Blocks (AV Blocks).- Sinoatrial blocks (SA blocks).- Sick Sinus Syndrome (SSS).- Summary of key points.- Quiz.- Chapter 8: Miscellaneous cardiac conditions.- Background.- Paced rhythms.- Types of permanent pacemaker (PPM).- ECG identification of Pacemakers.- Pericarditis.- Long QT syndromes.- Summary of key points.- Quiz.- Chapter 9: Non cardiac conditions identifiable on the ECG.- Background.- Electrolyte imbalances.- Hypothermia.- Digoxin use.- [NAME] (PE).- Summary of key points.- Quiz.- Chapter 10: Acute Coronary Syndromes.- Background.- Atherosclerosis.- Modifiable and non-modifiable risk factors for CHD.- Angina.- Acute Coronary Syndromes (ACS).- Evolution of STEMI.- Left Bundle Branch Block (LBBB) and chest pain.- Summary of key points.- Quiz. | This book is book aims to provide the beginner with a concise, practical and systematic guide to interpreting ECGs. It will serve not only as a starter text but also as an immediate bedside reference manual. Starting to Read ECGs: The [NAME] begins with fundamentals such as how to perform, record and interpret a normal ECG before progressing onto more complex topics, including what effects anatomical abnormalities of the heart, cardiac and non-cardiac conditions can have on the ECG. Each chapter has been supplemented with a multitude of images and diagrams to illustrate points and ease understanding, and concludes with both a summary of key points to reinforce knowledge and a quiz for reflective learning.Starting to Read ECGs: The [NAME] is an updated version of that previously published by CriticAir and an essential resource for medical students, junior doctors, nurses, paramedics and other health care professionals involved in the recording and interpretation of ECGs who wish to build their knowledge and confidence. | <p>An accessible text for beginners</p><p>Concise text supplemented with a multitude of images and diagrams to explain complex ideas simply </p><p>Each chapter contains practice questions and a summary of key points to consolidate the readers knowledge<br></p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-4308-6 | Cardiology | Ernst | Gernot Ernst | Heart Rate Variability |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 350 | Hard cover | Book | X, 350 p. 58 illus., 19 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33037 | Cardiology | MJD |  |  |  | Cardiology | Monograph | Springer London | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | History of heart rate variability.- Linear, Nonlinear and Complex systems.- The autonomic nervous system.- Methodological issues.- HRV and alterations in the vegetative nervous system.- Pathophysiological and Systems Biology considerations.- General Mortality.- Cardiology.- Perioperative care.- Intensive Care and Trauma.- Neurologic disorders.- Pain.- HRV in oncology and palliative medicine.- Psychiatry.- Diabetes.- Other Studies.- Conclusion. | This book not only discusses clinical applications, but also links HRV to systems biology and theories of complexity.  This publication should be interesting for several groups of clinicians and scientists, including cardiologists, anesthesiologists, intensivists and physiologists. Heart Rate Variability is in principle easy and cheap, making it interesting for all kind of hospitals and private practice. The book will be an example of using translational medicine (bench to bedside) where newest theoretical results are linked to newest clinical research. | <p>Describes the many causes of heart rate variability </p><p>Discusses clinical applications of heart rate variability to systems biology and theories of complexity </p><p>Details the bench to bedside approach to understanding heart rate variability</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-4744-2 | Cardiology | Faletra | Francesco Fulvio Faletra; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Real-Time 3D Interventional Echocardiography |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 205 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 205 p. 255 illus., 251 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 179 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33037 | Cardiology | MJD | SCH29021 | Interventional Radiology | MMPH | Cardiology | [NAME] | Springer London | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Technological Issues.- Closure of Patent Foramen Ovalis and Atrial Septal Defect.- Catheter-Based Repair of Mitral Valve Insufficiency.- Percutaneous Balloon Mitral Commissurotomy.- Transcatheter Aortic Valve Implantation.- Percutaneous Closure of the Left Atrial Appendage.- Closure of Post-AMI Ventricular Septal Defect.- Percutaneous Closure of Paravalvular Leaks.- The Role of 3D TEE in Ablation Procedures.- Miscellaneous Procedures. | ​Advances in technology and human skill have made possible percutaneous catheter-based procedures for a wide spectrum of structural heart disease. A growing number of structural heart diseases that over the past two decades would have required open heart surgery can be safely treated using percutaneous catheter-based procedures.Traditionally, guidance of catheter-based procedures is done using fluoroscopy and two-dimensional transesophageal echocardiography (2D TEE). The recent introduction in the clinical practice of RT 3D TEE has overcome most of limitations of 2D TEE. The purpose of this book is to describe the use of this imaging modality in percutaneous interventional procedures underlying its growing role and acceptance among the interventional cardiologists but also emphasizing areas of weakness. Because today interventional cardiology ranges from closure of atrial and ventricular septal defects, to repair of mitral regurgitation and aortic stenosis, from the closure of left atrial appendage and prosthesis dehiscence, to the recent use in electrophysiological procedure, this book targets not only specialists in echocardiography and interventional cardiology but also general cardiologists. General cardiologists will find in any chapter anatomy of the structure treated (i.e. atrial septum, mitral valve…), a description of the morphopathology as seen with RT 3D TEE (degenerative or ischemic mitral regurgitation) the up-to-date indications to the specific percutaneous treatment and typical and unusual clinical cases.​ | <p>​Provides additional training in 3D echo even for those cardiologists with an extensive experience in echocardiography </p><p>Concentrates on a new 3D imaging “philosophy” where the old “plane-oriented” approach must be substituted with a new “structure-oriented” approach </p><p>Contains stunning imagery that provides an innovative and very timely window onto heart anatomy​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-5315-3 | Cardiology | Kibos | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Cardiac Arrhythmias | From Basic Mechanism to State-of-the-Art Management |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 706 | Hard cover | Book | XXIII, 706 p. 319 illus., 228 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33037 | Cardiology | MJD |  |  |  | Cardiology | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Section  [NAME] in arrhythmias anatomy.- Section II. Diagnostic methods.- Section III- Diseases associated with arrythmias.- Section IV-  Treatment. | This book covers all the major aspects associated with pathophysiological development of cardiac arrhythmias (covering enhanced or suppressed automaticity, triggered activity, or re-entry), from basic concepts through disease association, limitations of current pharmacotherapy and implant therapies and on-going trials and analysis of new biomarkers based on current knowledge of cellular interaction and signalling. The book describes novel and state-of-the-art methods for differentiating between the major types of arrhythmia, structural abnormalities and current practice guidelines and determination of risk stratification associated with sudden cardiac death. A particular focus is on arrhythmias associated with atrial fibrillation and includes details of associations with cardiac disease, current detection, analysis and imaging and future perspectives.​ | <p>The most detailed and complete volume for some years describing all aspects of arrhythmia pathophysiology, and management/treatment </p><p>State-of-the-art and novel aspects with up-to-date literature and future perspectives with both preventative and also alternative treatment options discussed</p><p>Management guidelines and novel biomarkers discussed at length provide the medical reader with detailed documentation on all aspects of this illness without having to refer to other literatures​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-4-431-54465-4 | Cardiology | Kyo | [NAME] | Ventricular Assist Devices in Advanced-Stage Heart Failure |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 180 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 180 p. 47 illus., 45 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33037 | Cardiology | MJD | SCH59028 | Cardiac Surgery | MNH | Cardiology | Contributed volume | Springer Japan | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1. Opportunities and Challenges for LVAD Therapy Now and in The Future.- Chapter 2. The State of Ventricular Assist Device Therapy Today.- Chapter 3. Older Destination Therapy Patient Selection.- Chapter 4. The Economics of Long-Term Ventricular Assist Device Therapy for Patients with End Stage Heart Failure.- Chapter 5. Improving Clinical Outcomes: A Targeted Approach.- Chapter 6. Transplant versus VAD: Evolving and Future Perspectives.- Chapter 7. Strategies to Assess and Minimize Right Heart Failure after Left Ventricular Assist Device Implantation.- Chapter 8. Innovation Update. | This book focuses on how ventricular assist devices (VADs) can help provide destination therapy for patients with terminal heart failure, one of the most serious diseases in the world today because of the tremendous number of patients, the high mortality rate, and the cost of care. One means of providing cardiological support for patients suffering from heart failure is with VADs, and more than 10,000 patients worldwide have now been implanted with these devices. Half of them already have lived more than one year, and 2,000 patients more than two years, after surgery. This improved survival means that we have reached a point where VADs can be used for destination therapy, not just for bridge-to-recovery or bridge-to-transplant. In view of the increasing number of patients with advanced-stage heart failure and the availability and longevity of transplanted hearts, VADs can solve many problems. In addition to providing information about the devices themselves, this book includes vital guidelines on long-term management and support of VAD-implanted patients’ everyday lives. | <p>Reviews and discusses all current and developing device technologies for advanced-stage heart failure</p><p>Comprehensive and critical evaluation of clinical outcomes   </p><p>Provides a definitive sense of future approaches in which device therapies might further be applied to support high QOL of patients</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-5381-8 | Cardiology | [NAME] | [NAME] | Atlas of Heart Anatomy and Development |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 250 | Hard cover | Book | X, 250 p. 582 illus., 574 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33037 | Cardiology | MJD | SCH59028 | Cardiac Surgery | MNH | Cardiology | [NAME] | Springer London | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Concepts regarding cardiac development.- Cardiogenic mesoderm.- Primitive cardiac tube formation.- Evolution of the cardiac tube.- Atria and interatrial septum formation.- Atrioventricular junction.- [NAME] and interventricular septum formation.- Formation of the coronary vessels.- Formation of the heart valvular apparatus.- Formation of the heart fibrous skeleton.- Formation of the excitoconductor tissue.- Formation of the autonomous innervations.- Formation of the great vessels located at the base of the heart.- Formation of the pericardium.- The anatomy of heart .- The definition of the heart.- Extrinsic relations.- Heart projections.- Position and location.- External configuration.- The right atrium- internal aspect; variability; description of morphological cavitary landmarks.- The left atrium- internal aspect; variability; description of morphological cavitary landmarks.- Topography and internal aspect of the right ventricle; variability; description of morphological cavitary landmarks; the right aspect of the interventricular septum; the membranous septum; the valvular apparatus; [NAME]junction.- Topography and internal aspect of the left ventricle; variability; description of morphological cavitary landmarks; the left aspect of the interventricular septum; the valvular apparatus; the aortic root.- The myocardial infrastructure.- Microscopic structure: the cardiomyocyte; description; structural pattern; optical and electronic microscopy.- Extra cellular matrix - definition, components, description;  collagen organization of the matrix, hystochemical [NAME] structure of the myocardium - highlighting through dissection of the wall architecture, clinical implications and discussions.- Overall view of the coronary vascular system.- Right coronary artery - origin, course, relations, branches, variability.- Left coronary artery - origin, course, relations, branches, variability.- The excitoconductor system  - localization, course, relations, internodal connections, dorso-sinusal space, cavo-tricuspidian istmus, variability.- The fibrous skeleton of the heart - components, localization, description, variability.- The vegetative innervation of the heart - description, nervous plexuses, intramural ganglions.- Anatomic-clinical considerations related to the cardiac pain.- Pericardium - description, projections.​ | ​This heart anatomy book describes the cardiac development and cardiac anatomy in the development of the adult heart, and is illustrated by numerous images and examples. It contains 550 images of dissected embryo and adult hearts, obtained through the dissection and photography of 235 hearts. It has been designed to allow the rapid understanding of the key concepts and that everything should be clearly and graphically explained in one book. This is an atlas of cardiac development and anatomy of the human heart which distinguishes itself with the use of 550 images of embryonic, fetal and adult hearts and using text that is logical and concise. All the mentioned anatomical structures are shown with the use of suggestive dissection images to emphasize the details and the overall location. All the images have detailed comments, while clinical implications are suggested. The dissections of different hearts exemplify the variability of the cardiac structures. The electron and optical microscopy images are sharp and provide great fidelity. The arterial molds obtained using methyl methacrylate are illustrative and the pictures use suggestive angles. The dissections were made on human normal and pathological hearts of different ages, increasing the clinical utility of the material contained within.​ | <p>​Contains a large number of original pictures of great quality covering the entire cardiac anatomy </p><p>Reviews a wide variety of adult and embryo hearts </p><p>Presents information in an accessible and concise format​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-5471-6 | Cardiology | Sliwa | [NAME]; [NAME] | Cardiac Drugs in Pregnancy |  | Current Cardiovascular Therapy |  | 1 | 2014 | 110 | Soft cover | Book | X, 110 p. 4 illus., 3 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 89.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33037 | Cardiology | MJD | SCH26014 | Obstetrics/Perinatology | MJT | Cardiology | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | ​             Introduction.- General principles and guidelines.- Management of Hypertension.- Management of Heart Failure.- Management of  coronary artery disease & Arrhythmia.- Anticoagulation in Pregnancy.- [NAME] drugs in management if Cardiovascular disease.- Pregnancy anaesthesia in patients with cardiovascular disease.​ | ​The spectrum of cardiovascular disease affecting women in pregnancy and postpartum is changing and differs between countries. In the western world, the risk of cardiovascular disease in pregnancy has increased due to the increasing age at the first pregnancy and the worldwide obesity epidemic leading also to early diabetes and hypertension. In addition the treatment of congenital heart disease has improved leading to an increased number of women with residual heart disease reaching childbearing age. In the western world maternal heart disease is now the major cause of maternal death during pregnancy. In the developing world rheumatic heart disease and the cardiomyopathies dominate. Those women often need anticoagulation as they might have had a valve replacement or formed a thrombus in the left heart. Drugs during pregnancy and the breastfeeding period is a complex subject and there is a profound shortage of evidence based recommendations. As drug treatment in pregnancy concern the mother and the fetus optimum treatment of both must be targeted.                 This book aims at discussing the most important indications of drug usage in pregnancy and postpartum with the aim of weighing the potential risk of a drug and the possible benefit against each other.​ | <p>Presents up-to-date research for the treatment of cardiovascular disease during pregnancy </p><p>Discusses indications of drug usage in pregnancy assessing risks and benefits </p><p>Covers a complex treatment area in a practical, quick access format</p><p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-4-431-54507-1 | Cardiology | Takahashi | [NAME] | Microcirculation in Fractal Branching Networks |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 138 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 138 p. 43 illus. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33037 | Cardiology | MJD | SCH44004 | Ophthalmology | MJQ | Cardiology | Monograph | Springer Japan | Available | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 | 2013-09-18 00:00:00 |  | Branching Systems of Fractal Vascular Trees.- A Theoretical Model for the Microcirculatory Network.- Oxygen Consumption by Vascular Walls in the Retinal Vasculature.- The Fåhraeus-Lindqvist Effect on the Retinal Microcirculation.- Effects of a Reduction in the Bifurcation Exponent from 3.00 to 2.85.- Asymmetrically B ranching Microvascular Networks | This book presents a new method for analyzing the structure and function of the biological branching systems of fractal trees, with a focus on microcirculation. Branching systems in humans (vascular and bronchial trees) and those in the natural world (plants, trees, and rivers) are characterized by a fractal nature. To date, fractal studies have tended to concentrate on fractal dimensions, which quantify the complexity of objects, but the applications for practical use have remained largely unexplored. This book breaks new ground with topics that include the human retinal microcirculatory network, oxygen consumption by vascular walls, the Fåhraeus-Lindqvist effect, the bifurcation exponent, and the asymmetrical microvascular network. Readers are provided with simple formulas to express functions and a simulation graph with in vivo data. The book also discusses the mechanisms regulating blood flow and pressure and how they are related to pathological changes in the human body. Researchers and clinicians alike will find valuable new insights in these pioneering studies. | <p>Describes the function of microcirculation and micro-vessels mathematically </p><p>Includes a wealth of graphs of results from both simulation and in vivo studies </p><p>Provides insights into the physiology, function and pathological change</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-40417-7 | Critical Care Medicine | Dabbagh | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Postoperative Critical Care for Cardiac Surgical Patients |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 490 | Hard cover | Book | X, 490 p. 52 illus., 41 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 79.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH3100X | Intensive / Critical Care Medicine | MMKL | SCH33037 | Cardiology | MJD | Critical Care Medicine | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Synopsis of Cardiac Physiology.- Cardiac Pathophysiology.- Cardiovascular Pharmacology.- Cardiovascular Monitoring.- Central Nervous System Monitoring.- Coagulation Monitoring.- Risk and Outcome Assessments.- Cardiac Anesthesia.- Cardiopulmonary Bypass and its Effects.-   Myocardial Protection and its Effects.- Respiratory Management.- Cardiovascular Management.- CNS Management.-   Coagulation and Postoperative Bleeding.- Fluid and Electrolyte Management.- Management of the Other Systems.- Long Term Complications Postoperative care in Pediatric Cardiac Surgeries.     ​ | Cardiac surgical procedures are among the most common and most complicated forms of surgery worldwide, and the postoperative period is characterized by complex challenges. Among the factors determining ultimate clinical outcome, postoperative critical care is of major importance. This book adopts a clinical approach in explaining and analyzing the course of clinical care in patients undergoing cardiac surgery. Since the postoperative clinical status is directly influenced by preoperative and intraoperative factors, the early chapters briefly examine preoperative issues and the intraoperative course of cardiac surgery, with particular attention to anesthesia and the process of cardiopulmonary bypass. Subsequent chapters primarily address the critical care of patients by means of an organ-oriented approach, which will enable the reader to use the text as a 'cookbook' of cardiac intensive care. This book is intended for use in daily practice by cardiac surgeons, cardiac anesthesiologists, intensivists, and cardiac intensive care nurses. ​ | Informative "cookbook” of cardiac intensive care<br>Addresses the critical care of patients by means of an organ-oriented approach<br>Examines preoperative issues and the intraoperative course of cardiac surgery​<br> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-88-470-5506-3 | Critical Care Medicine | Gullo | [NAME]; [NAME] | Resuscitation | Translational Research, Clinical Evidence, Education, Guidelines |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 337 | Hard cover | Book | V, 337 p. 29 illus., 12 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH3100X | Intensive / Critical Care Medicine | MMKL | SCH22000 | Emergency Medicine | MMK | Critical Care Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer Milan | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I: State of the Art in Resuscitation.- Part II. Advances on Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) and Defibrillation.- Part III. Optimization of Cardiopulmonary and Cerebral Resuscitation on Sudden Cardiac Death.- Part IV.  Pharmacological Approach during CPR.- Part V.  Post-Resuscitation Care.- Part VI.  Combining Physiology, Clinical Outcome, and Ethics. | Resuscitation is a two-stage process comprising the achievement/maintenance of spontaneous circulation and post-resuscitation management. The approach is complex and multifaceted and entails the integration of new physiological insights, pharmacological options, and technological advances. The purpose of this volume, written by top experts in the field, is to promote, share, and disseminate new advances in resuscitation and post-resuscitation care. The issues addressed are wide ranging and of great topical interest or controversy. They include priorities of intervention, quality of resuscitation, use of mechanical supports, new defibrillation strategies, prevention of organ damage, strategies in cases of sudden cardiac death, new pharmacological treatments, and post-resuscitation care, including temperature management and prediction and improvement of outcome after cardiac arrest. Particular attention is devoted to up-to-date evidence from the most recent experimental and clinical trials on resuscitation science and to gold standard evidence-based resuscitation and post-resuscitation treatments and interventions. In addition, organizational models and integrated care systems for trauma are considered, and critical care education and the process of guideline development are reviewed. | <p>Up- to- date evidence from the most recent experimental and clinical trials on resuscitation science </p><p>Hot and controversial topics on resuscitation discussed by top experts in the field </p><p>Gold standard resuscitation and post- resuscitation treatments and interventions​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-01218-1 | Critical Care Medicine | Rimensberger | [NAME] | Pediatric and Neonatal Mechanical Ventilation | From Basics to Clinical Practice |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 1000 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 1000 p. 450 illus., 100 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 279 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH3100X | Intensive / Critical Care Medicine | MMKL | SCH49006 | Pediatrics | MJW | Critical Care Medicine | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | From the contents: Basics of respiratory physiology and mechanics in the neonate and the growing child. Basics of respiratory support and mechanical ventilation (MV). Respiratory mechanics in the mechanically ventilated patient. Respiratory monitoring in the mechanically ventilated patient. Indications for respiratory support. Clinicial use of conventional modes of ventilator support. Clinical use of non-conventional modes of ventilator support. General management of the ventilator-supported patient. Permissive hypercapnia. Adjunctive therapies in mechanically ventilated children and neonates. Complications of MV. Bronchoscopy in ventilated patients. Sedation, [NAME] and neuromuscular blockade during MV. A practical approach to non-invasive MV. Practical evidence-based and goal-directed approach to conventional MV. Practical goal-directed approach to non-conventional MV. MV in various pulmonary pathologies. Cardio-pulmonary interactions in the mechanically ventilated patient. | Written by outstanding authorities from all over the world, this comprehensive new textbook on pediatric and neonatal ventilation puts the focus on the effective delivery of respiratory support to children, infants, and newborns. In the early chapters, developmental issues concerning the respiratory system are considered, physiological and mechanical principles are introduced, and airway management and conventional and alternative ventilation techniques are discussed. Thereafter, the rational use of mechanical ventilation in various pediatric and neonatal pathologies is explained, with the emphasis on a practical step-by-step approach. Respiratory monitoring and safety issues in ventilated patients are considered in detail, and many other topics of interest to the bedside clinician are covered, including the ethics of withdrawal of respiratory support and educational issues. Throughout, the text is complemented by numerous illustrations and key information is clearly summarized in tables and lists. | <P>Meets the need for a comprehensive reference covering the full scope of mechanical ventilation in children and neonates</P> <P>Clearly documents the use of mechanical ventilation in various pathologies</P> <P>Allows both students and experienced physicians to extract essential information easily</P> <P>Considers technical and equipment issues in the context of the financial constraints experienced in developing countries</P> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-29686-4 | Dentistry | Eliades | [NAME]; [NAME] | Plastics in Dentistry and Estrogenicity | A Guide to Safe Practice |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 141 | Hard cover | Book | X, 141 p. 28 illus., 12 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Dentistry | SCD00009 | Dentistry | MMD |  |  |  | Dentistry | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Endocrine Disruptors -Xenoestrogens: An Overview.- Analytical methods for the determination of BPA in liquid samples.-In vitro assay systems for the assessment of estrogenicity. - BPA effects in vivo: Evidence from animal studies. - BPA and monomer systems in resins. - BPA and dental materials. - BPA and orthodontic polymers. | This book provides a timely and comprehensive review of our current knowledge of BPA release from dental polymers and the potential endocrinological consequences. After a review of the history and evolution of the issue within the broader biomedical context, the estrogenicity of BPA is explained. The basic chemistry of the polymers used in dentistry is then presented in a simplified and clinically relevant manner. Key chapters in the book carefully evaluate the release of BPA from polycarbonate products and composite resins and the estrogenicity of these materials. Currently available evidence on the potential estrogenic action of dental composities, sealants, and adhesives is presented, and means are suggested by which adverse health effects can be minimized. The entire dental community will find this book to be an excellent source of information on the true risks posed by BPA, and an invaluable aid to safe practice. | <p>A comprehensive review of current knowledge of BPA release from dental polymers and the potential endocrinological consequences</p><p> </p><p>Presents the basic chemistry of the polymers used in dentistry in a readily understandable manner</p><p> </p><p>Discusses available evidence on the estrogenic action of dental composities, sealants, and adhesives, and explains the source of misconceptions of some studies, while it guides to effectively minimize adverse effects</p><p> </p><p>An excellent guide to safe practice</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-01329-9 | Dentistry | Rötzscher | [NAME] | Forensic and Legal Dentistry |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 380 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 380 p. 195 illus., 73 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Dentistry | SCD00009 | Dentistry | MMD | SCH23007 | Forensic Medicine | MMQ | Dentistry | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | History: History of Forensic and Legal Dentistry.- History of Legal Odontology in Argentina.- History of Legal Odontology and DVI in Australia.- The Role of Dentists in Indonesian Disaster Victim Identification Operations.- Legal Dentistry: Liabilty in Dentistry – Belgium.- General Swiss Legal Bases.- Dental Law in France.- Dental Jurisprudence in Norway and Other Nordic Countries.- Dental Law in Finland.- Forensic Odontology in the United Kingdom.- Legal Aspects Related to Health Care Insurance, Dental Practitioners and Forensic Odontologists in South Africa.- Legal Odontology in Argentina.- Dentistry and Forensic Odontology in Australia.- Dental Law in the USA.- [NAME] in Germany.- Orthodontics.- Child Maltreatment.- Forensic Dentistry: Preliminary Comments.- Clinical Results.- Age Estimation.- Identification.- Organization of Personal Identification.- Clinical Results - Post Mortem.- Bite Marks – Tooth Marks.- Lip Marks. | This book both explains in detail diverse aspects of the law as it relates to dentistry and examines key issues in forensic odontostomatology. A central aim is to enable the dentist to achieve a realistic assessment of the legal situation and to reduce uncertainties and liability risk. To this end, experts from across the world discuss the dental law in their own countries, covering both civil and criminal law and highlighting key aspects such as patient rights, insurance, and compensation. In the section on forensic odontostomatology, extensive guidance is provided on development of the dentition, clinical findings and documentation, personal identification, age estimation, and the nature and significance of bite, tooth, and lip marks. This book will be an invaluable source of information for all who practice in the field of dentistry as well as forensic scientists, lawyers, investigative and identification authorities, criminologists, prosecutors, insurance agents, and students. | <p>Explains in detail diverse aspects of the law as it relates to dentistry </p><p>Examines key issues in forensic odontostomatology and provides practical guidance </p><p>Written by experts from across the world, offering an international perspective</p> | Professionals | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8331-1 | Dermatology | [NAME] | [NAME] | Step-by-Step Cosmetic Dermatology |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 400 | Hard cover | Book | 400 p. 500 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 149 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH1900X | Dermatology | MJK | SCH00007 | Medicine/Public Health, general | MB | Dermatology | Professional book | Springer New York | Planned | 2013-12-15 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. The Cosmetic Consultation and Patient Selection.- 2. Obtaining Consent and Preoperative Management.- 3. Botulinum Toxin.- 4. Injectable Fillers.- 5. Vascular, Pigment, Hair Removal, Tightening, and Nonablative Lasers and Devices.- 6. Fractional and [NAME] and Devices.- 7. Chemical Peels.- 8. Sclerotherapy, [NAME], and Endovenous Ablation.- 9. Liposuction and Body Contouring.- 10. [NAME] and Facelift. | Step-by-step, full-color illustrations show each of the many minor steps required to complete common procedures in cosmetic dermatology, and show levels of detail and highlight subtleties of technique not visible in typical before-and-after photos. Includes chapters on the most frequently performed techniques - the bread and butter of cosmetic dermatologists’ practice - such as botulinum toxin, injectable fillers, lasers, chemical peels, liposuction, sclerotherapy, blepharoplasty, and more. Cosmetic dermatologists and trainees are ever on the lookout for ways to expand their repertoire of skills and services, and this atlas is an excellent resource for self-teaching and mastering new procedures. | <p>Teach yourself common techniques in cosmetic dermatology with precise, step-by-step, full-color illustrations with detailed captions</p><p>Comprehensive in scope</p><p>With over 500 color illustrations</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-39545-1 | Dermatology | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Textbook of Hand Eczema |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 450 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 450 p. 113 illus., 105 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH1900X | Dermatology | MJK |  |  |  | Dermatology | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2014-01-31 00:00:00 |  |  | From the Contents: AN INTRODUCTION TO HAND ECZEMA.- An Anatomoclinical Approach.- Biometric Characteristics.- Clinical Subtypes and Categorization.- Nail Alterations in Hand Eczema.- Other Dermatoses.- Irritant versus Allergic Contact Dermatitis: An Etiopathological Approach.- A Scope of the Problem: Epidemiology.- Risk Factors.- DETAILS OF SELECTED SUBTYPES OF HAND ECZEMA.- Chemical [NAME] and Hand Eczema.- Mechanical Trauma and Hand Eczema.- Irritant Contact Dermatitis.- Atopic Hand Eczema.- Pompholyx.- Hyperkeratotic Eczema (Psoriasis) of the Palms.- SPECIAL OCCUPATIONS AT RISK FOR HAND ECZEMA.- Hairdressers’ Eczema.- Occupational Eczema by Metalworking Fluids.- Hand Dermatitis from Acrylate Compounds in Dentistry.- Hand Eczema from Rubber Gloves.- Hand Eczema in the Construction Industry.- DIAGNOSTIC TESTING IN HAND ECZEMA.- Methods for Testing Irritation Potential.- Noninvasive Bioengineering Methods to Predict Skin Irritation.- Acute Irritancy Testing.- [NAME] [NAME] PREVENTION AND TREATMENT OF HAND ECZEMA. | Hand eczema is a major complaint worldwide and a frequent occupational disorder. This book provides a comprehensive and detailed overview of the classification, etiology, diagnosis, prevention, and therapy of hand eczema. It is innovative, up to date, and practical. The links with particular occupations are explained, the various diagnostic tests are presented, and the role of different topical and systemic treatments is clearly described. The authors are world leaders in the field. The 'Textbook of Hand Eczema' reflects a new era in hand dermatitis and will be invaluable for all who deal with the condition in their clinical practice. | <p>A Publication of the International Contact Dermatitis Group</p><p>Comprehensive and detailed overview of hand eczema</p><p>Covers classification, etiology, diagnosis, prevention, and therapy</p><p>Innovative, up to date, and practical</p><p>Written by world leaders in the field</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-5447-1 | Dermatology | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Dermatopathology | Clinicopathological Correlations |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 470 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 470 p. 707 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH1900X | Dermatology | MJK | SCH4800X | Pathology | MMF | Dermatology | [NAME] | Springer London | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Interface (Lichenoid) Dermatitides.- Spongiotic Disorders.- Psoriasiform Dermatoses.- Vesiculobullous Diseases.- Large Vessel Vasculitis.- Connective Tissue Disorders.- Panniculitides.- Metabolic disorders.- Mucinoses.- Adnexal Diseases.- Alopecias.- Granulomatous Dermatitides.- Epidermal Maturation Diseases.- Reactions to Drugs.- Bacterial Infections.- Fungal infections.- Viral infections.- Arthropod Reactions/Parasites/Other.- Pediatric inflammatory disorders.- Benign melanocytic skin lesions.- Non-melanoma skin tumors.- Cysts Epithelial tumors.- Vascular anomalies.- Fibrohistiocytic Tumors.- Soft tissue tumors (Tumors of fat and muscle).- Neural And Neuroendocrine Tumors.- Adnexal neoplasms.- General Guide to the Diagnosis of Cutaneous Malignant Hematopoietic Proliferations.- Pediatric tumors.- Metastases. | Dermatopathology is a specialized branch of pathology in which there has been great progress as new techniques have become available to evaluate the pathology of the skin. Many of the advances in our knowledge and understanding of the skin and the diseases that affect it have been made by people with experience of both diagnostic pathology and clinical dermatology.  With significant numbers of large textbooks available, there is a need to provide practical clinical information and concise criteria for pathologic diagnosis for pathologists and dermatologists looking for up-to-date diagnostic and management options.​ | <p>Contains specific data on the various clinical findings and histologic findings of skin diseases</p><p>Emphasizes criteria for diagnosis to help the learning pathologist or dermatologist decipher the most important features</p><p>Features comprehensive coverage but concise detail under each diagnosis</p><p>Arranged to allow easy reference to topics​  </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8334-2 | Dermatology | Hale | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Handbook of Dermatologic Surgery |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 60 | Soft cover | Book | X, 60 p. 38 illus., 11 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 89.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH1900X | Dermatology | MJK | SCH59001 | Surgery | MN | Dermatology | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Surgical Anatomy.- 2. Excisional and Non-excisional Surgery.- 3. Advanced Repairs.- 4. Cosmetic Dermatology: neurotoxins, fillers and chemical peels.- 5. Lasers and other technology.- 6. Leg Veins.- Index. | The Handbook of Dermatologic Surgery incorporates the most cutting edge technology applicable to dermatologists and dermatologic surgeons today. Designed as a reference guide for dermatologic surgery and aesthetic procedures, it disseminates key scientific information in an easy-to-use pocket book.This handbook is designed to be readily transportable for dermatologists and dermatologic surgeons, as well as those in training, dermatology residents and fellows, and medical students rotating through dermatology. | <p>Only book of its kind that is readily transportable for the dermatologist and dermatologic surgeon</p><p>Incorporates the most cutting edge technology applicable to dermatologists and dermatologic surgeons</p><p>Designed in an easy-to-use manner for trained dermatologists/dermatologic surgeons, as well as those in training, dermatology residents and fellows, and medical students rotating through dermatology</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-38764-7 | Dermatology | Happle | [NAME] | Mosaicism in Human Skin | Understanding Nevi, [NAME], and [NAME] |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 242 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 242 p. 232 illus., 209 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH1900X | Dermatology | MJK | SCH49006 | Pediatrics | MJW | Dermatology | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | PATTERNS AND MECHANISMS: Mosaicism as a Biological Concept:.- History.- Mosaicism in Plants, Animals, Humans.- Mosaicism Versus Chimerism.- The Mechanisms of Mosaicism .- Genomic Mosaicism of Autosomes.- Epigenetic Mosaicism of autosomes.- Genomic Mosaicism of X Chromosomes.- Epigenetic Mosaicism of X Chromosomes.- The patterns of Mosaicism .- Lines of Blaschko.- Checkerboard Pattern.- Phylloid Pattern.- Patchy Pattern Without Midline Separation.- Lateralization.- Other Patterns, so far Unclassifiable.- [NAME]: Nevi.- Melanocytic Nevi.- Other Forms of Pigmentary Mosaicism.- Epidermal Nevi.- Vascular Nevi.- [NAME] Nevi.- [NAME] (Functional X-Chromosome Mosaicism) in X-Linked Skin Disorders.- Autosomal Non-Nevi.- Neoplastic Skin Lesions.- Benign Tumors.- Malignant Tumors.- CONCLUSION. | Mosaicism is a powerful biologic concept, originally developed from studying plants and animals. All cutaneous neoplasms, both benign and malignant, reflect mosaicism, which is the necessary basis to explain numerous human skin disorders. For example, various mosaic patterns visualize the embryonic development of human skin and X-linked skin disorders explain why women live longer than men, and so on. This book presents, for the first time, a comprehensive overview on the strikingly manifold patterns and peculiarities of [NAME]. This reader-friendly structured and straightforward publication will help the dermatologist to understand the underlying molecular mechanisms of skin disorders in order to further improve the treatment outcome. | <p>Comprehensive overview on mosaicism and [NAME] to understand the underlying molecular mechanisms of skin disorders</p><p>Concise, reader-friendly structured, lavishly illustrated</p><p>Written by a well-known expert of the field</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-4311-6 | Dermatology | Nguyen | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Clinical Cases in Psychocutaneous Disease |  | Clinical Cases in Dermatology |  | 1 | 2014 | 124 | Soft cover | Book | XVII, 124 p. 6 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 39.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH1900X | Dermatology | MJK | SCH53003 | Psychiatry | MMH | Dermatology | Professional book | Springer London | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Part I: Psychologically Challenging Patient Encounters in Dermatology.- The “long list” patient.- The “Will you be my PCP?” patient.- The patient with unusual demands.- The fearful patient.- The patient with a chronic disease.- The angry patient.- The distrustful and poorly compliant patient.- Part II: Psychocutaneous Disease in Geriatric Patients.- Delusions of parasitosis in geriatric patients.- Neurotic excoriations and the elderly.- The geriatric patient with neurodermatitis.- Part III: Cases of Psychocutaneous Disease.- Formication without delusions.- The slightly delusional patient.- The delusional but hopeful patient.- The hopelessly delusional patient.- Drug-induced formication and delusions of parasitosis.- Other delusionoid beliefs.- Neurotic excoriations secondary to cutaneous dysesthesia.- Neurotic excoriations secondary to underlying major depression.- Neurotic excoriations with underlying psychosis.- Acne excoriée.- Trichotillomania.- Body dysmorphic disorder.- Factitial dermatitis.- Hyperhidrosis and an anxiety disorder.- Atopic dermatitis and a major depressive disorder.- Psoriasis and excessive stress. | Clinical cases are a key component in modern medical education, assisting the trainee or recertifying clinician to work through unusual cases using best practice techniques. Dermatology is an important discipline in this regard since it is a highly visual subject requiring the reader to describe often very subtle differences in the presentation of patients and define accurately the diagnostic and management criteria to base their clinical decision-making on. This is particularly the case in the field of psychocutaneous disease where scientific advances are shedding new light on the understanding and treatment of long-recognized conditions located at the interface of dermatology and psychiatry. Psychodermatology covers all aspects of how the mind and body interact in relation to the onset and progression of various skin disorders. | Concise practical guidance to board certified dermatologists and dermatologists in training Carefully themed to allow readers to gain a thorough practical knowledge of the wide range of cases they may [NAME] illustrated to highlight evidence-based practice​ | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-39531-4 | Dermatology | [NAME] | [NAME] | Severe Skin Diseases in Children | Beyond Topical Therapy |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 262 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 262 p. 54 illus., 50 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH1900X | Dermatology | MJK |  |  |  | Dermatology | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Inflammatory Diseases:- Immune-Mediated/Autoimmune Diseases.- Photosensitive Disorders.- Tumors.- Genodermatoses.- Appendix. | A textbook to guide practitioners on treating severe skin diseases in children, when they have failed topical therapy-- will discuss the appropriate candidates, considerations and approaches in drug therapy, possible problems that may arise. [NAME] will help to illustrate the cases/conditions. | <p></p><p>First book to focus solely on systemic and other non-topical therapy for difficult childhood skin disorders</p><p></p><p>Written for practitioners, with emphasis on clinical relevance </p><p></p><p>Covers a wide range of cutaneous diseases</p><p></p><p>Includes reference tables for drugs summarizing recommended dosage and monitoring for quick retrieval of information </p><p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8343-4 | Dermatology | Zeichner | [NAME] | Acneiform Eruptions in Dermatology | A Differential Diagnosis |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 558 | Hard cover | Book | XXII, 558 p. 91 illus., 90 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH1900X | Dermatology | MJK | SCH51000 | Primary Care Medicine | MBPC | Dermatology | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Section 1. Acne Vulgaris.- 1. Acne Pathophysiology.- 2. Clinical Presentation of Acne.- 3. Topical Therapies for Acne.- 4. Systemic Therapies for Acne.- 5. Laser and Light Based Therapies for Acne.- Section 2. Infectious Diseases Mimicking Acne Vulgaris.- 6. Bacterial Folliculitis.- 7. Gram Negative Folliculitis.- 8. Hot Tub Folliculitis.- 9. Pityrosporum Folliculitis.- 10. Tinea Barbae.- 11. Flat Warts.- 12. Molluscum Contagiosum.- 13. [NAME] Virus.- 14. Varicella Zoster Virus.- Section 3. Variants of Acne Vulgaris.- 15. Acne Conglobata.- 16. Acne Excoriee.- 17. Acne Fulminans.- 18. Acne Mechanica.- 19. Cushing Syndrome.- 20. PAPA Syndrome.- 21. Polycystic Ovary Syndrome.- 22. Pomade Acne.- 23. Post-Adolescent Female Acne.- 24. SAPHO Syndrome.- Section 4. Genetic Syndromes Mimicking Acne Vulgaris.- 25. [NAME] Syndrome.- 26. [NAME] Syndrome.- 27. [NAME] Syndrome.- 28. Cowden Syndrome.- 29. Gardner Syndrome.- 30. Gorlin Syndrome.- 31. [NAME] Syndrome.- 32. Reed Syndrome.- 33. Tuberous Sclerosis.- Section 5. Other Mimickers of Acne Vulgaris.- 34. [NAME] Scarring.- 35. [NAME] Folliculitis.- 36. [NAME] Racouchot.- 37. [NAME] Suppurativa.- 38. Perioral Dermatitis.- 39. Photocontact Dermatitis.- 40. Postinflammatory Pigmetnation.- 41. Pseudofolliculitis Barbae.- 42. Pustular Psoriasis.- 43. Rosacea.- 44. Rosacea Fulminans.- 45. Sarcoidosis.- 46. Seborrheic Dermatitis.- 47. Steatocystoma Multiplex.- 48. Xanthomas.- Section 6. Pediatric Dermatoses Mimicking Acne.- 49. Periorifical Granulomatous Dermatitis.- 50. Keratosis Pilaris Atrophicans.- 51. Neonatal and Infantile Acne.- 52. Papular Granuloma Annulare.- 53. Precocious Puberty.- Section 7. Drug Induced Acneiform Eruptions.- 54. Drug Induced Acneiform Eruptions. | Dermatologists commonly treat acne, which affects 40 to 50 million Americans each year and about 85 percent of all patients at some point in their lives. Dermatologists, primary care doctors, and pediatricians see these patients every day in practice.  It is important to treat the skin effectively not only to reduce the risk of physical scarring, but also to address the negative psychosocial impact this disease carries.  Improving the skin can improve self-confidence, interpersonal relationships, and performance in school or at work.  [NAME] is a practical, full-color guide to the differential diagnosis of acne vulgaris and the treatment of acne-like conditions.  It is organized into sections by subtype of condition (e.g., infections, genetic syndromes, medication-caused) and includes a section of variants of acne that may be misdiagnosed.  Within the sections, individual chapters discuss each variant of the condition and begin with a helpful bulleted summary of its defining clinical features.  Extensive color clinical images appear throughout the book. | <p>A “must have” resource for dermatologists who wish to understand why patients may not be responding to traditional acne therapy</p><p>Expert guidance in the differential diagnosis of acne vulgaris, a common and sometimes misdiagnosed disease</p><p>Systematic discussion of alternative diagnoses and management, organized by condition</p><p>Addresses acne variants, in addition to alternative diagnoses</p><p>Extensive color clinical photos</p><p>Organized in an easy-to-use manner, with condition highlights summarized at the beginning of each chapter</p><p>Written for dermatologists and of interest to internists, pediatricians, and family practitioners</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-2926-4 | Emergency Medicine | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Conflict and Catastrophe Medicine | A Practical Guide |  |  | 3 | 2014 | 885 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 885 p. 99 illus., 90 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 279 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH22000 | Emergency Medicine | MMK | SCH59125 | Traumatic Surgery | MNL | Emergency Medicine | Professional book | Springer London | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Section 1: The Disaster and Conflict Environment.- 1. New Paradigms: The World in the 21st Century- European Perspective.- 2. New Paradigms: The World in the 21st Century- A US Perspective.- 3. The Spectrum of Conflict.- 4. The Players- Humanitarian Organisations and their Coordination in Humanitarian Assistance.- 5. The Players- Private Military and Security Companies (PMSCs) in the Humanitarian Space.- 6. Medical Ethics in Disasters.- 7. Medicine at High Altitudes.- 8. Medical Support of Special Operations.- 9. Terrorism 101.- Section 2: Disasters, Public Health, and Populations.- 10. Disasters: An Overview.- 11. Disasters: The London Bombings, 7th July 2005: Forward Medical Response.- 12. Responding to Acute Humanitarian Crises: Health Needs Assessment and Priorities for Intervention.- 13. Responding to Acute Humanitarian Crises: The Role of Health System Levers in Response, Recovery and Rebuilding to Protect Population Health.- 14. Responding to Acute Humanitarian Crises: Health Planning in Action 'Operation Phoenix': A British Medical Aid Program to Sarajevo.- 15.Responding to Acute Humanitarian Crises: Health Care of Prisoners and Detainees.- 16. Standards of Care in Catastrophic Emergencies.- 17. Program Management and Assessment.- 18. Surveillance and Control of Communicable Disease in Conflicts and Disasters.- 19. The Sword of Damocles: Whither the Next Pandemic.- Section 3: Living and Working in Austere Environments.- 20. Getting there and Being Involved: Getting Involved.- 21. Getting there and Being Involved: Team Building and Maintenance.- 22. Safety and Security: Staying Safe and Effective- In a Humanitarian Context (Or as Safe as is Reasonably Possible When You Know You Should Have Stayed at Home!).- 23. Safety and Security: Thinking Ballistic- Aspects of Protection.- 24. Safety and Security: Mines and Weapons Awareness.- 25. Safety and Security: Health Risk Management- A Tool for Planning Force Health Protection.- 26. Applied Communications for Medical Professionals in Conflict and Catastrophe Situations.- 27. Psychosocial and Mental Health Care for the Deployed Staff of Rescue, Professional First Response and Aid Agencies, NGOs and Military Organisations.- Section 4: Hospitals and Health Systems.- 28. Conflict Recovery: Health Systems in Transition.- 29. Eating an Elephant: Intervening in Hospitals- Pristina.- 30. Military Medical Contribution to Indigenous (Military and Civilian) Health Sector Development (HSD) within Security and Stabilisation Operations.- 31. Military Health Services Support in Conflict.- 32. Evacuation and Transportation.- 33. Deployed Field Hospitals in the 21st Century.- Section 5: Clinical Care.- 34. Acute Problems and Emergency Surgery: A. Introduction- Scene-Setting.- 35. Acute Problems and Emergency Surgery: Triage and Acute Care.- 36. Acute Problems and Emergency Surgery: Ballistics and Blast.- 37. Acute Problems and Emergency Surgery: Tropical Diseases.- 38. Acute Problems and Emergency Surgery: Climate: Hot and Cold- An Aide.- 39. Acute Problems and Emergency Surgery: Envenomations- Bites and Stings.- 40. Acute Problems and Emergency Surgery: Head Injury.- 41. Acute Problems and Emergency Surgery: Dental, [NAME], [NAME], and ENT.- 42. Acute Problems and Emergency Surgery: Abdominal Complaints and Acute Surgical Emergencies.- 43. Acute Problems and Emergency Surgery: [NAME] and Skeleton.- 44. Acute Problems and Emergency Surgery: Surgery in the Tropics.- 45. Acute Problems and Emergency Surgery: Anaesthesia and Analgesia.- 46. Chemical, Biological, [NAME], and Nuclear (CBRN) Casualty Management Principles.- 47. Women's Health.- 48. The Care of Children in Complex Humanitarian Emergencies and Disasters.- 49. The Psychosocial and Mental Health of People Who Are Affected by Conflict, Catastrophes, Terrorism, Adversity, and Displacement.- Section 6: Resources.- | The first edition of conflict and catastrophe was produced in 2002 and a second, successful edition, followed in 2009. The decision to produce these works sprung from painful problems experienced by colleagues and authors themselves during many humanitarian and related deployments. The guide for both editions was to provide, in one volume, an entry level text covering all aspects of deployment, with an emphasis on medicine and healthcare in these environments. This third revised, expanded and updated edition of Conflict and Catastrophe Medicine: A Practical Guide follows its successful predecessors in providing a framework for use by health professionals visiting a resource constrained environment. Encompassing problems brought about by local conflict or natural disasters, the book covers preparation, organisation, logistics, treatment of major trauma and medical emergencies, and the special problems of delivering medicine in a hostile environment. This book comprehensively tackles: Self-preparation of health professionals to face a range of medical and related problems which occur in hostile and remote environments; War and disaster medicine, covering acute management, rehabilitation, reconstruction and prevention; Bridging the fields of medicine, nursing, international relations, history, politics and economics. The book also touches on nutrition, infection, trauma, psychiatry and psychological medicine and training. | <p>Comprehensive coverage of the topic inside one cover </p><p>Practical guidance from people with accepted expertise and current field experience </p><p>A practical guide for medical aid personnel working in conflicts, catastrophes and remote areas </p><p>Provides background knowledge of the 'climate' in which medical aid is delivered, explains how to get involved, how to stay safe, the differences in remote medicine, and how to get home and re-adjust </p><p>The emphasis given to psychosocial and physiological health needs of volunteers </p><p>The mix of theory, opinion and practical advice throughout the book</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-02215-4 | Emergency Medicine | Tanigawa | [NAME]; [NAME] | Radiation Disaster Medicine | Perspective from the Fukushima Nuclear Accident |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 173 | Hard cover | Book | VI, 173 p. 41 illus., 34 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH22000 | Emergency Medicine | MMK | [NAME] | Radiotherapy | MJCL1 | Emergency Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Physicians’ early response to Fukushima Daiichi nuclear power plant accident: [NAME] and lessons learned.- General considerations in radiation disaster medicine.- Medical perspective.- Pre-hospital emergency medical response.- Hospital emergency medical response.- Disaster behavioral health: Psychological effects of the [NAME] nuclear power plant accident.- Management perspective: Structure of radiation emergency response in Japan.- Management perspective: Structure of radiation emergency response in International Organizations.- Radiation disaster medicine curriculum revisited in a post-Fukushima context. | While many books are available on disaster medicine, none is specifically devoted to the role of physicians in the management of patients exposed to radiation leakage from a damaged nuclear power plant. Radiation Disaster Medicine aims to fill this void based on the response to the [NAME] nuclear accident. Each chapter addresses principles and practices of radiation medicine within the specific context of that accident. Topics covered include the role of physicians in radiation disasters, the concepts of external and internal exposure, prehospital and hospital response, disaster behavioral health, and radiation emergency response from the perspective of national and international institutions. Most of the contributors are active educators and researchers in radiation medicine with first-hand experience in dealing with prehospital triage and management of patients within secondary and tertiary care hospitals in Japan. | <p>Detailed examination of the role of physicians in the management of patients exposed to radiation leakage, based on the Fukushima accident</p><p>Coverage of a wide range of topics</p><p><p>Written by experts, most of whom have relevant first-hand experience within secondary and tertiary care hospitals in Japan<b></b></p><p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-0-387-09834-0 | Epidemiology | Ahrens | [NAME]; Iris Pigeot | Handbook of Epidemiology |  |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 2300 |  | eReference work | 2300 p. 50 illus. eReference. | 1 | final | 1100 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH63000 | Epidemiology | MBNS | SCS15007 | Statistics for Life Sciences, Medicine, Health Sciences | PBT | Epidemiology | Handbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Foreword.- Preface.- Part I: Concepts and Designs in Epidemiology;  An Introduction to Epidemiology, History of Epidemiological Methods and Concepts (NEW),  Basic Concepts, Rates, Risks, Measures of Association and Impact, Descriptive Studies, Cohort Studies, Case-Control Studies, Modern Epidemiological Study Designs, Intervention Trials, Cluster Randomized Trials (NEW), Community-Based Health Promotion, Internet Based Epidemiology (NEW).- Part II: Methodological Approaches in Epidemiology; Design and Planning of Epidemiological Studies, Quality Control and Good Epidemiological Practice, Epidemiological Field Work in Population-Based Studies, Exposure Assessment, Misclassification (NEW), Confounding and Interaction, Sensitivity Analysis and Bias Analysis (NEW), Use of Health Registers, Emergency and Disaster Health Surveillance (NEW), [NAME], Epidemiology in Developing Countries, Health Services Research, Ethical Aspects of Epidemiological Research.- Part III: Statistical Methods in Epidemiology; Statistical Inference (NEW), Data Management in Epidemiology (NEW), [NAME] in Epidemiological Studies, Analysis of Continuous Covariates and Dose-Effect Analysis, Regression Methods for Epidemiological Analysis, [NAME] in Epidemiology (NEW), [NAME], Measurement Error, Missing Data, Generalized Estimating Equations (NEW), Meta-Analysis in Epidemiology, Geographical Epidemiology, Statistical Methods in Genetic Epidemiology, Directed [NAME] (NEW).- Part IV: Exposure-oriented Epidemiology; Life Course Epidemiology (NEW), Social Epidemiology, Occupational Epidemiology, Environmental Epidemiology, Nutritional Epidemiology, Reproductive Epidemiology, Molecular Epidemiology, Clinical Epidemiology of Evidence-Based Health Care, Pharmacoepidemiology, Physical Activity Epidemiology (NEW), Radiation Epidemiology (NEW).- Part V: Outcome-oriented Epidemiology; Infectious Disease Epidemiology, Cardiovascular Health and Disease, [NAME], [NAME], Epidemiology of  Obesity (NEW), Epidemiology of Respiratory Allergies and [NAME] (NEW), Epidemiology of Dental Diseases (NEW), Epidemiology of Digestive Diseases (NEW), Epidemiology of Psychiatric Disorders (NEW), Epidemiology of Diabetes (NEW). | This 3-volume reference covers the entire field of epidemiology, from statistical methods and study design, to specialized areas such as molecular epidemiology, and applications in clinical medicine and health services research. This updated edition of the Handbook of  Epidemiology adds 20 new chapters on: History of Epidemiological Methods and Concepts, Cluster Randomized Trials, Internet-Based Epidemiology, Misclassification, Sensitivity Analysis and [NAME],  Emergency and Disaster Health Surveillance, Statistical Inference, Data Management in Epidemiology, [NAME] in Epidemiology, Generalized Estimating Equations, Directed [NAME], Life Course Epidemiology, Physical Activity Epidemiology, Radiation Epidemiology, Epidemiology of  Obesity, Epidemiology of Respiratory Allergies and Asthma, Epidemiology of  Dental Diseases, Epidemiology of Digestive Diseases, Epidemiology of Psychiatric Disorders, Epidemiology of  Diabetes.All other chapters are extensively revised from  the 1st edition. This is a reference for epidemiological researchers and graduate students in public health. | <p>Greatly expanded 2nd edition adds 20 new chapters on: History of Epidemiological Methods and Concepts, Cluster Randomized Trials, Internet-Based Epidemiology, Misclassification, Sensitivity Analysis and [NAME], Emergency and Disaster Health Surveillance, Statistical Inference, Data Management in Epidemiology, [NAME] in Epidemiology, Generalized Estimating Equations, Directed [NAME], Life Course Epidemiology, Physical Activity Epidemiology, Radiation Epidemiology, Epidemiology of  Obesity, Epidemiology Respiratory Allergies and Asthma, Epidemiology of  Dental Diseases, Epidemiology of Digestive Diseases, Epidemiology of Psychiatric Disorders, Epidemiology of Diabetes</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-0-387-09835-7 | Epidemiology | Ahrens | [NAME]; Iris Pigeot | Handbook of Epidemiology |  |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 2300 | Hard cover | Book + Online Access | 2300 p. 50 illus. Print + eReference. | 1 | final | 1350 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH63000 | Epidemiology | MBNS | SCS15007 | Statistics for Life Sciences, Medicine, Health Sciences | PBT | Epidemiology | Handbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Foreword.- Preface.- Part I: Concepts and Designs in Epidemiology;  An Introduction to Epidemiology, History of Epidemiological Methods and Concepts (NEW),  Basic Concepts, Rates, Risks, Measures of Association and Impact, Descriptive Studies, Cohort Studies, Case-Control Studies, Modern Epidemiological Study Designs, Intervention Trials, Cluster Randomized Trials (NEW), Community-Based Health Promotion, Internet Based Epidemiology (NEW).- Part II: Methodological Approaches in Epidemiology; Design and Planning of Epidemiological Studies, Quality Control and Good Epidemiological Practice, Epidemiological Field Work in Population-Based Studies, Exposure Assessment, Misclassification (NEW), Confounding and Interaction, Sensitivity Analysis and Bias Analysis (NEW), Use of Health Registers, Emergency and Disaster Health Surveillance (NEW), [NAME], Epidemiology in Developing Countries, Health Services Research, Ethical Aspects of Epidemiological Research.- Part III: Statistical Methods in Epidemiology; Statistical Inference (NEW), Data Management in Epidemiology (NEW), [NAME] in Epidemiological Studies, Analysis of Continuous Covariates and Dose-Effect Analysis, Regression Methods for Epidemiological Analysis, [NAME] in Epidemiology (NEW), [NAME], Measurement Error, Missing Data, Generalized Estimating Equations (NEW), Meta-Analysis in Epidemiology, Geographical Epidemiology, Statistical Methods in Genetic Epidemiology, Directed [NAME] (NEW).- Part IV: Exposure-oriented Epidemiology; Life Course Epidemiology (NEW), Social Epidemiology, Occupational Epidemiology, Environmental Epidemiology, Nutritional Epidemiology, Reproductive Epidemiology, Molecular Epidemiology, Clinical Epidemiology of Evidence-Based Health Care, Pharmacoepidemiology, Physical Activity Epidemiology (NEW), Radiation Epidemiology (NEW).- Part V: Outcome-oriented Epidemiology; Infectious Disease Epidemiology, Cardiovascular Health and Disease, [NAME], [NAME], Epidemiology of  Obesity (NEW), Epidemiology of Respiratory Allergies and [NAME] (NEW), Epidemiology of Dental Diseases (NEW), Epidemiology of Digestive Diseases (NEW), Epidemiology of Psychiatric Disorders (NEW), Epidemiology of Diabetes (NEW). | This 3-volume reference covers the entire field of epidemiology, from statistical methods and study design, to specialized areas such as molecular epidemiology, and applications in clinical medicine and health services research. This updated edition of the Handbook of  Epidemiology adds 20 new chapters on: History of Epidemiological Methods and Concepts, Cluster Randomized Trials, Internet-Based Epidemiology, Misclassification, Sensitivity Analysis and [NAME],  Emergency and Disaster Health Surveillance, Statistical Inference, Data Management in Epidemiology, [NAME] in Epidemiology, Generalized Estimating Equations, Directed [NAME], Life Course Epidemiology, Physical Activity Epidemiology, Radiation Epidemiology, Epidemiology of  Obesity, Epidemiology of Respiratory Allergies and Asthma, Epidemiology of  Dental Diseases, Epidemiology of Digestive Diseases, Epidemiology of Psychiatric Disorders, Epidemiology of  Diabetes.All other chapters are extensively revised from  the 1st edition. This is a reference for epidemiological researchers and graduate students in public health. | <p>Greatly expanded 2nd edition adds 20 new chapters on: History of Epidemiological Methods and Concepts, Cluster Randomized Trials, Internet-Based Epidemiology, Misclassification, Sensitivity Analysis and [NAME], Emergency and Disaster Health Surveillance, Statistical Inference, Data Management in Epidemiology, [NAME] in Epidemiology, Generalized Estimating Equations, Directed [NAME], Life Course Epidemiology, Physical Activity Epidemiology, Radiation Epidemiology, Epidemiology of  Obesity, Epidemiology Respiratory Allergies and Asthma, Epidemiology of  Dental Diseases, Epidemiology of Digestive Diseases, Epidemiology of Psychiatric Disorders, Epidemiology of Diabetes</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-0-387-09833-3 | Epidemiology | Ahrens | [NAME]; Iris Pigeot | Handbook of Epidemiology |  |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 2300 | Hard cover | Book | 2300 p. 50 illus. In 3 volumes, not available separately. | 1 | final | 1100 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH63000 | Epidemiology | MBNS | SCS15007 | Statistics for Life Sciences, Medicine, Health Sciences | PBT | Epidemiology | Handbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Foreword.- Preface.- Part I: Concepts and Designs in Epidemiology;  An Introduction to Epidemiology, History of Epidemiological Methods and Concepts (NEW),  Basic Concepts, Rates, Risks, Measures of Association and Impact, Descriptive Studies, Cohort Studies, Case-Control Studies, Modern Epidemiological Study Designs, Intervention Trials, Cluster Randomized Trials (NEW), Community-Based Health Promotion, Internet Based Epidemiology (NEW).- Part II: Methodological Approaches in Epidemiology; Design and Planning of Epidemiological Studies, Quality Control and Good Epidemiological Practice, Epidemiological Field Work in Population-Based Studies, Exposure Assessment, Misclassification (NEW), Confounding and Interaction, Sensitivity Analysis and Bias Analysis (NEW), Use of Health Registers, Emergency and Disaster Health Surveillance (NEW), [NAME], Epidemiology in Developing Countries, Health Services Research, Ethical Aspects of Epidemiological Research.- Part III: Statistical Methods in Epidemiology; Statistical Inference (NEW), Data Management in Epidemiology (NEW), [NAME] in Epidemiological Studies, Analysis of Continuous Covariates and Dose-Effect Analysis, Regression Methods for Epidemiological Analysis, [NAME] in Epidemiology (NEW), [NAME], Measurement Error, Missing Data, Generalized Estimating Equations (NEW), Meta-Analysis in Epidemiology, Geographical Epidemiology, Statistical Methods in Genetic Epidemiology, Directed [NAME] (NEW).- Part IV: Exposure-oriented Epidemiology; Life Course Epidemiology (NEW), Social Epidemiology, Occupational Epidemiology, Environmental Epidemiology, Nutritional Epidemiology, Reproductive Epidemiology, Molecular Epidemiology, Clinical Epidemiology of Evidence-Based Health Care, Pharmacoepidemiology, Physical Activity Epidemiology (NEW), Radiation Epidemiology (NEW).- Part V: Outcome-oriented Epidemiology; Infectious Disease Epidemiology, Cardiovascular Health and Disease, [NAME], [NAME], Epidemiology of  Obesity (NEW), Epidemiology of Respiratory Allergies and [NAME] (NEW), Epidemiology of Dental Diseases (NEW), Epidemiology of Digestive Diseases (NEW), Epidemiology of Psychiatric Disorders (NEW), Epidemiology of Diabetes (NEW). | This 3-volume reference covers the entire field of epidemiology, from statistical methods and study design, to specialized areas such as molecular epidemiology, and applications in clinical medicine and health services research. This updated edition of the Handbook of  Epidemiology adds 20 new chapters on: History of Epidemiological Methods and Concepts, Cluster Randomized Trials, Internet-Based Epidemiology, Misclassification, Sensitivity Analysis and [NAME],  Emergency and Disaster Health Surveillance, Statistical Inference, Data Management in Epidemiology, [NAME] in Epidemiology, Generalized Estimating Equations, Directed [NAME], Life Course Epidemiology, Physical Activity Epidemiology, Radiation Epidemiology, Epidemiology of  Obesity, Epidemiology of Respiratory Allergies and Asthma, Epidemiology of  Dental Diseases, Epidemiology of Digestive Diseases, Epidemiology of Psychiatric Disorders, Epidemiology of  Diabetes.All other chapters are extensively revised from  the 1st edition. This is a reference for epidemiological researchers and graduate students in public health. | <p>Greatly expanded 2nd edition adds 20 new chapters on: History of Epidemiological Methods and Concepts, Cluster Randomized Trials, Internet-Based Epidemiology, Misclassification, Sensitivity Analysis and [NAME], Emergency and Disaster Health Surveillance, Statistical Inference, Data Management in Epidemiology, [NAME] in Epidemiology, Generalized Estimating Equations, Directed [NAME], Life Course Epidemiology, Physical Activity Epidemiology, Radiation Epidemiology, Epidemiology of  Obesity, Epidemiology Respiratory Allergies and Asthma, Epidemiology of  Dental Diseases, Epidemiology of Digestive Diseases, Epidemiology of Psychiatric Disorders, Epidemiology of Diabetes</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-4236-2 | Health Informatics | Magnuson | [NAME]; [NAME], Jr. | Public Health Informatics and Information Systems |  | Health Informatics |  | 2 | 2014 | 700 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 700 p. 56 illus., 35 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 89.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH28009 | Health Informatics | MBG | SCH27002 | Public Health/Gesundheitswesen | MBN | Health Informatics | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  |  | This revised edition covers all aspects of public health informatics and discusses the creation and management of an information technology infrastructure that is essential in linking state and local organizations in their efforts to gather data for the surveillance and prevention. Public health officials will have to understand basic principles of information resource management in order to make the appropriate technology choices that will guide the future of their organizations. Public health continues to be at the forefront of modern medicine, given the importance of implementing a population-based health approach and to addressing chronic health conditions. This book provides informatics principles and examples of practice in a public health context. In doing so, it clarifies the ways in which newer information technologies will improve individual and community health status. This book's primary purpose is to consolidate key information and promote a strategic approach to information systems and development, making it a resource for use by faculty and students of public health, as well as the practicing public health professional. Chapter highlights include: The Governmental and Legislative Context of Informatics; Assessing the Value of Information Systems; Ethics, Information Technology, and Public Health; and Privacy, Confidentiality, and Security. Review questions are featured at the end of every chapter. Aside from its use for public health professionals, the book will be used by schools of public health, clinical and public health nurses and students, schools of social work, allied health, and environmental sciences. | Updates many existing chapters, significant revisions of some chapters, and replacement of some chapters with entirely new content [NAME] changes in health information technology policy that have swept through the field of health information exchange Contains an updated perspective on public health in general | Students | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-5489-1 | Health Informatics | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Cognitive Informatics in Health and Biomedicine | Case Studies on Critical Care, Complexity and Errors | Health Informatics |  | 1 | 2014 | 506 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 506 p. 104 illus., 55 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 89.95 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH28009 | Health Informatics | MBG | SCI23060 | Health Informatics | UBH | Health Informatics | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Foreword.- Preface.- Introduction.- Paradigm Shift in Conceptualizing Error.- Analysis of Error based on Laboratory Studies.- Team Decision Making and the Analysis of Error.- Influence of Training on Error Detection in Simulated Clinical Rounds.- Opportunistic Decision Making and [NAME] Patterns.- Decision Making and [NAME] from Protocol in Trauma.- Effect of Information Seeking Activities on Clinical Decision Making.- Investigating Communication Complexity and Errors: A Continuity of Care based Approach.- Bridging Gaps in Transitions of Care: Design and Evaluation of Handoff Intervention Tool.- Driven to Distraction: Classifying Interruptions in Intensive Care.- Shared Mental Models in Team Handoff.- Enhancing Communication and Improving Coordination in ICU.- The interplay of organizational structure and communication practices.- Activity Prediction and Automated Workflow Modeling using RFID Sensors.- Sensor-based Tracking of Team Interactions and Clinical Workflow.- Work Domains, Complexity and Situation Awareness in the ED.- A framework for understanding error and complexity in critical care.- Communication and Complexity: Negotiating transitions in shift work and the coordination of patient care.- Learning and Competency: Role of Cognition and Error in the Complex Workplace.- A Framework for Complexity and Cognition in Technology-Rich Clinical Settings.- Clinical Practice.- Education and Training.- Biomedical Informatics.- Epilogue.​ | Enormous advances in information technology have permeated essentially all facets of life in the past two decades. Formidable challenges remain in fostering tools that enhance productivity but are sensitive to work practices. Cognitive Informatics (CI) is the multidisciplinary study of cognition, information and computational sciences that investigates all facets of human computing including design and computer-mediated intelligent action, thus is strongly grounded in methods and theories from cognitive science. As an applied discipline, it has a close affiliation with human factors and human-computer interaction, and provides a framework for the analysis and modeling of complex human performance in technology-mediated settings and contributes to the design and development of better information systems. In recent years, CI has emerged as a distinct area with special relevance to biomedicine and health care. In addition, it has become a foundation for education and training of health informaticians, the Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology initiating a program including CI as one of its critical elements to support health IT curriculum development.  This book represents a first textbook on cognitive informatics and will focus on key examples drawn from the application of methods and theories from CI to challenges pertaining to the practice of critical-care medicine (CCM). Technology is transforming critical care workflows  and re-organizing patient care management processes. CCM has proven to be a fertile test bed for theories and methods of cognitive informatics. CI, in turn, has contributed much to our understanding of the factors that result in complexity and patient errors. The topic is strongly interdisciplinary and will be important for individuals from a range of academic and professional backgrounds, including critical care specialists, psychologists, computer scientists, medical informaticians, and anthropologists.​​ | <p>The first reference on cognitive informatics Incorporates concepts from prominent researchers, critical care specialists, psychologists, computer scientists, medical informaticians, linguists and anthropologists</p><p>Focuses on key examples drawn from the application of methods and theories from CI to challenges pertaining to the practice of critical-care medicine</p><p>Includes sections dedicated to pedagogical learning via the use of summaries, study questions, further readings and lessons learned​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-4473-1 | Health Informatics | Shortliffe | [NAME]; [NAME] | Biomedical Informatics | Computer Applications in Health Care and Biomedicine |  |  | 4 | 2014 | 1000 | Hard cover | Book | XVII, 1000 p. 253 illus., 135 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 109 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH28009 | Health Informatics | MBG | SCB0000X | Biomedicine general | MBGR | Health Informatics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer London | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Biomedical Informatics: The Science and the Pragmatics.- Biomedical Data: Their Acquisition, Storage, and Use.- Biomedical Decision Making: Probabilistic Clinical Reasoning.- Cognitive Science and Biomedical Informatics.- Computer Architectures for Health Care and Biomedicine.- Software Engineering for Health Care and Biomedicine.- Standards in Biomedical Informatics.- Natural Language Processing in Health Care and Biomedicine.- Biomedical Imaging Informatics.- Ethics and Biomedical and Health Informatics: Users, Standards, and Outcomes.- Evaluation of Biomedical and Health Information Resources.- Electronic Health Record Systems.- The Health Information Infrastructure.- Management of Information in Health Care Organizations.- Patient-Centered Care Systems.- Public Health Informatics.- Consumer Health Informatics and Personal Health Records.- Telehealth.- Patient Monitoring Systems.- Imaging Systems in Radiology.- Information Retrieval and Digital Libraries.- Clinical Decision-Support Systems.- Computers in Health Care Education.- Bioinformatics.- Translational Bioinformatics.- Clinical Research Informatics.- Health Information Technology Policy.- The Future of Informatics in Biomedicine. | The practice of modern medicine and biomedical research requires sophisticated information technologies with which to manage patient information, plan diagnostic procedures, interpret laboratory results, and carry out investigations. Biomedical Informatics provides both a conceptual framework and a practical inspiration for this swiftly emerging scientific discipline at the intersection of computer science, decision science, information science, cognitive science, and biomedicine. Now revised and in its third edition, this text meets the growing demand by practitioners, researchers, and students for a comprehensive introduction to key topics in the field. Authored by leaders in medical informatics and extensively tested in their courses, the chapters in this volume constitute an effective textbook for students of medical informatics and its areas of application. The book is also a useful reference work for individual readers needing to understand the role that computers can play in the provision of clinical services and the pursuit of biological questions. The volume is organized so as first to explain basic concepts and then to illustrate them with specific systems and technologies. | <p>Provides the conceptual base needed to comprehend and utilize medical informatics through easy to understand examples</p><p>Fills the need for a high quality text in computers and medicine</p><p>Focuses on the role of computers in the provision of medical services</p><p>Inspired by a Stanford University training program</p><p>Includes several new chapters filled with brand new material</p> | Students | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8683-1 | Internal Medicine | Bandeira | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Endocrinology and Diabetes | A Problem-Oriented Approach |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 1106 | Hard cover | Book | XVIII, 1106 p. 78 illus., 52 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33053 | Endocrinology | MJG | SCH33002 | Internal Medicine | MJ | Internal Medicine | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Genetic testing in endocrinology.- Thyrotoxicosis.- Hypothyroidism.- Thyroid nodules and cancer.- Sellar mass.- Hyperprolactinemia.- Acromegaly.- hypopituitarism.- Cushing’s syndrome.- Adrenal failure.- Adrenal [NAME] and virilization.- Menopause.- Male hypogonadism.- Short stature.- Delayed puberty.- Precocious puberty.- Hypercalcemia.- Hypocalcemia.- [NAME] Osteoporosis.- [NAME] bone diseases other than osteoporosis.- Classification and laboratory Diagnosis.- Oral therapy of type 2 diabetes.- GLP-1 receptor agonists in the treatment of type 2 diabetes.- Therapy with insulin.- Ketoacidosis and hyperosmolar non-ketotic syndrome.- Neuropathy.- Nephropathy.- Retinopathy.- Carbohydrate counting.- Dyslipidemia.- Medical management of obesity.- Bariatric surgery.​ | Endocrinology, and diabetes care in particular, is a dynamic field where clinicians must translate new evidence into clinical practice at a rapid pace.   Designed in an engaging, case-based format, Endocrinology and Diabetes: A Problem Oriented Approach offers a wide range of thought-provoking case studies that reflect contemporary, challenging, hands-on clinical care. Further, by providing a list of specific clinical problems, this format offers the reader a more convenient and pointed way to solve precise clinical problems in a timely manner.   Developed by a renowned, international group of experts, this comprehensive title covers the most common clinical problems in endocrinology and diabetes and should be of great interest to endocrinologists, diabetologists, internal medicine physicians, family physicians, fellows, and [NAME] | <p>Prepared by a distinguished panel of international experts</p><p>Offers a practical discussion and explanation of the latest concepts for a comprehensive solution of common endocrine problems</p><p>​Comprehensive, problem-oriented title</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8437-0 | Internal Medicine | Berenguer | Marina Berenguer | Hepatitis C Virus and Liver Transplantation |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 123 | Hard cover | Book | X, 123 p. 13 illus., 8 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33088 | Hepatology | MJJ | [NAME] | Transplant Surgery | MNQ | Internal Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | Available | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 | 2013-09-11 00:00:00 | Worldwide | 1. Treatment of Hepatitis C Before Liver Transplantation.- 2. Donor-Recipient Matching in HCV-Infected Patients.- 3. Natural History of Recurrent Hepatitis C:  Impact of Immunosuppression.- 4. Treatment of Hepatitis C After Liver Transplantation.- 5. Hepatitis C and Liver Transplantation in the HIV Co-Infected Patients.- 6. [NAME] for Hepatocellular Carcinoma in HCV-Infected Patients.- 7. Retransplantation for HCV-Related Liver Disease.- 8. Use of Anti-HCV Positive Grafts in [NAME]. | Hepatitis C Virus and [NAME] is designed to provide a comprehensive and state-of-the-art overview of the major issues specific to the field of liver transplantation and hepatitis C virus infection.   The sections of the book have been structured to review the overall scope of issues of recurrent hepatitis C in different complex settings, including retransplantation, HIV-coinfected patients or in the setting of suboptimal graft donors. This book provides up-to-date information on the application of  new therapies to the field of liver transplantation. It provides the most recent data on their efficacy, the management of side effects, as well as the potential interactions and specific problems associated with their use in the transplant setting. Finally, an appraisal of the risks and benefits of using organs from anti-HCV positive donors is presented. This book provides concise and actual materials for  several important topics that are simply not adequately covered by current available literature. Hepatitis C Virus and Liver Transplantation will provide a unique and valuable resource in the field of liver transplantation and will be of great value to Hepatologists, Transplant and Abdominal Surgeons, Oncologists, as well as [NAME] and Residents training in these [NAME] | <p>Written by specialists in their respective fields</p><p>Richly illustrated with photos and illustrations</p><p>Multidisciplinary approach with authors from the fields of hepatology, surgery, infectious disease and pharmacy<br></p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-9086-9 | Internal Medicine | Bianchi | [NAME] | Sleep Deprivation and Disease | Effects on the Body, Brain and Behavior |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 547 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 547 p. 41 illus., 27 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH51000 | Primary Care Medicine | MBPC | SCH53003 | Psychiatry | MMH | Family Medicine & Geriatrics | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  |  | The cognitive and behavioral implications of sleep deprivation have been noted in the medical literature for many years. In addition, emerging research continues to demonstrate the contribution of sleep deprivation to some of the most common and costly health conditions today. Sleep Deprivation and Disease provides clinically relevant scientific information to help clinicians, public health professionals, and researchers recognize the ramifications of sleep deprivation across a broad spectrum of health topics. This timely reference covers sleep physiology, experimental approaches to sleep deprivation and measurement of its consequences, as well as health and operational consequences of sleep deprivation. Clinical challenges and areas of uncertainty are also presented in order to encourage future advancements in sleep medicine and help patients avoid the outcomes associated with the myriad causes of sleep deprivation. | <p>Brings clinicians and public health professionals up to date in indentifying and treating the sleep deprived patient</p><p>Written by experts in the sleep medicine field</p><p>Well-illustrated and concise</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-4753-4 | Internal Medicine | Booth | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Managing Breathlessness in Clinical Practice |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 263 | Soft cover | Book | XVII, 263 p. 32 illus., 22 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33134 | Pneumology/Respiratory System | MJL | SCH43008 | Oncology | MJCL | Internal Medicine | Professional book | Springer London | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. What is breathlessness and how is it caused?.- 2. First assessment.- 3. Helping carers.- 4. Core non-pharmacological interventions.- 5. Pharmacological Interventions.- 6. End of life care for breathless patients.- 7. Problem solving.- 8. Communicating with other services.- 9. Discharging end of life liaison with other services.- 10. Evaluating your service.- 11. Practical tips.- 12. Place of breathlessness.- 13. Intervention services with other services.​ | Breathlessness is increasingly recognised as a common, disabling symptom of many advanced diseases and one that is very difficult to treat. There is now an understanding that a multi-disciplinary approach to management can make a significant impact on the severity of the symptom improving both the patient’s and their carers’ quality of life. Breathlessness is one of the most difficult conditions that palliative care (and other clinicians who care for patients with advanced disease) have to treat. With the improvements in pain control, it is possibly now the most difficult symptom for clinicians to manage: many feel frustrated at not being able to give their patients better care.  Many patients and families are enduring terrible suffering. There has been little progress in improving the symptom, in spite of an increase in the amount of research and interest in it over the last twenty years. The Cambridge Breathlessness Intervention Service (CBIS) has been established since 2004 and is a research-based service which has being evaluated since its inception: its model of caring has been shaped by the patients and families who use it and the clinicians who refer to it. CBIS has firm evidence of its effectiveness with patients with breathlessness with both malignant and non-malignant disease. This book will help others to manage breathlessness in their day-to-day clinical practice and, if so desired, set up their own breathlessness service. There is a well-established website which can be used in conjunction with the book. The book is written to give practical help in the clinical management of breathlessness and written so that the information is easy to access in clinic, ward or home. | <p>This book is written to be used by clinicians in any specialty, not just palliative care specialists   </p><p>Palliative care in non-malignant disease is rarely taught, this is the first practically orientated book in this area   </p><p>Multi-professional authorship: breathlessness needs a multi-professional team, most of the few competing texts are written by doctors for doctors</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-62703-684-9 | Internal Medicine | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Nutrition in Kidney Disease |  | Nutrition and Health |  | 2 | 2014 | 490 | Hard cover | Book | X, 490 p. 30 illus., 14 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33140 | Clinical Nutrition | MBNH3 | [NAME] | Nutrition | PSB | Internal Medicine | Contributed volume | Humana Press | In production | 2013-11-15 00:00:00 |  |  | [NAME] in Health and Disease.- Global Perspective of Kidney Disease.- Dietary Assessment in Kidney Disease.- Anthropometric Assessment in Kidney Disease.- Biochemical Nutritional Assessment in Chronic Kidney Disease.- Nutrition Physical Assessment in Chronic Kidney Disease (CKD).- Hypertension.- Diabetes Mellitus and Chronic Kidney Disease (Stages 1-5).- Dyslipidemias.- Implications and Management of Obesity in Kidney Disease.- Dialysis.- Transplantation.- Protein-Energy Wasting.- Acute Kidney Injury.- Bone and Mineral Disorders.- Physical Activity and Exercise.- Pregnancy.- Infancy, Childhood and Adolescence.- The Aging Adult.- Nephrotic Syndrome.- Nephrolithiasis.- Public Policy and Renal Nutrition Practice:  Past, Present and Future.- Dietary Supplements.- Vitamin and Trace Element Needs in Chronic Kidney Disease.- Issues Affecting Dietary Adherence.- Counseling Approaches.- Outcomes Research.- Suggested Resources for the Practitioner. | Nutrition in Kidney Disease, Second Edition addresses  the relationships between nutrition and (1) normal kidney function and disease, (2) the progressiveness of chronic kidney disease (CKD) and strategies to prevent further compromise, and (3) the treatment and management of kidney failure especially during medical crises, such as acute kidney injury and its consequent nutritional therapies (e.g., enteral and parenteral nutrition).   [NAME] patterns, trends and outcomes in the current health care systems are explored in the United States and abroad.  Disease prevention and management are presented over the entire lifespan, beginning with pregnancy, followed by infancy, childhood, adolescence, and adulthood, concluding with the elder years.  Foundations for clinical practice are established by devoting a complete section towards conducting a comprehensive nutritional assessment, comprising of anthropometric, biochemical, clinical, physical parameters and psychosocial concerns unique to the kidney disease population.  Nutritional therapy is also discussed across the spectrum of kidney disease, and pertinent aspects critical to successful management of disorders and conditions, such as bone disease, obesity, and nephrotic syndrome are explored. Nutrition in Kidney Disease, Second edition highlights cutting edge research in regards to exercise and functional outcomes, malnutrition and the inflammatory response, experimental therapies, and the use of complementary and alternative medicine, with a special emphasis on relevant preventative strategies. | <p>Disease management and prevention are presented</p><p> [NAME] patterns, trends and outcomes are explored</p><p> Contains case studies and extensive appendices</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-39987-9 | Internal Medicine | Chishti | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Kidney and Urinary Tract Diseases in the Newborn |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 378 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 378 p. 126 illus., 63 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33126 | Nephrology | MJR | SCH49006 | Pediatrics | MJW | Internal Medicine | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Embryology of the Urinary Tract.- Normal Development of Renal Function of the Newborn.- Fluid and Electrolytes in the Newborn – Special Considerations.- Tools for the Assessment of Renal Function in the Newborn.- Oral and Parenteral Nutrition of the Newborn with Urinary Tract Disease.- Fetal Urology.- Imaging of the Urinary Tract in Newborns.- Urinary Tract Infections.- Hydronephrosis.- Posterior Urethral Valves.- Prune Belly Syndrome.- Structural Abnormalities of the External Genitalia and Urinary Tract.- Structural Abnormalities of the kidney and Ureter.- Neonatal Tumors involving the Urinary Tract.- Cystic Kidney Disease.- Congenital Nephrotic Syndrome.- Acute Kidney Injury.- Renal Replacement Therapy in the Neonate.- Neonatal Hypertension.- Electrolyte Abnormalities in the Newborn. | This book provides a comprehensive and up-to-date overview of all key issues related to kidney and urinary tract disease in full-term and premature newborns. Among the many topics addressed are fluid and [NAME], hydronephrosis, urinary tract infection, obstructive uropathy, and renal replacement therapy. The approach throughout is clinically oriented, the aim being to provide the reader with hands-on guidance. Each chapter commences with a clinical case vignette and concludes with a take-home message highlighting key aspects of practical importance. In addition, however, informative reviews of the literature and the basic sciences are included. No other book currently on the market focuses solely on the newborn, and Kidney and Urinary Tract Diseases in the Newborn will be especially valuable to those undergoing fellowship training in neonatology or pediatric nephrology/urology. | <p>Comprehensive and up-to-date overview of all key issues related to kidney and urinary tract disease in full-term and premature newborns</p><p>Clinically oriented approach throughout<br>Clinical case vignettes in every chapter<br>"Take-home" messages highlighting key aspects of each topic</p><p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-01612-2 | Internal Medicine | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Case Studies of Postoperative Complications after [NAME] |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 556 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 556 p. 398 illus., 174 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33061 | Gastroenterology | MJH | SCH59001 | Surgery | MN | Internal Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​1. Suspicion of an Anastomotic Problem after Esophageal Resection for Cancer.- 2. Cervical Leakage of an Oesophago-Gastric Conduit Anastomosis.- 3. [NAME] Injury.- 4. Postoperative Hiatal Herniation after Esophageal Resection.- 5. [NAME] of the Intrathoracic and Cervical Esophagogastric Anastomosis after Esophagectomy.- 6. Recurrent Nerve Lesion (Double) As a Consequence of Esophageal Resection for Cancer.- 7. Trachea-Gastric Conduit Fistula after Esophageal Resection.- 8. Herniation of the [NAME] into the Thorax after Laparoscopic Repair of a Type 3 Para-Esophageal Hernia.- 9. Dysphagia after Laparoscopic Nissen Fundoplication.- 10. Iatrogenic Esophageal Perforation.- 11. Peritonitis after Unrecognized Perforation Following Heller Myotomy and Dor Fundoplication for Achalasia.- 12. Esophagojejunostomy Leakage Following Extended Total Gastrectomy.- 13.- Leakage of the Duodenal Stump Following Gastrectomy.- 14. Re-Bleeding after Repair of Bleeding Duodenal Ulcer.- 15. Stenosis of a Side-To-Side Gastrojejunostomy after a Laparoscopic Subtotal Gastrectomy.- 17. Leakage after Closure of a Perforated Duodenal Diverticulum.- 18. An Acute Complication of the Wilki Syndrome.- 19. Distal Duodenal Perforation after Double Balloon Endoscopy (DBE).- 20.Duodenal Leakage after Resection of an Insulinoma of the Head of the Pancreas.- 21. Postoperative Intraluminal Bleeding Following a Gastric Bypass.- 22. Complication of Sleeve Gastrectomy after [NAME] Surgery.- 23. Leakage of Gastric Bypass Performed Because Of Obesity.- 24. Complication of Adjustable Gastric Band Converted in a Gastric Bypass.- 25. Problems with Laparoscopic Adjustable gastric band: erosion and migration.- 26. Jaundice and Hepatic Failure after Major Hepatic Resection.- 27. [NAME] [NAME] after Liver Resection.- 28. A Patient with Biliary Strictures in One Half of the Liver after Liver Transplantation.- 29. Patient with a Stenosis of the Cavocavostomy after Liver Transplantation.- 30. CBD Lesion during Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy.- 31. CBD Lesion during Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy.- 32. Hepatic Abscess after Double Lesion (CBD and Right Hepatic Artery) During Cholecystectomy.- 33. Unrecognized CBD Stones after Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy.- 34. Recurrence of Gallbladder Acute Pancreatitis: When to Perform a Cholecystectomy?.- 35. [NAME] in the Common Bile Duct after Multiple Sphincterotomies by ERCP.- 36. Complications after ERCP and Sphincterotomy.- 37. Lost Stones in Abdomen after Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy.- 38. Late Stenosis of Bilio-Digestive Anastomosis with [NAME] (After Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy).- 39. Complication after Surgical Treatment Klatskin Tumor.- 40. Postoperative Intraluminal Bleeding after Whipple Resection.- 41. Leakage of the Pancreato-Jejunostomy after a Whipple Procedure.- 42. [NAME] (And Portal Vein Thrombosis) after Whipple Procedure.- 43. Bleeding in the Small Remnant of the Head of the Pancreas after Duodenum Preserving Resection for Middle Pancreatic Tumor.- 44. Impaction of Enteral (Bezoars) During Enteral Feeding After Whipple Procedure.- 45. [NAME] Caused by [NAME] with Extensive Pseudocyst Formation.- 46. “Infection Is Not Found but Patient Is Becoming Worse”.- 47. [NAME], Endoscopically or Surgical Treatment?.- 48. Pancreatic Pseudocyst Far from the Stomach.- 49. Intra-Abdominal Bleeding with Shock as Consequence of Necrotizing Pancreatitis.- 50. Recurrence of Infection after Video-Assisted Retroperitoneal Debridement.- 51. Splenic and Portal Vein Thrombosis after Splenectomy.- 52. Rebleeding after Initial Coiling Of Spleen Trauma.- 53. Adrenal Insufficiency (Addison Syndrome), After [NAME] of an Adenocarcinoma of the Adrenal Gland.- 54. Leakage after Left Pancreatic Resection.- 55. Postoperative Shock during Laparoscopic Appen | The proposal for this book is to offer a systematic description of the most frequent complications occurring in the three parts of the digestive tract: HPB, Upper GI and colorectal tracts. Every complication, from esophageal to the rectum, is described systematically through two or three practical cases as has been treated by actual surgical practices of authors serving as surgeon practitioners. Description of the case, presentation of indication for surgery, type of primary surgical intervention and complication is described textually but also and by means of clinical signs, laboratory tests, radiological studies (CT scans and schematic drawings) and other methods used for diagnosis and treatment. The reader will have access to a practical book in which every current complication can be easily recognized, along with relevant information as guide for an adequate treatment. | <p>​Over 100 cases are presented to the reader for a better understanding of different complications and how to address them</p><p>This book provides practitioners worldwide with full colour images and clear insight in state of the art treatment</p><p>A comprehensive description of complications that aims to helps all surgeons involved in learning new practices of surgical treatment of digestive diseases (from oesophagus up to rectum)</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-4353-6 | Internal Medicine | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Treatment of Postoperative Complications After Digestive Surgery |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 309 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 309 p. 83 illus., 43 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 219 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33061 | Gastroenterology | MJH | SCH33053 | Endocrinology | MJG | Internal Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. The Surgical Stress Response following Colorectal Surgery.- 2. Are Major [NAME] after Digestive Surgery Preventable?.- 3. The Clavien-Dindo Classification of Surgical Complications.- 4. Diagnosis and Treatment of Major [NAME] is a Multidisciplinary Work.- 5. General Principles of Recognition of Major Complication Following Surgery of the Digestive Tract.- 6. Is There Less Morbidity After Laparoscopic Surgery?.- 7. Is There Less Morbidity After Fast Track Surgery?.- 8. Prevention and Treatment of Major [NAME] after Esophageal Surgery.- 9. How to Prevent, Early Diagnose, and Treat Major Complications after Gastric Surgery.- 10. Prevention and Treatment of Complications after [NAME] Surgery.- 11. Prevention and Treatment of Major Complications of Liver Surgery.- 12. Prevention and Treatment of Major [NAME] after Cholecystectomy.- 13. Prevention and Treatment of Complications after [NAME] for Klatskin Tumours.- 14. Prevention and Treatment of Major Complications after Duodenal-Pancreatic Head Surgery.- 15. Complications of Surgery for Acute Pancreatitis.- 16. How to Prevent, Detect and Treat Major Complications after [NAME] of the Spleen, Adrenal Glands and Distal Pancreatectomy.- 17. [NAME] and Appendicectomy.- 18. Prevention and Treatment of Major [NAME] after Laparoscopic Ileocecal and Right Colectomy.- 19. Prevention and Treatment of Major [NAME] after [NAME], [NAME] and Rectal Surgery.- 20. Prevention and Treatment of Major [NAME] after [NAME] Resections.- 21. Prevention and Treatment of Postoperative Complications after [NAME] Surgery.- 22. Prevention and Treatment of Major [NAME] after Closure of Abdominal Wall and Repair of Abdominal Wall Hernias.- 23. Treatment of Open Abdomen Approach.- 24. Establishing the Pneumoperitoneum and Closing the Trocar Sites during Laparoscopic Surgery.- 25. Final Considerations. | Any surgical intervention, elective or acute, may lead to postoperative complications. Moreover, the pertaining approach - laparoscopic or open - will probably not differ in the morbidity rate after surgery. Complications that occur after a surgical intervention can be classified as major or minor. Major complications to the digestive tract after surgery imply in most of cases a leakage of an anastomosis, bleeding in the abdominal cavity or in the tract, the appearance of intraperitoneal abscesses, or surgical site infections and wound dehiscence. These complications, depending on the organ affected, upper GI, HPB tract or colorectal, are associated with high morbidity and mortality. Early suspicion and diagnosis, followed by an early and effective treatment is imperative in order to reduce the morbidity and mortality. Adequate treatment will involve a good coordination of the three disciplines involved in  treatment: the surgeon, the intervention radiologist, and the gastroenterologist.Approach of these postoperative complications is changing constantly and these changes are not properly known by general and more specialized digestive surgeons daily involved in the treatment of these diseases.The proposal for this book is to offer a systematic description of the most frequent complications occurring in the three above mentioned parts of the digestive tract. In this way, the reader will have access to a practical book in which every current complication can be easily recognized, along with relevant information as guide for an adequate treatment. | <p>Major postoperative complications in digestive surgery are increasingly becoming frequent and need up to date and accessible coverage </p><p>All worldwide general and digestive surgeons that are engaged daily in this subject need carefully designed new standards available to them </p><p>Frequently, complications in digestive surgery are recognized too late thereby producing a high rate of morbidity and mortality, making publication of new standards urgent </p><p>A comprehensive description of these complications will help all surgeons involved in learning new practices of surgical treatment of digestive diseases (from oesophagus up to rectum)</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-39589-5 | Internal Medicine | Dreyling | [NAME]; [NAME] | [NAME] |  | Hematologic Malignancies |  | 1 | 2014 | 400 | Hard cover | Book | X, 400 p. 46 illus., 40 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH3307X | Hematology | MJF | SCH43008 | Oncology | MJCL | Internal Medicine | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | I General:  Pathology.- Cytogenetics.- Molecular Genetics.- Signal Pathways.- II Disease-specific: T-NHL: Acute T-cell leukemia.- Anaplastic lymphoma.- Nasal/NK-cell lymphoma.- Cutaneous T-cell lymphoma.- B-NHL: Adult Burkitt.- [NAME] Lymphoma.- CNS Lymphoma.- HIV-Associated lymphoma.- Marginal Zone Lymphoma.- [NAME] MCL.- Waldenstroem.- PLL.- [NAME] Hodgkin.- Cutaneous B-cell lymphoma. | After a decade of tremendous progress in the diagnostic and therapeutic approaches to malignant lymphoma, optimal treatment strategies are now based not only on accurate diagnosis but also on thorough evaluation of clinical and molecular risk factors. Even more importantly, molecular targeted approaches have been shown to be effective in the treatment of distinct lymphoma subtypes. Against this background, clinical management of especially the rare lymphomas remains a challenge for the general oncologist. This book provides a comprehensive overview of current treatment strategies in these rare lymphoma subtypes. Experts in the field from around the world describe histomorphology in a clinically relevant manner, consider the role of risk factors in detail, and discuss the spectrum of therapeutic approaches. Special emphasis is placed on the translation of molecular science into clinical care, and a disease-specific algorithm is proposed for each entity. | <p>Focuses on the rare lymphomas often not covered in other books</p><p>Provides a comprehensive overview of current treatment strategies</p><p>Emphasizes translation of molecular science into clinical care</p><p>Most chapters authored by pairs of American and European experts, representing worldwide standards</p><p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8473-8 | Internal Medicine |  | [NAME]; [NAME] | Nutrition in Pediatric Pulmonary Disease |  | Nutrition and Health |  | 1 | 2014 | 150 | Hard cover | Book | X, 150 p. 7 illus., 5 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33140 | Clinical Nutrition | MBNH3 | [NAME] | Nutrition | PSB | Internal Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Basic Pediatric Nutrition: Foundation of a Healthy Diet.- Diets.- Nutritional Supplements and Herbs.- Nutrition in Neonatal Pulmonary Disease.- Nutrition in Cystic Fibrosis.- Nutrition and Neuromuscular disease.- Asthma and Nutrition.- Obesity, Sleep and Pulmonary Disease in Children. | Nutrition in Pediatric Pulmonary Disease is a much needed resource for practitioners that provides a basic understanding of nutrition and nutritional supplements; their impact on physiologic function and how this can be applied for general health maintenance as well as a supplemental treatment for pulmonary diseases.  This book provides information on (1) basics of nutrition, supplements and herbs and how they influence physiology (2) their application and potential use for various pulmonary diseases along with evidence regarding efficacy and safety.  Also examined are (3) how diet, dietary supplements and herbs are integrated together for treatment and prevention of pulmonary disease.  Finally (4) several health promoting diets and their potential benefits to patients with pulmonary diseases will be discussed.   Nutrition in Pediatric Pulmonary Disease is an excellent new resource for practicing physicians who are interested in incorporating more nutritional approaches to treating their patients.                ​ | <p>Provides a basic understanding of nutrition and nutritional supplements </p><p>Authors are experts in their fields </p><p>Provide stimulus for research in nutritional science</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-02095-2 | Internal Medicine | Gershwin | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Liver Immunology | Principles and Practice |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 1214 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 1214 p. 115 illus., 102 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33088 | Hepatology | MJJ | SCH33061 | Gastroenterology | MJH | Internal Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  |  | Liver Immunology: Principles and Practice, Second Edition begins with important information about the epidemiology and mortality of liver disease worldwide. This information is followed by chapters related to basic immunology, application of liver immunology for diagnosis, and several excellent chapters that provide a solid foundation for understanding immune-mediated liver disease, including those associated with the biliary tree. A chapter on non-hepatic manifestations of immune mediated liver disease helps provide context for how these diseases affect the patient overall.  In addition, chapters discuss various discrete immunologically-mediated infectious liver disorders including those related to bacteria, parasites, and all of the classic viruses. Chapters on the traditional autoimmune liver diseases --  primary biliary cirrhosis, autoimmune hepatitis, primary sclerosing cholangitis as well as overlap syndrome – are also included. The breadth of this comprehensive second edition is highlighted by chapters on alcoholic liver disease, non-alcoholic fatty liver disease, and drug-induced liver disease, among others.  This invaluable new edition ends with a forward-looking view of future directions and how the field might meet the challenge of refractory patients.  Developed by a renowned group of authors, Liver Immunology: Principles and Practice, Second Edition will again serve as a comprehensive textbook by providing an excellent overview for this rapidly evolving field. It greatly adds to the understanding of the pathogenesis of these diseases, while also providing novel insights that can be harnessed into helping improve the care of patients afflicted with various immune-mediated diseases.  This volume will again be a must-read for clinicians at all levels, investigators and students. | <p>Thoroughly revised, updated and a comprehensively leading title in the field</p><p>Covers bacterial, parasitic and viral infections of the liver, autoimmune liver disease, alcoholic and non-alcoholic fatty liver diseases, as well as transplantation issues</p><p>Developed by an international panel of leading experts</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8519-3 | Internal Medicine | Gertz | [NAME]; [NAME] | Multiple Myeloma | Diagnosis and Treatment |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 311 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 311 p. 51 illus., 32 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH3307X | Hematology | MJF | SCH43008 | Oncology | MJCL | Internal Medicine | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Criteria for Diagnosis and Response.- 2. Detection of M proteins.- 3. Pathology Of Multiple Myeloma.- 4. Pathogenesis of Multiple Myeloma.- 5. Staging of Multiple Myeloma.- 6. Molecular Classification and Risk Stratification.- 7. Monoclonal Gammopathies of Undetermined Significance and Smoldering Multiple Myeloma.- 8. Treatment of Newly Diagnosed Multiple Myeloma.- 9. Approach to Relapsed Refractory Myeloma.- 10. Autologous Stem Cell Transplantation in the Management of Multiple Myeloma.- 11. Allogeneic [NAME] Transplantation.- 12. New Agents For Multiple Myeloma.- 13. [NAME] Myeloma.- 14. Management of Treatment Complications and Supportive Care.- 15. POEMS Syndrome (Takatsuki Syndrome).- 16. Solitary Plasmacytoma.- 17. [NAME] Disease.- 18. Vertebral Augmentation .- 19. The Role of Radiation Therapy in the Treatment of Multiple Myeloma, [NAME] and Other Plasma Cell Disorders.- 20. Neurologic Complications of Myeloma.- 21. [NAME] Nephropathy.- 22. Amyloidosis.- 23. IgM Multiple Myeloma.- 24. [NAME]. | This is a comprehensive, state-of-the-art guide to the diagnosis, treatment, and biology of multiple myeloma and related plasma disorders. Edited and written by a multidisciplinary group of recognized authorities from the Mayo Clinic, it presents clear guidelines on diagnosis and therapy and covers all aspects of multiple myeloma, from molecular classification and diagnosis, to risk stratification and therapy. Closely related plasma cell disorders such as solitary plasmacytoma, Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia, and light chain amyloidosis are discussed in detail as well. The book addresses often overlooked topics, including the role of radiation therapy, vertebral augmentation, and supportive care.Our understanding of this group of disorders is developing at an unprecedented rate, and [NAME] meets the need among oncologists and hematologists for a clear, timely, and authoritative resource on their biology, diagnosis, and treatment. | <p>An up-to-date resource for the treatment of myeloma and related disorders</p><p>A valuable resource for all oncologists and hematologists involved in the diagnosis and treatment of multiple myeloma</p><p>Written by physicians from the Mayo Clinic</p><p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8832-3 | Internal Medicine | Guidot | [NAME]; [NAME] | Alcohol Use Disorders and the Lung | A Clinical and Pathophysiological Approach | Respiratory Medicine | 14 | 1 | 2014 | 400 | Hard cover | Book | X, 400 p. 26 illus., 15 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33134 | Pneumology/Respiratory System | MJL | SCH3100X | Intensive / Critical Care Medicine | MMKL | Internal Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | A Brief History of Alcohol Use and Abuse in Human History.- Overview of the Evolving Recognition of the Health Effects of Excessive Alcohol Use Over the Past Two Centuries Including the Classic Citations.- Current Definitions of Alcohol Use Disorders and the Use of Validated Questionnaires in Clinical Practice and Research.- The Epidemiology of Alcohol Abuse and Pneumonia.- The Epidemiology of Alcohol and Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome.- Alcohol, the Upper Airway, and Mucociliary Dysfunction in the Conducting Airways.- Alcohol and the Alveolar Macrophage.- Alcohol and the Alveolar Epithelium.- Alcohol-Mediated Oxidative Stress in the Airway: The Unique Role of Thiol Depletion.- Alcohol and the Adaptive Immune Response in the Airway: Dendritic Cell and Lymphocyte Impairments.- Alcohol Impairment of Granulocyte Function During Lung Infection.- Disruption in the Dynamic Balance Between Transforming Growth Factor-β and Granulocyte/Macrophage Colony-stimulating Factor [NAME] within the Alveolar Space of the Alcoholic Lung: Impact on [NAME] and Macrophage Function.- Alcohol-mediated Zinc Deficiency within the Alveolar Space: A Potential Fundamental Mechanism Underlying Oxidative Stress and Cellular Dysfunction in the Alcoholic Lung.- The Impact of Alcohol Abuse on Multiple Organ Dysfunction in the Surgical Patient.- Alcohol and HIV: Experimental and Clinical Evidence of Combined Impact on the Lung.- Maternal Alcohol Use and the Neonate. | Alcohol Use Disorders and the Lung: A Clinical and Pathophysiological Approach is an excellent resource for clinicians who care for individuals affected by alcohol use disorders in diverse settings. Although alcohol abuse alone does not cause acute lung injury, it renders the lung susceptible to dysfunction in response to the inflammatory stresses of sepsis, trauma, and other clinical conditions recognized to cause acute lung injury. In parallel, these same pathophysiological effects of alcohol abuse significantly increase the risk of a wide range of serious lung infections. Many clinicians involved in the primary treatment of alcohol use disorders, such as addiction psychiatrists, will find this text of interest as it will expand their understanding of the health consequences of alcohol use disorders. In parallel, clinicians who specialize in pulmonary and/or critical care medicine will have a unique resource that provides a comprehensive review of the pathophysiology of alcohol-related lung disorders and insights into evolving therapeutic options in these vulnerable individuals. Alcohol [NAME] and the Lung: A Clinical and Pathophysiological Approach fills a gap in the literature and presents the evolving clinical research that may soon lead to novel therapies that can improve lung health in individuals with alcohol use disorders and co-existing conditions such as HIV infection. | <p>Comprehensive review of the pathophysiology of alcohol-related lung disorders </p><p>Presents evolving therapeutic options </p><p>Excellent resource for a wide range of clinicians caring for individuals affected by alcohol use disorders​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-39946-6 | Internal Medicine | Haase | [NAME]; [NAME] | Managing Renal Injury in the Elderly Patient |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 110 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 110 p. 11 illus., 5 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 89.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33126 | Nephrology | MJR | SCH33037 | Cardiology | MJD | Internal Medicine | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | The aging population/ Elderly with end-stage renal disease.- Assessing GFR in the Elderly (equations, [NAME] of (novel) renal biomarkers in the Elderly.- Diabetic nephropathy in the Elderly.- Drug metabolism, dosing and renal toxicity in Elderly Patients.- Acute Kidney Injury in the Elderly.- Dialysis in the Elderly (choice of appropriate mode, withhold dialysis and the role of nondialytic therapy).- Typical complications before, during and after dialysis initiation.- Renal transplantation in older patients- is it still worth?.- Quality of life and functional status.- Further medical problems in the elderly patients (delirium, dementia, and depression).- End of life and decision-making in Elderly Patients with End-stage renal disease. ​ | As the number of people aged 65 years and above rises, physicians are increasingly confronted by elderly patients with impaired renal function, altered drug metabolism, and multiple comorbidities. This book examines in detail the nature of renal injury in the elderly and its optimal management. A wide range of key topics are covered, including end-stage renal disease, diabetic nephropathy, acute kidney injury, drug metabolism and renal toxicity, dialysis and its complications, and the use of renal transplantation. In addition, the assessment of glomerular filtration rate in the elderly and the role of novel renal biomarkers are carefully examined. Quality of life issues, the significance of other age-related medical problems, and end of life care are also discussed. This book will be of value not only to nephrologists but also to general practitioners, medical students, intensivists, cardiologists, pharmacologists, and those working in related specialties.​ | <p>Examines in detail the nature of renal injury in the elderly and its optimal management </p><p>Includes consideration of some rarely addressed but important issues</p><p>Of key importance against the background of an aging population worldwide​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-6048-0 | Internal Medicine | Holick | [NAME] | Vitamin D | Physiology, Molecular Biology, and Clinical Applications, Volume 1 | Nutrition and Health |  | 2 | 2013 | 612 | Soft cover | Book | XXIV, 612 p. 131 illus., 7 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 119 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33140 | Clinical Nutrition | MBNH3 | [NAME] | Nutrition | PSB | Internal Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | Available | 2013-11-01 00:00:00 | 2013-09-18 00:00:00 |  | Vitamin D and Health: Evolution, [NAME], and Recommended Dietary Intakes for Vitamin D.- Photobiology of Vitamin D.- The Functional Metabolism and Molecular Biology of Vitamin D Action.- Metabolism and Catabolism of Vitamin D, Its [NAME] and Clinically Relevant Analogs.- The Molecular Biology of the Vitamin D Receptor.- VDR and [NAME] Trafficking.- Mechanism of Action of 1,25-[NAME]   on Intestinal Calcium Absorption and Renal Calcium Transport.- Biological and Molecular Effects of Vitamin D on Bone.- Biological and Molecular Effects of Vitamin D on the Kidney.- Vitamin D and the Parathyroids.- Diversity of Vitamin D Target Genes.- Extrarenal Synthesis of 1,25-Dihydroxyvitamin D and Its Health Implications.- Vitamin D and the Innate Immunity.- Vitamin D and Colon Cancer.- Mechanisms of Resistance to Vitamin D Action in Human Cancer Cells.- Vitamin D and the Brain: A Neuropsychiatric Perspective.- Vitamin D Modulation of Adipocyte Function.- [NAME] of Vitamin D Intake.- 25-Hydroxyvitamin D Assays and Their Clinical Utility.- Health Disparities and Vitamin D.- [NAME] in Canada.- Vitamin D Deficiency and Its Health Consequences in Northern Europe.- Vitamin D Deficiency and Consequences for the Health of People in Mediterranean Countries.- [NAME] in the Middle East and Its Health Consequences.- Vitamin D Deficiency in the Middle East and Its Health Consequences for Adults.- Vitamin D Deficiency and Its Health Consequences in Africa.- Vitamin D Deficiency and Its Health Consequences in India.- Vitamin D Deficiency, Rickets, and Fluorosis in India.- Vitamin D in Asia.- Vitamin D Deficiency and Its Health Consequences in New Zealand.- Toxicity of [NAME] | In Vitamin D: Physiology, Molecular Biology, and Clinical Applications, Second Edition, Volume 1, leading researchers provide a comprehensive, highly readable overview of the biological functions and clinical applications of vitamin D and its metabolites. Presented in a newly affordable softcover format this volume contains Parts IV through VII of the previously published hardcover text. Topics range from the most recent recommendations for vitamin D intake to new approaches for the treatment and prevention of vitamin D deficiency and the development of active vitamin D drugs to treat psoriasis and cancer. The book demonstrates the significant role that vitamin D has in maintaining good bone health and the prevention of osteoporosis, an important health problem for adults over the age of fifty. In addition, it authoritatively reviews the relationship between sunlight exposure, vitamin D, and increased risk of colon and breast cancer; how vitamin D is made in the skin; and the sequence of events that leads to its activation by the kidney. Also examined are the biological functions of 1,25-dihydrovitamin D3 on the intestine and bone, as well as other tissues, such as skin, the immune system, prostate, and breast, and vitamin D's molecular mechanism of action on the cell membrane and nucleus. Vitamin D: Physiology, Molecular Biology, and Clinical Applications, Second Edition, Volume 1 is designed and organized not only to be an up-to-date review on the subject, but also to provide medical students, graduate students, health care professionals and even the lay public with a reference source for the most up-to-date information about the vitamin D deficiency pandemic and its clinical implications for health and disease. | Most recent recommendations for vitamin D intake Comprehensive, highly readable overview of the biological functions and clinical applications of vitamin D and its metabolites Provides a roadmap for how to evaluate and treat patients with vitamin D deficiency | Professionals | Medical (6) | 1
 | 978-1-4614-8926-9 | Internal Medicine | Judson | [NAME] | [NAME] | A Guide for the Practicing Clinician | Respiratory Medicine | 17 | 1 | 2014 | 317 | Hard cover | Book | IX, 317 p. 52 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33134 | Pneumology/Respiratory System | MJL | SCH33002 | Internal Medicine | MJ | Internal Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | The Diagnosis of Sarcoidosis.- The Pulmonary Manifestations of Sarcoidosis.- The Treatment of Pulmonary Sarcoidosis.- Acute Pulmonary Exacerbation of Sarcoidosis: [NAME] (“End-Stage”) Pulmonary Sarcoidosis.- Sarcoidosis Associated Pulmonary Hypertension.- [NAME] Sarcoidosis.- Extrapulmonary Sarcoidosis.- Instructive Cases of Pulmonary Sarcoidosis. | [NAME]: A Guide for the Practicing Clinician is a valuable resource for clinicians of varied disciplines concerning the care of the sarcoidosis patient. Sarcoidosis is a multi-system disorder and represents a major challenge to physicians. Although any organ may be involved with sarcoidosis, the lung is the most common organ affected. Chapters are written by distinguished authors who have extensive experience in caring for these patients. Detailed figures and tables are provided to guide the practicing clinician through all aspects of the condition, from clinical manifestations to treatment options. [NAME]: A Guide for the Practicing Clinician is fully comprehensive and evidence-based and will be an essential addition to the bookshelves of all whose practice involves the care and treatment of patients with sarcoidosis. | <p>​Valuable resource for clinicians of varied disciplines </p><p>Authors have extensive experience </p><p>Contains detailed figures and tables</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-62703-696-2 | Internal Medicine | [NAME] | [NAME] | Endocrine Emergencies | Recognition and Treatment | Contemporary Endocrinology | 74 | 1 | 2014 | 286 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 286 p. 50 illus., 25 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33053 | Endocrinology | MJG | SCH33002 | Internal Medicine | MJ | Internal Medicine | Contributed volume | Humana Press | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  |  | Endocrine Emergencies: Recognition and Treatment offers a state-of-the-art update on the management of endocrine, diabetic, and metabolic emergencies.  Developed by renowned experts, this comprehensive and easy to read title brings the field fully up to date, setting a high standard for diagnosis and treatment in each category.   All chapters begin with a summary that presents, in concentrated form, what the physician needs to know to begin the evaluation and emergency treatment of the known endocrine emergencies. This is followed by an extended discussion of the pathophysiology that can be read after initial treatment has begun. Covering such areas as hypoglycemia, acute adrenal insufficiency, ovarian hyperstimulation syndrome, thyroid storm, and pituitary apoplexy, just to name several, Endocrine Emergencies: Recognition and Treatment is an invaluable, practical resource that will be of great interest to endocrinologists, internal medicine and emergency room physicians,  fellows and residents. | <p>First-of-its-kind, comprehensive overview of endocrine emergencies</p><p>Provides the endocrinologist, internal medicine physician, and primary care provider with a complete understanding of recognizing and managing hard-to-diagnose endocrine emergencies</p><p>Written by a group of renowned international experts</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-908517-74-6 | Internal Medicine | Macdougall | Iain Macdougall | Pocket Reference to Renal Anemia |  |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 62 | Soft cover | Book | X, 62 p. 15 illus. | 0 | approx. | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33126 | Nephrology | MJR | SCH3307X | Hematology | MJF | Internal Medicine | Handbook | Springer Healthcare | Planned | 2013-10-30 00:00:00 |  |  | What is renal anemia?.- What is the cause of renal anemia?.- Stepwise approach to anemia management in patients with chronic kidney disease.- Excluding other causes of anemia.- Iron management.- Erythropoiesis-stimulating agent therapy.- Blood transfusions.- Guidelines on the management of renal anemia.- What is the future of renal anemia management?.- Conclusions. | Pocket Reference to Renal Anemia, Second edition, provides a comprehensive overview of anemia in patients with renal disease, including the definition and causes of renal anemia, current management approaches, and the latest clinical practice guidelines. Key learning points are highlighted throughout the book and also listed at the end of the book for a quick reference. The book is useful for general physicians, fellows, and other healthcare professionals wishing to learn more about renal anemia. | <p>A comprehensive guide for current renal anemia management written by an expert with international name recognition</p><p>Contains the latest clinical practice guidelines, including the 2012 KDIGO Clinical Practice Guideline for Anemia in Chronic Kidney Disease</p><p>Easily accessible text, figures, and illustrations offer practical approaches for managing this complex condition, including step-wise approach and key points</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-39494-2 | Internal Medicine | Massoud | [NAME]; Nima Rezaei | Immunology of Ageing |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 450 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 450 p. 31 illus., 29 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33096 | Infectious Diseases | MJCJ | SCH2500X | Geriatrics/Gerontology | MJX | Internal Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | An Introduction on the old age and ageing of the immune system.- The immune system, a marker and modulator of the rate of ageing.- Age-associated alterations of pleiotropic stem cell and the therapeutic implication of stem cell therapy in ageing.- A role for epigenetic modulation of the innate immune response during ageing.- [NAME], eosinophil and neutrophil functions in the elderly.- Dendritic cells and dysregulated immunity in the elderly.- Natural killer cell immunosenescence and cancer in the elderly.- Pattern recognition receptors and ageing.- Impact of ageing on T cell repertoire and immunity.- T cell mediated immunity in the immunosenescence process.- Biological and phenotypic alterations of T cells in ageing.- T cells seen from the metabolic and ageing perspective.- Age-related alterations in regulatory T cells.- Effects of ageing on B cells.- The role of MicroRNAs in immunosenescence process.- Immunogenetics of Ageing.- Ageing immunity and infection.- Influenza infection in the elderly.- Optimising response to vaccination in the elderly.- Nutrition, immunity and ageing.- Diet and immunosenescence.- Dietary Intake and impact of zinc supplementation on the immune functions in elderly: nutrigenomic approach.- Physiological and pathological role of reactive oxygen species in the immune cells.- Oxidative stress in ageing.- [NAME] ageing and the immune system.- Ageing immunity and the impact of physical exercise. | The rapidity of scientific progress over the last few years guarantees the utility of this new collection of state-of-the-art reviews on the immunology of ageing, which is the result of extensive collaboration of more than sixty of the greatest thinkers and scholars in the field, in cooperation with a number of junior colleagues. The book summarizes current knowledge on the cellular and molecular aspects of the ageing immune system and their clinical relevance, providing insights into the effects of the ageing process on susceptibilities to those diseases most common among elders. The retrieval strategies used to slow down the decline in the immune system in the elderly are another subject detailed extensively. By providing a broad overview of immunosenescence and its consequences, as well as their potential modulation, this book will fill a gap in a timely manner. It will be of value to all immunologists, whether novice or experienced, as well as geriatricians and epidemiologists. | <p>Provides broad, up-to-date coverage of the ageing process, including physiological and immunological aspects</p><p>Addresses clinical aspects of importance for clinical immunologists and medical students</p><p>Details retrieval strategies used to slow down the decline in the immune system in the elderly</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-62703-681-8 | Internal Medicine | Meyer | [NAME]; [NAME] | Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis | A Comprehensive Clinical Guide | Respiratory Medicine | 9 | 1 | 2014 | 454 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 454 p. 87 illus., 56 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33134 | Pneumology/Respiratory System | MJL | SCH33002 | Internal Medicine | MJ | Internal Medicine | Contributed volume | Humana Press | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1: Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis: A Historical Perspective.- Chapter 2: Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis: The Epidemiology and Natural History of Disease.- Chapter 3: Histopathology of IPF and Related Disorders.- Chapter 4: Imaging of Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis.- Chapter 5: The Keys to Making a Confident Diagnosis of IPF.- Chapter 6: Pulmonary Function Tests in Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis.- Chapter 7: The Role of Adaptive Immunity in Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis: Hiding in Plain Sight.- Chapter 8: Mechanisms of Fibrosis in IPF.- Chapter 9: The Emerging Genetics of Interstitial Lung Disease.- Chapter 10: Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis Phenotypes.- Chapter 11: [NAME] and Connective Tissue Disease-Associated Interstitial Lung Disease: Similarities and Differences.- Chapter 12: Aging and IPF: What Is the Link?.- Chapter 13: Gastroesophageal Reflux and IPF.- Chapter 14: Pharmacological Treatment of Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis.- Chapter 15: Recognizing and Treating Comorbidities of IPF.- Chapter 16: The Role of Pulmonary Rehabilitation and Supplemental Oxygen Therapy in the Treatment of Patients with Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis.- Chapter 17: Acute Exacerbation of Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis.- Chapter 18: Lung Transplantation for Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis.- Chapter 19: Evolving Genomics of Pulmonary Fibrosis.- Chapter 20: Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis Clinical Trials: Evolving Concepts.- Chapter 21: Future Directions in Basic and Clinical Science. | Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis: A Comprehensive Clinical Guide delivers a concise review of our current understanding of disease pathogenesis and provides current evidence in the medical literature regarding its diagnosis and management.  Each chapter  includes key points and a summary aiming to update clinicians about various issues concerning the diagnosis and management of IPF. In addition to outlining the current state of knowledge, each chapter  also provides a summary of ongoing research and identifies the needs for future research in the field.  Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis: A Comprehensive Clinical Guide is an important new text that provides its readers with a better understanding of the pathobiology and natural history of IPF as it continues to evolve. | <p>Provides current knowledge regarding diagnosis and management</p><p>Each chapter contains a summary and key points</p><p>Written by an international group of expert authors</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-9004-3 | Internal Medicine | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Diseases of the Liver in Children | Evaluation and Management |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 635 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 635 p. 142 illus., 78 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 239 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33061 | Gastroenterology | MJH | SCH33088 | Hepatology | MJJ | Internal Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Anatomy and Development of the Liver.- Normal functional biology of the liver.- Laboratory assessment of hepatic injury and function.- Mechanisms of Liver Injury.- Radiology of the liver in children.- Phenotypes of liver disease in infants, children and adolescents children.- Psychosocial, cognitive, and quality of life considerations in the child with liver disease and their family children.- [NAME] liver disease - Part 1.- Metabolic liver disease - Part 2.- Neonatal Hemochromatosis and Gestational Alloimmune Liver Disease.- Alagille Syndrome.- Idiopathic Neonatal Hepatitis and it’s Differential Diagnoses.- Biliary atresia.- Choledochal Cysts and fibrocystic diseases of the liver.- Infections of the Liver.- Autoimmune Hepatitis and Sclerosing Cholangitis.- Parental Nutrition Associated Liver Disease in Pediatric Patients: Strategies for Treatment and Prevention.- Non-alcoholic [NAME] Disease and Non-alcoholic Steatohepatitis.- Drug induced liver injury in children: A structured approach to diagnosis and management.- Gallstone disease in children.- Vascular Liver Disease.- Hepatic Tumors.- Acute Liver Failure.- Intensive Care Management of Children With Liver Failure.- Chronic Liver Diseases, Cirrhosis and Complications: Part 1: Portal Hypertension, Ascites, Spontaneous Bacterial Peritonitis (SBP) and Hepatorenal Syndrome (HRS).- Chronic Liver Disease, Cirrhosis and Complications: Part 2 – Hepatic encephalopathy and other systemic effects.- Nutrition in Children with Liver Disease: Evaluation and Management.- Liver Transplantation.- Liver in systemic disease. | Diseases of the Liver in Children: Evaluation and Management provides a comprehensive, state-of-the art review of pediatric liver disease, with a practical approach useful for the primary care provider or general gastroenterologist. With an emphasis on tables and images, this book serves as a reference for understanding basic hepatic processes and the significance of laboratory findings. It also discusses the state of the art of diagnosis and treatment of diseases that affect the pediatric liver. The text captures the key elements of treatment and monitoring important for the primary care provider partnering in the care of these patients with pediatric hepatologists. The current state of transplantation and other surgical approaches are also discussed. The importance of aggressive bowel rehabilitation in the prevention of end-stage total parenteral nutrition-induced liver disease is also covered.       Written by experts in their fields and including the most up to date clinical information,  Diseases of the Liver in Children: Evaluation and Management serves as a very useful resource for physicians. | <p>All chapters are written by experts in their fields</p><p>Provides a practical and comprehensive review of pediatric hepatology</p><p>Richly illustrated with an emphasis on tables and images</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-88-470-5525-4 | Internal Medicine | Nava | [NAME]; [NAME] | Non Invasive Artificial Ventilation | How, When and Why |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 217 | Soft cover | Book | IV, 217 p. 47 illus. | 0 | final | 89.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33134 | Pneumology/Respiratory System | MJL | SCH3100X | Intensive / Critical Care Medicine | MMKL | Internal Medicine | Professional book | Springer Milan | In production | 2013-12-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Why to use NIV to wean a patient.- 2. Mechanical ventilation physiology.- 3. (Almost) all you want to know about a ventilator.- 4. Interfaces for NIV.- 5. When to start (or not) a ventilator treatment.- 6. Modalities to wean a patient undergoing NIV.- 7. How to set up the ventilator.- 8. Other ventilation modalities.- 9. Why NIV is beautiful?.- 10. Myths, prejudices and real problems.- 11. Non invasive ventilotherapy in  acute respiratory failure treatment: the five marvelous.- 12. Non invasive ventilotherapy in  acute respiratory failure treatment: emerging indications.- 13. Non invasive ventilotherapy in  acute respiratory failure treatment: controversial indications.- 14. Eight rules to remember when using NIV to wean a patient.- 15. Tricks and trips of NIV.- 16. Negative predictors.- 17. Where to wean a patient during NIV.- 18. Non invasive ventilotherapy monitoring.- 19. How to interpret curves on a ventilator screen.- 20. Chronic mechanical ventilation: does a rationale exist?.- 21. Chronic ventilation in BPCO.- 22. Ventilation in patients with restrictive diseases.- 23. Rational bases of ventilation during sleep.- 24. Night ventilation: when CPAP, when NIV. | Over the last two decades, the increasing use of noninvasive ventilation (NIV) has reduced the need for endotracheal ventilation, thus decreasing the rate of ventilation-induced complications. Thus, NIV has decreased both intubation rates and mortality rates in specific subsets of patients with acute respiratory failure (for example, patients with hypercapnia, cardiogenic pulmonary edema, immune deficiencies, or post-transplantation acute respiratory failure). Despite the increased use of NIV in clinical practice, there is still a need for more educational tools to improve clinicians’ knowledge of the indications and contraindications for NIV, the factors that predict failure or success, and also what should be considered when starting NIV. This book has the dual function of being a 'classical' text where the major findings in the literature are discussed and highlighted, as well as a practical manual on the tricks and pitfalls to consider in NIV application by both beginners and experts. For example, setting the ventilatory parameters; choosing the interfaces, circuits, and humidification systems; monitoring; and the 'right' environment for the 'right' patient will be discussed to help clinicians in their choices. | <p>Written by experts</p><p>Practical manual with tricks and pitfalls</p><p>As well as a "classical" text on noninvasive ventilation (NIV) where the major findings in the literature are discussed and highlighted</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8416-5 | Internal Medicine | Pinkerton | [NAME]; [NAME] | Global Climate Change and Public Health |  | Respiratory Medicine | 7 | 1 | 2014 | 406 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 406 p. 71 illus., 61 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33134 | Pneumology/Respiratory System | MJL | SC313000 | Climate Change Impacts | RN | Internal Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction:  Consequences of Global Warming to the Public’s Health.- Climate Variability and Change Data and Information for Global Public Health.- Climate Change: Overview of Data Sources, Observed and Predicted Temperature Changes, and Impacts on Public and Environmental Health.- Eyewitness to Global Warming.- California and Climate Changes.- Heat Waves and Rising Temperatures: Human Health Impacts and the [NAME] of Vulnerability.- Climate, Air Quality and Allergy: Emerging Methods for Detecting Linkages.- The Human Health Co-benefits of Air Quality Improvements Associated with Climate Change Mitigation.- Asthma, Hayfever, Pollen, and Climate Change.- Dengue Fever and Climate Change.- Impact of Climate Change on Vector-Borne Disease in the Amazon.- Climate Variability and Change: Food, Water and Societal Impacts.- Household Air Pollution from Cookstoves: Impacts on Health and Climate.- [NAME] and [NAME]: An Indian Perspective.- The Effects of Climate Change and Air Pollution on Children and Mothers’ Health.- Climate Change and Public Health in Small Island States and Caribbean Countries.- Global Climate Change, Desertification, and Its Consequences in Turkey and the Middle East.- Assessing the Health Risks of Climate Change.- Federal Programs in Climate Change and Health Research.- Management of Climate Change Adaptation at the United States Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.- Public Health and Climate Programs at the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.- California’s Cap-and-Trade Program. | [NAME] physicians and scientists currently have minimal capacity to respond to climate change and its impacts on health. The extent to which climate change influences the prevalence and incidence of respiratory morbidity remains largely undefined. However, evidence is increasing that climate change does drive respiratory disease onset and exacerbation as a result of increased ambient and indoor air pollution, desertification, heat stress, wildfires, and the geographic and temporal spread of pollens, molds and infectious agents. Preliminary research has revealed climate change to have potentially direct and indirect adverse impacts on respiratory health. Published studies have linked climate change to increases in respiratory disease, including the following: changing pollen releases impacting asthma and allergic rhinitis, heat waves causing critical care-related diseases, climate driven air pollution increases, exacerbating asthma and COPD, desertification increasing particulate matter (PM) exposures, and climate related changes in food and water security impacting infectious respiratory disease through malnutrition (pneumonia, upper respiratory infections). High level ozone and ozone exposure has been linked to idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, lung cancer, and acute lower respiratory infection. Global Climate Change and Public Health is an important new volume based on the research, findings, and discussions of US and international experts on respiratory health and climate change. This volume addresses issues of major importance to respiratory health and fills a major gap in the current literature. The ATS Climate Change and Respiratory Health Workshop was held in New Orleans, Louisiana, on May 15, 2010. The purpose of the meeting was to address the threat to global respiratory health posed by climate change. The workshop was attended by domestic and international experts as well as representatives of international respiratory societies and key US federal agencies. Dr. [NAME] and Dr. [NAME], the editors of this title, were co-chairs of the Climate Change Workshop and Symposium. | <p>Editors were co-chairs of the 2010 ATS Climate Change and Respiratory Health Workshop</p><p>Contributors are domestic and international experts on respiratory health and climate change</p><p>Addresses direct and indirect adverse impacts on respiratory health as a result of climate [NAME] | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8559-9 | Internal Medicine | Rampertab | [NAME]; [NAME] | Celiac Disease |  | Clinical Gastroenterology |  | 1 | 2014 | 320 | Hard cover | Book | X, 320 p. 16 illus., 10 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33061 | Gastroenterology | MJH | SCH33002 | Internal Medicine | MJ | Internal Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Definition of Celiac Disease and [NAME] of Celiac Disease.- The Pathophysiology of Celiac Disease.- Immunogenetics of Celiac Disease.- Using Animal Models of Celiac Disease to  Understand the Role of MHC II.- Role of Gut Microbes in Celiac Disease Risk and Pathogenesis.- Presentation of Celiac Disease in Children and Adults.- Diagnosis of Celiac Disease.- Nutrition in Celiac Disease.- Dietary Supplements in Celiac Disease.- Monitoring and Follow-up of Patients with Celiac Disease.- Special Considerations in Children and Young Adults with Celiac Disease.- Novel and Experimental Therapies on the Horizon.- Morbidity and Mortality Associated with Celiac Disease.- Refractory Celiac Disease.- Celiac Disease: Dispelling Misconceptions and Myths.- Summary of Recommendations from the American College of Gastroenterology Celiac Disease Guidelines.- Resources for Celiac Disease Practitioners and Patients.- Taxonomic Relationships of the Major Cereal Grains.- Some Potential Sources of Hidden Gluten.- Key Elements in the Management of Celiac Disease.- Celiac Iceberg.- An Approach to Gluten Challenge for the Diagnosis or Exclusion of Celiac Disease.- An Approach to the Monitoring of Celiac Disease.- An Approach to the Diagnosis of Celiac Disease.- An Approach to the Patient with Non-Responsive Celiac Disease.- Dietary Reference Intakes (DRIs): Recommended Dietary Allowance and Adequate Intakes, [NAME] and Elements.- Dietary Reference Intakes (DRIs): Tolerable Upper Intake Levels, [NAME] and Elements. | [NAME] is an authoritative text intended to educate healthcare practitioners, gastroenterologists, physicians and nutritionists about the diverse manifestations, complications and management of gluten-sensitive enteropathy. The seventeen-chapter text provides the latest research on pathophysiology, including animal models, immunopathogenesis, genetics and the intestinal microflora. The book also features chapters on diagnosis, monitoring, complications and nutritional management, including therapies on the horizon. The text concludes with appendices that provide educational tools for symptom monitoring and dietary guidance.Written by specialists in their respective fields, [NAME] is a comprehensive resource that provides the healthcare practitioner an evidence-based practical guide to pathogenesis and therapy of celiac disease. | <p>​​​​​​​​​Written by specialists in their respective fields</p><p>Appendices provide educational tools for symptom monitoring and dietary guidance</p><p>The first evidence-based practical guide to pathogenesis and therapy of celiac disease for the practitioner​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-9082-1 | Internal Medicine | Reddi | [NAME] | Fluid, [NAME] and Acid-Base Disorders | Clinical Evaluation and Management |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 448 | Soft cover | Book | XX, 448 p. 46 illus., 2 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 79.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33126 | Nephrology | MJR | SCH33002 | Internal Medicine | MJ | Internal Medicine | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I: Fluids - Body fluid compartments.- Interpretation of urine electrolytes and osmolality.- Renal handling of [NAME] and water.-Disorders of extracellular fluid volume.- Diuretics.- Intravenous solutions.- Part II: Electrolytes - Regulation of plasma osmolality: [NAME] and Hypernatremia.- Renal handling of potassium:  [NAME] and Hyperkalemia.- Renal handling of calcium:  Hypocalcemia and Hypercalcemia.- Renal handling of phosphorus:  Hypophosphatemia and Hyperphosphatemia.- [NAME] handling of magnesium: Hypomagnesemia and Hypermagnesemia.-   Part III: Acid-Base - Renal acidification - Approach to the patient with acid-base disorders.- Metabolic acidosis.- Metabolic alkalosis.- Respiratory alkalosis.- Respiratory acidosis.- Mixed acid-base disorders.- Renal tubular acidosis. ​ | Fluid, [NAME] and Acid-Base Disorders: Clinical Evaluation & Management is a clear and concise presentation of the fundamentals of fluid, electrolyte and acid-base disorders frequently encountered in clinical practice.Each chapter begins with pertinent basic physiology followed by its clinical disorder. Cases for each fluid, electrolyte and acid-base disorder are discussed with answers. In addition, board-type questions with explanations are provided for each clinical disorder to increase the knowledge for the clinician.Practical and clinically oriented, this book is a handy reference for practicing physicians, students, residents and fellows. | <p>Clear and concise presentation of fluid, electrolyte and acid-base disorders</p><p>Cases for each disorder are discussed and feature board-type questions and answers</p><p>Highly practical and clinically oriented for the physician, student, resident or fellow</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-908517-69-2 | Internal Medicine | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Managing COPD |  |  |  | 3 | 2014 | 94 | Soft cover | Book | X, 94 p. 17 illus., 14 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33134 | Pneumology/Respiratory System | MJL | SCH69000 | Pharmacotherapy | MMG | Internal Medicine | Handbook | Springer Healthcare | Planned | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  | Worldwide | Introduction.- Epidemiology, risk factors and [NAME] The clinical consultation.- Management strategies.- Palliative care in COPD.- The future of COPD. | The book includes recommendations for COPD from published guidelines (eg, the GOLD, ATS, and NICE guidelines) and presents them in the context of relevant clinical treatment issues. This is an in-depth guide on the management of COPD, concentrating on the impact of COPD on a patient as well as how healthcare professionals can intervene and educate the patient at an early stage and thereby slow the onset of severe symptoms. | <p>Reviews clinical developments and guidelines, and places them into everyday clinical practice</p><p>Stresses the importance of early intervention, therapies and patient education </p><p>Written by world-renowned experts in COPD </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8771-5 | Internal Medicine | Swenson | [NAME]; [NAME] | High Altitude | Human Adaptation to Hypoxia |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 480 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 480 p. 92 illus., 16 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33134 | Pneumology/Respiratory System | MJL | SCH33002 | Internal Medicine | MJ | Internal Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​   1.      Cellular and Molecular Mechanisms of O2 Sensing  [NAME]    2.      Cellular and Molecular Defenses Against Hypoxia Joachim Fandrey    3.      Control of Breathing  [NAME]   4.      Lung Function and Gas Exchange  [NAME] and [NAME]   5.      Pulmonary Circulation  [NAME] and [NAME]   6.      Cardiovascular System [NAME]   7.      Cerebral Circulation and Brain  [NAME] and [NAME]8.      Autonomic Nervous System [NAME], [NAME], and [NAME]   9.      Skeletal Muscle [NAME]    10.  Blood and Hemostasis  [NAME] and [NAME]   11.  Renal Function and [NAME]   12.   Endocrine Function  [NAME]   13.  Gastrointestinal Function               [NAME] and [NAME]   14.  [NAME] [NAME]   15.  Nutrition and Metabolism [NAME]   16.  Exercise  [NAME] and [NAME]17.  Sleep  [NAME]   18.   Reproduction and Growth [NAME]   19.   Human Evolution at High Altitude [NAME]   20.  Acute Mountain Sickness and High-Altitude Cerebral Edema [NAME], [NAME], and [NAME]    21.  High-Altitude Pulmonary Edema [NAME] and [NAME]   22.  Subacute and Chronic Mountain Sickness   Fabiola Leon-Velarde   23.  High Altitude and Common Medical Conditions [NAME] and [NAME] | ​Over the last decade the science and medicine of high altitude and hypoxia adaptation has seen great advances. High Altitude: Human Adaptation to Hypoxia addresses the challenges in dealing with the changes in human physiology and the particular medical conditions that arise from exposure to high altitude. In-depth and comprehensive chapters cover both the basic science and the clinical consequences of exposure to high altitude. Genetic, cellular, organ and whole body system responses to high altitudes are covered and chapters discuss these effects on a wide range of diseases. Expert authors provide insight into the care of patients with pre-existing medical conditions that fail in some cases to adapt as well as offer insights into how high altitude research can help critically ill patients. High Altitude: Human Adaptation to Hypoxia is an important new volume that offers a window into greater understanding and more successful treatment of hypoxic human diseases. | <p>Written by an international group of expert authors</p><p>In-depth and comprehensive chapters cover both the clinical aspects and basic science of Hypoxia</p><p>Important new volume that offers a window into greater understanding and more successful treatment of hypoxic human diseases</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-4-431-54471-5 | Internal Medicine | [NAME] | [NAME] | Intraductal Papillary Mucinous Neoplasm of the Pancreas |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 204 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 204 p. 80 illus., 39 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33061 | Gastroenterology | MJH | SCH43016 | Surgical Oncology | MNK | Internal Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer Japan | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | PART I  Pathophysiology.-                    Chapter 1 Macroscopic morphological classification and its significance.-                   Chapter 2 Natural history and malignant change of main duct IPMN .-                   Chapter 3 Natural history and malignant change of branch duct IPMN .-                   Chapter 4 Histological subclassification and its clinical significance.-   PART II  Investigation.-                    Chapter 5 CT and MRI/MRCP.-                     Chapter 6 Endosonography.-                     Chapter 7 Diagnostic Investigation of Pancreatic Cyst Fluid.-                   Chapter 8 Diagnostic investigation using pancreatic juice.-   PART III  Development of malignancy.-                    Chapter 9 Development of pancreatic carcinoma in IPMN patients.-                   Chapter 10 Development of extrapancreatic malignancy.-                    Chapter 11 Surveillance of branch duct IPMN- Methods and frequency.-    PART IV  Management.-                    Chapter 12 Timing of resection of main duct IPMN.-                     Chapter 13 Method of resection of branch duct IPMN.-                    Chapter 14 Timing of resection of branch duct IPMN.-                     Chapter 15 Postoperative surveillance of main duct IPMN.-                   Chapter 16 Postoperative surveillance of branch duct IPMN. | Intraductal papillary [NAME] (IPMNs) represent an opportunity to treat pancreatic tumors before they develop into aggressive, hard-to-treat cancers. Beginning with morphological classification and its clinical significance, natural history, and malignant change of both main duct and branch duct IPMNs, this book covers the whole field of IPMNs of the pancreas. It reviews the various methods of investigation: imaging, diagnostic investigation of cyst fluid, and those using pancreatic juice; and also examines aspects ranging from the development of malignancy to the timing and method of resection, focusing on both main duct and branch duct IPMNs.Aimed at residents, clinical fellows, and pancreatologists who treat patients with this common disease of the pancreas, this book is a landmark in the current understanding and future perspectives of IPMNs of the pancreas. | <p>Describes current understanding and future perspectives of intraductal Papillary mucinous neoplasms of the pancreas</p><p>Covers the morphological and natural history of IPMNs</p><p>Explains various methods of investigation and the timing and method of Resection</p><p><p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-62703-699-3 | Internal Medicine | Thomas, MD | [NAME], MD; [NAME], MD | Pressure Ulcers in the Aging Population | A Guide for Clinicians | Aging Medicine | 1 | 1 | 2014 | 224 | Hard cover | Book | X, 224 p. 32 illus., 25 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH2500X | Geriatrics/Gerontology | MJX | SCH33002 | Internal Medicine | MJ | Family Medicine & Geriatrics | Contributed volume | Humana Press | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1.      Introduction           2.      Physiology of Chronic Wound Healing         3.      Incidence and Prevalence of Pressure Ulcers        4.      Risk Assessment Instruments                 5.      Prevention of Pressure Ulcers           6.      Assessment of Documentation of Pressure Ulcers               7.      General Principles of Pressure Ulcer Treatment               8.      Specific Principles of Pressure Ulcer Treatment             9.      The Role of Nutrition in Prevention and Treatment of Pressure Ulcers    10.  Assessment and Management of Wound Colonization and Infection                11.  Palliative Treatment and Treatment at End of Life                12.  The Role of Wound Care Teams   13.  Adjuvant and Emerging Therapy   14.  Educational Assessment and Teaching of Patients and Caregivers          15.  Quality of Care and Legal Issues  ​ | Medical practitioners receive little, if any, formal training in the prevention, assessment and management of pressure ulcers and other chronic wounds.   Pressure Ulcers in the Aging Population: A Guide for Clinicians is a resource primarily aimed at physicians interested in the fundamentals of wound care.  This book is written for geriatricians, internists, general practitioners, residents and fellows who treat older patients and unlike other texts on the market addresses the specific issues of wound prevention and managment in older individuals.      Pressure Ulcers in the Aging Population: A Guide for Clinicians emphasizes prevention, proper documentation and the team care process which are often overlooked in standard texts.  Chapters are written by experts in their fields and  include such evolving topics as deep tissue injury and the newer support surface technologies. | <p>Part of the Aging Medicine series</p><p>A collection of scholarly review articles written by respected active wound care clinicians and teachers</p><p>Reference for medical and surgical trainees caring for older adults in all settings</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-81-322-1607-0 | Internal Medicine | Wattal | Chand Wattal; [NAME] | Hospital Infection Prevention |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 177 | Hard cover | Book | X, 177 p. 8 illus., 3 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33096 | Infectious Diseases | MJCJ | SCH27002 | Public Health | MBN | Internal Medicine | Professional book | Springer India | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​The Mighty World of Microbes - An Overview.- Vaccinations and infection prevention.- Hospital Infection Prevention Program.- Current practices for infection prevention in the hospital settings.- Hospital Infection Prevention Program.- The Role of Microbiology Laboratory in Infection Prevention.- Role of Antimicrobial Stewardship in Infection Prevention.- A Four step approach to Antibiotic stewardship in India: Formulation of antibiotic policy.- Role of Hospital Housekeeping and Materials Management Including Disinfection and Waste Management.- Hand Hygiene and Personal Protective Equipment.- Decontamination and Sterilization Procedures.- Monitoring of High Risk Areas - Intensive care units.- Monitoring of High Risk Areas: Operating Suite.- Monitoring of High Risk Areas: Maternity wards.- Monitoring of High Risk Areas: Cancer wards.- Monitoring of High Risk Areas: Dialysis Units.- Monitoring of High Risk Areas: Burn units.- Infection Prevention for Procedures in wards. | The art of medicine becomes science when supported by evidence. The recommended practices of infection prevention are based on scientific and epidemiologic evidence. However, most health care professionals see them as mandates and fail to incorporate them into their routine patient care activities. The core goal of this publication is to link the practices to the principles they are based on. The expectation is that understanding of the principles will change the practices from mandates to 'should do' in the minds of health care professionals. This will lead to improvement in health care by preventing unintended harm to patients, co-workers and the communities at large.  At the same time, the text provides a comprehensive, thorough and up to date information on all aspects of infection prevention in a reader-friendly manner and therefore, will serve as a valuable reference. | <p>Surveillance policy<br>Disinfectant &amp; Sterilization policy<br>Isolation policy<br>Policy for investigation of an outbreak of infection<br>Antibiotic policy (including chemoprophylaxis)</p><p>        </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8802-6 | Internal Medicine | Yevzlin | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Interventional Nephrology | Principles and Practice |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 500 | Hard cover | Book | XVII, 500 p. 179 illus., 67 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33126 | Nephrology | MJR | SCH33002 | Internal Medicine | MJ | Internal Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2014-01-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Pre-operative Evaluation--History.- 2. Pre-operative Evaluation--Physical Examination.- 3. Admission After Intervention--When and Why.- 4. Communicating Effectively for Interventional Nephrologists.- 5. Anticoagulants and Thrombolytics.- 6. Non-invasive Screening and Testing for PAD in CKD patients.- 7. Overview of PAD Treatment in the CKD Population: Indications, Medical Strategies, and Endovascular Techniques.- 8. Unconventional Venous Access: Percutaneous [NAME] and Transhepatic Venous Access for Hemodialysis.- 9. Approach to a Non-Functioning Catheter.- 10. Approach to the Infected Catheter.- 11. Approach to a Patient Referred for Vascular Mapping.- 12. Approach to Arteriovenous Access.- 13. Approach to a Patient with Non-maturing AV Fistula.- 14. Approach to an Arteriovenous Access with Hyperpulsatile Pulse.- 15. Approach to an Arteriovenous Access with a Faint Thrill.- 16. Approach to an Arteriovenous Access with No Thrill, Bruit, or Pulse.- 17. Approach to Patient with Arteriovenous Access Presenting with Hand Pain.- 18. Central Vein Stenosis.- 19. Approach to a Patient with Pseudoaneurysm.- 20. Approach to Chest Pain During Dialysis.- 21. Approach to Cyanotic Digits and Hand Paresis.- 22. Approach to an Abnormal Surveillance Measurement.- 23. Arterial Stenosis Affecting Arteriovenous Fistulae and Grafts in Hemodialysis Patients: Approach to Diagnosis and Management.- 24. Approach to the Patient with Suspected Renal Artery Stenosis.- 25. Vascular Injury During Interventions.- 26. [NAME] with Dialysis Access Procedure.- 27. Stent Migration.- 28. Foreign Body Retrieval.- 29. Contrast and Medication Allergic Reactions.- 30. The Management of Serious Adverse Events Associated with Interventional Procedures.- 31. Preoperative Evaluation of a Patient for Peritoneal Dialysis Catheter.- Operative Considerations for Peritoneal Dialysis Catheter.- Approach to a Patient with Visceral Perforation. | Interventional Nephrology: Principles and Practice describes a very direct approach to clinical problems encountered by the community of care providers who treat chronic kidney disease and dialysis patients.  Practical scenarios faced on a day-to-day basis are presented by experts in the field utilizing the latest scientific information.  In addition to internal medicine residents, nephrology fellows and practitioners, this comprehensive and useful resource is a must-have for the allied health professionals taking care of patients with hemodialysis and peritoneal dialysis access problems. | <p>Practical resource to clinical scenarios involving chronic kidney disease and dialysis patients</p><p>Comprehensively presents the latest scientific information on interventional nephrology</p><p>Authored by the leaders in this rapidly growing subspecialty</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-0-387-98187-1 | Medicine, General | Chiaravalloti | [NAME] | Changes in the Brain | Impact on Daily Life |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 200 p. | 0 | approx. | 89.95 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH36001 | Neurology | MJN | [NAME] | Neuropsychology | JMM | Medicine, General | Monograph | Springer New York | Planned | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Measurement: the quantification of changes in daily life.- Normal aging.- Alzheimer’s disease.- Parkinson’s disease.- Traumatic brain injury (possibly two chapters: mild and severe).- Multiple sclerosis.- Stroke.- Cancer.- Epilepsy.- Public policy: Impact on individuals with brain injury and illness.- Where do we go from here? <OL> </OL> |  | <p>Book is unique in discussing brain changes in many different illness groups, whereas other books on brain changes focus on one specific patient group (eg, sports injury, stroke, Alzheimer’s disease)</p><p>Inclusion of excerpts from actual patients will provide important insights for professionals working with such patients, and will help professionals normalize their patients’ experiences</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-88-470-5369-4 | Medicine, General | Galloro | [NAME] | Endoscopic Follow-up of Digestive Anastomosis |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 200 p. 125 illus., 100 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33061 | Gastroenterology | MJH | SCH5901X | Abdominal Surgery | MNC | Medicine, General | Monograph | Springer Milan | Planned | 2014-02-28 00:00:00 |  |  | Foreword.- Preface.- Section 1 Diagnostic procedures and follow-up.-    Analysis of surgical risk factors in tailoring digestive anastomosis.-    Impact of flexible endoscopy in the evaluation of digestive anastomosis.- Methodology and appropriateness of the follow-up.- Timing and protocols of endoscopic follow-up in operated patients after - esophageal surgery - gastric surgery - small bowel surgery - colo-rectal surgery.    Intraoperative endoscopy in the evaluation of digestive anastomosis: which role?.-    Contribution of Endo-Ultra Sonography.-   Augmented endoscopic imaging in the study of digestive anastomosis: does it really work and how?.- Section 2 – Therapeutic procedures of anastomotic complications.- Physiopatology and treatment of anastomotic ulcer: an emerging pathology?.-    Endoscopic treatment of anastomotic recurrences in oncologic patients.-    Therapeutic endoscopy for the treatment of anastomotic strictures: - techniques of dilation (semirigid, idropneumatic, TTS, OTW) - self expanding stenting (metal, plastic and biodegradable) - thermal techniques (LASER, APC, incisional).- Therapeutic endoscopy for the treatment of anastomotic dehiscences - self expanding stenting (metal, plastic and biodegradable) - clipping (standard, OTSC) and suture - endosponge - biological glues.-    Emostatic procedures in bleeding anastomosis.-    Hot topic: endoscopic treatment of anastomotic complications after [NAME] surgery. | Owing to the alterations in visceral anatomy, many endoscopists, and especially trainees, experience difficulties when performing endoscopic surveys or procedures in patients who have previously undergone surgery to the digestive tract.  In this richly illustrated book, an expert in the field provides a detailed overview of endoscopic follow-up of gastrointestinal (esophageal, gastric, and colorectal) anastomosis. Both normal appearances and pathological conditions involving complications are fully covered. The methodology, timing, protocols, and role of diagnostic endoscopy are first discussed. Endoscopic treatments for the resolution of different clinical problems related to recurrences, stenoses, dehiscences, and fistulas are then evaluated step by step with the aid of high-quality images. Regardless of level of experience, endoscopists and gastroenterologists will find Endoscopic Follow-up of Digestive Anastomosis to be an invaluable source of information and aid to treatment in this important area, which too often receives insufficiently detailed attention.​ | Detailed overview of endoscopic follow-up of gastrointestinal anastomosis High-quality images of each normal and pathological digestive anastomosis, along with its specific treatment Point by point development of topics ​ | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-9024-1 | Medicine, General | Kalet | [NAME]; [NAME] | Remediation in Medical Education | A Mid-Course Correction |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 312 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 312 p. 37 illus., 16 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH00007 | Medicine/Public Health, general | MB | SCO26000 | Medical Education | JNU | Medicine, General | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Defining and Assessing Competence.- An Example of a Remediation Program.- “She Needs to Read More”: Helping trainees who struggle with medical knowledge.- Remediation of Interpersonal and Communication Skills.- Remediation of Physical Exam Skills.- Assessing and Remediating Clinical Reasoning.- Remediating Lapses in Professionalism.- “You said, I heard”: Speaking the subtext in interracial conversations.- Learning Differences and Medical Education.- “Well, This Is Awkward”: Autism Spectrum Disorder in Medical Trainees.- Stress and Distress and Wellness.- Perspectives from a Psychiatrist in an Office of Advising Resources.- The Metacognitive Competency: The key to life-long learning.- Use of Reflection as a Remediation Tool.- Feedback.- Appreciative Coaching: A positive process for remediation.- Preparing Program Directors to Address Unprofessional Behavior.- The View from the Dean’s Office.- Preparing to Conduct Remediation.- “The Prognosis is Poor”: When to give up.- A Research Agenda for the Field of Remediation.- Epilogue: A Student’s Perspective on Remediation. | Remediation in medical education is the act of facilitating a correction for trainees who started out on the journey toward becoming excellent physicians but have moved off course. This book offers an evidence-based and practical approach to the identification and remediation of medical trainees who are unable to perform to standards. As assessment of clinical competence and professionalism has become more sophisticated and ubiquitous, medical educators increasingly face the challenge of implementing effective and respectful means to work with trainees who do not yet meet expectations of the profession and society.Remediation in Medical Education: A Mid-Course Correction describes practical stepwise approaches to remediate struggling learners in fundamental medical competencies; discusses methods used to define competencies and the science underlying the fundamental shift in the delivery and assessment of medical education; explores themes that provide context for remediation, including professional identity formation and moral reasoning, verbal and nonverbal learning disabilities, attention deficit disorders in high-functioning individuals, diversity, and educational and psychiatric topics; and reviews system issues involved in remediation, including policy and leadership challenges and faculty development. | <p>Discusses how to categorize the failing student using performance-based assessment data</p><p>Gives instructors practical advice and strategies</p><p>Contains cross-disciplinary conceptual models</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-01670-2 | Medicine, General | Miettinen | [NAME] | Toward Scientific Medicine |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 183 | Hard cover | Book | XVII, 183 p. | 0 | final | 89.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH00007 | Medicine/Public Health, general | MB | SCH66000 | Theory of Medicine/Bioethics | PSAD | Medicine, General | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Foreword. Preface. Acknowledgments. On medicine’s bonds with science. Part I The knowledge-base of medicine at present.- The daunting needs for knowledge.- The necessary forms of the knowledge.- The knowledge according to its source. Part II  Whither from here?- Needed innovations of the knowledge culture. Part III  Medical science for scientific medicine.- Original research for scientific diagnosis.- Original research for scientific etiognosis.- Original research for scientific prognosis.- Derivative research for scientific gnosis.- From gnostic research to gnostic knowledge. Epilogue. Index of persons. Glossary. | Scientific medicine in Miettinen’s conception of it is very different from the two ideas about it that come to eminence in the 20th century.  To him, medicine is scientific to the extent that it has a rational theoretical framework and a knowledge-base from medical science.  He delineates the nature of that theoretical framework and of the research to develop the requisite knowledge for application in such a framework.  The knowledge ultimately needed is about diagnostic, etiognostic, and prognostic probabilities, and it necessarily is to be codified in the form of probability functions, embedded in practice-guiding expert systems.                In these terms, today’s medicine still is mostly pre-scientific, and major innovations are needed within and around medicine for healthcare to get to be in tune with reasonable expectations about it in this Information Age.  Thus, while the leading cause of litigation for medical malpractice in the U.S. is failure to expeditiously and correctly diagnose the probability of myocardial infarction in a hospital’s emergency room, this book shows that a typical modern textbook of cardiology, just as one of medicine at large, imparts no knowledge about the diagnostic probabilities needed in this, and that the prevailing type of diagnostic research will not produce the requisite knowledge.  If the diagnostic pursuits in an ER would be guided by an emergency-room diagnostic expert system, this would guarantee expert diagnoses by all ER doctors.                Academic leaders of medicine and medical researchers concerned to advance the knowledge-base of medicine will find a wealth of stimulus for thinking about the deficiencies of the prevailing knowledge culture in and surrounding medicine, and about the directions of the needed progress toward genuinely scientific medicine. | <p>A unique guide for the development of ever more scientific medicine</p><p><p>Scientific medicine is presented as being knowledge-based, not thinking- or evidence-based</p><p><p>The mantra of knowledge-based medicine leads to an innovative delineation of the nature of it</p><p><p> Regarding the requisite research, correspondingly, a novel feature is objects design in it</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8950-4 | Medicine, General | Narouze | [NAME] | Interventional Management of Head and Face Pain | Nerve Blocks and Beyond |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 250 | Hard cover | Book | 250 p. 300 illus., 225 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 129 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH00007 | Medicine/Public Health, general | MB | SCH47003 | Pain Medicine | MMBP | Medicine, General | Professional book | Springer New York | Planned | 2013-12-01 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Headache.- 2. Indications for Interventional Management.- 3. Procedures.- 4. Biofeedback and [NAME]. | The rise of effective interventions has provided treatment options for medically resistant headache, which affects about 20% of the several million headache sufferers. Over the last three years, the medical literature has provided increasing support for interventional management of head and face pain, ranging from nerve blocks and radiofrequency ablation to electric stimulation and neuromodulation.This will be the first book on the interventional management of head and face pain. Internationally recognized leaders in headache medicine will edit and contribute to the book, which will take an extremely practical approach and provide heavily illustrated step-by-step guidance on the approximately 15 procedures it describes.  These will include trigger point injections, occipital nerve block, trigeminal branches nerve block, [NAME] ganglion block and RFA, sphenopalatine block and RFA, atlanto-occipital and atlanto-axial joint injection, cervical medial branch blocks, cervical facet intrarticular injections, cervical discogram, cervical epidural steroid injection, botox injection, IV infusion therapy, and acupuncture.Preliminary chapters will give an overview of headache classification, provide synopses of headache types, and outline the indications for an interventional approach. The book will incorporate biofeedback and coping skills into its discussion of treatment as these are critical components of any kind of headache management.While many volumes on headache exist, they do not address interventional approaches. Although pain medicine texts cover head pain, their coverage is limited. Clinicians looking to expand their services to include interventional approaches to headache need a comprehensive, detailed, step-by-step resource. This will be the first such book and is designed to appeal to neurologists, headache specialists, pain physicians, and anesthesiologists. | <p>First book ever on interventional management of head and face pain</p><p>Edited and contributed by leaders in headache medicine, including neurologists, headache physicians, pain physicians, anesthesiologists, and psychologists</p><p>Heavy on practical illustrations, clinical photos, and clinical images</p><p>Step-by-step guidance on each procedure, with suggestions for minimizing risk</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-01759-4 | Medicine, General | [NAME] | [NAME] | Digital Image Quality in Medicine |  | Understanding Medical Informatics |  | 1 | 2014 | 119 | Soft cover | Book | XIV, 119 p. 70 illus., 69 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH00007 | Medicine/Public Health, general | MB | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | Medicine, General | Professional book | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- A Bit of History and Touch of Philosophy.- Image Interpolation.- Image Compression.- Image Enhancement.- Image Quality Online.- Image Display.- DICOM Calibration and GSDF.- Conclusion.​ | Making a good diagnostic image is only the beginning; keeping it good and diagnostically sound is a much more difficult proposition, one that is often neglected or forgotten by clinical practitioners. With anything digital, the assumption of persistent original quality opens a Pandora’s box of medical fiascos. Poorly selected image interpolation, thoughtlessly used compression, confused image enhancement options and the like can transform a good original into a useless clutter of pixels. This book is dedicated to learning better options. Intended for physicians, clinical practitioners and applications specialists, it provides a well-rounded introduction to meaningful diagnostic image housekeeping. The book presents the most important aspects of safe digital image workflows, starting from the basic practical implications and gradually uncovering the underlying concepts and algorithms. With an easy-to-follow, down-to-earth presentation style, the text helps you to optimize your diagnostic imaging projects and connect the dots of medical informatics.​ | <p>Explaining digital imaging to physicians</p><p>Real-life clinical cases and applications</p><p>Discussing topics essential in diagnostic imaging​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-39445-4 | Medicine, General | Rogers | [NAME] | Mastering Scientific and Medical Writing | A Self-help Guide |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 98 | Soft cover | Book | XIV, 98 p. | 0 | final | 34.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH00007 | Medicine/Public Health, general | MB |  |  |  | Medicine, General | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Good versus Poor Scientific Writing: an orientation.- Words and Units: orthography and Punctuation.- Forming Sentences: grammar.- Putting it Nicely: Style.- Redundancy and Jargon: Focusing on the essentials.- Quoting Published Material: Reference Formats.- Avoiding Discrimination: ethics of Scientific Writing.- Sticking to your word: Plagiarism.- Structuring Scientific Texts: getting the “Story” out. | This self-help guide is intended for scientists and medical professionals and students who wish to improve their scientific writing skills. Exercises invite the reader to practice the most important aspects of scientific writing. Although the book addresses certain issues more troublesome to scientific communicators of a non-English language origin, the guide will be of equal benefit to those whose first language is English. If you want not only to write but to write well, this book is for you.This second edition takes into account new developments in the area of scientific communication. In particular, the importance of authenticity is addressed, drawing attention to the sensitive issue of plagiarism in scientific texts. | <p>Addresses the special needs of authors whose first language is not English</p><p><p>Offers concise guidance on scientific communication</p><p><p>Includes exercises that allow the reader to practice individual aspects of writing</p><p><p>Covers issues of increasing concern such as plagiarism</p><p><p><p><p><p><p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-908517-49-4 | Neurology | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Handbook of Multiple Sclerosis |  |  |  | 2 | 2014 |  | Soft cover | Book | Approx. 100 p. 4 illus., 2 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH36001 | Neurology | MJN | SCH2903X | Neuroradiology | MMPH | Neurology | Handbook | Springer Healthcare | Planned | 2013-09-24 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Clinical features.- Diagnosing multiple sclerosis.- Treatment of acute relapses of multiple sclerosis.- Disease modifying therapy.- Symptom management.- Medical management of patients with multiple sclerosis. | Over the past 30 years there have been significant advances in our understanding of multiple sclerosis (MS) due to the use of MRIs to better visualize the disease and because of the introduction of new ameliorating drugs. However, MS is still an incurable disease and diagnosis remains challenging for many physicians; for instance symptoms often mimic MS and there is not a specific test for the disease. To ensure optimal patient care there is a need for physicians to remain up to date with new drugs on the market, disease detection, diagnosis, and latest management options.  The Handbook of Multiple Sclerosis (Second Edition) provides a concise, easily assessable guide for all healthcare professionals involved in the diagnosis and management of this condition, including standard therapies, as well as more novel treatments. The book includes comprehensive evaluations of the pharmacological treatments available, including novel investigational agents currently in development. | <p>A concise, comprehensive handbook suitable for healthcare professionals involved in the diagnosis, treatment and management of MS</p><p>An up-to-date educational tool that includes the latest research and current drugs in development</p><p>Evidence-based, full referenced content that provides a full picture of MS, including disease manifestation, symptoms and impact on patient outcomes and quality of life</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-5528-7 | Neurology | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | [NAME] | Diagnosis, Treatment and Theory |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 169 | Hard cover | Book | VII, 169 p. 52 illus., 21 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 89.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH36001 | Neurology | MJN | [NAME] | Neuropsychology | JMM | Neurology | Monograph | Springer London | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | How do we read?.- Hemianopic alexia.- Pure alexia.- Central alexia.- Alexia theory and therapies: a heuristic. | This book is a comprehensive review of the main acquired disorders of reading: hemianopic, pure and central alexia. The authors review the diagnostic criteria for each of the different types of disorder, and the efficacy of the therapeutic studies that have attempted to remediate them. The different theoretical models of adult reading, which largely rest on how the reading system responds to injury, are also discussed and evaluated. Focal brain injury caused by stroke and brain tumors are discussed in depth as are the effects of dementia on reading.This book starts with a chapter on normal reading, followed by chapters on [NAME], pure alexia and central alexia, each structured in the same way, with: a description of the condition; a historical review of cases to date; psychophysics; consideration of the causative lesions; evidence from functional imaging studies on patients and, most importantly, a review of the evidence base for treating each condition. Finally, there is a chapter on how patient data has informed how we think about reading.[NAME]: Diagnosis, Treatment and Theory is aimed at neuropsychologists (both experimental and clinical), neurologists, speech therapists and others who deal with patients whose reading has been affected by an acquired brain injury, as well as interested students studying language disorders. | <p>Comprehensive review of the main acquired disorders of reading and their treatment               </p><p>Structured chapters for each of the main acquired reading disorders </p><p>Focuses on reading disorders but also covers the psychophysics and functional imaging of normal reading</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-88-470-5464-6 | Neurology | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; Patrizio Prati | Neurosonological Evaluation of Cerebral Venous Outflow | An Ultrasound Atlas |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 74 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 74 p. 162 illus., 156 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH36001 | Neurology | MJN | SCH29064 | Ultrasound | MMPF | Neurology | [NAME] | Springer Milan | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I Extracranial veins.- 1 Ultrasound machine: the significance of venous preset.- 2 Ultrasound anatomy and how to do the examination.- 3 Postural changes and activation tests.- 4 Main pathological pictures with ultrasound.- Part II Intracranial veins.- 5 Ultrasound machine:  the significance of venous preset.- 6 Ultrasound anatomy and how to do the examination.- 7 Main pathological pictures with ultrasound.- 8 Global hemodynamic evaluation and outflow variability.- 9 Imaging-fusion technology for studying intracranial veins.                         ​ | Although, within neurosonology, study of both the extracranial and the intracranial circulation began at least 15 years ago, it is only in recent years that ultrasound evaluation of cerebral veins and cerebral venous hemodynamics has attracted wider attention. Nevertheless, the huge variability in venous outflow pathways in normal subjects means that the potential usefulness of this examination is still often neglected. This atlas provides concise descriptions of the main normal and pathological ultrasound features of the cerebral venous circulation for neurosonologists and clinicians. It is designed as a practical tool that will be of assistance in everyday practice in the ultrasound lab and will improve the knowledge of sonologists and the reliability of venous ultrasound studies. The multimedia format, with detailed images, explanatory videos, and short, targeted descriptions, ensures that information is clearly conveyed and that users will become fully acquainted with the variability of normal findings of venous examinations. The atlas will be of value both to trainees in this field of ultrasound and to neurosonologists who are beginning to perform venous examinations in addition to arterial extra- and intracranial examinations. ​ | <p>Rich images and videos documenting the main normal and pathological ultrasound features of the cerebral venous circulation </p><p>Short targeted descriptions </p><p>Easy to use Practical tool relevant to everyday practice ​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-01606-1 | Neurology | Rana | [NAME]; [NAME] | Differential Diagnosis of Movement Disorders in Clinical Practice |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 112 | Soft cover | Book | IX, 112 p. 8 illus. | 0 | final | 49.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH36001 | Neurology | MJN |  |  |  | Neurology | Professional book | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Tremor.- Dystonia.- Chorea.- Tics.- Myoclonus. | This practical, pocket-sized, quick reference book is for those who need to manage movement disorder patients without the immediate help of a movement disorder neurologist. Only the most pertinent information is covered.This book is divided into five chapters covering the common phenomenology of movement disorders and includes tremor, dystonia, chorea, myoclonus, and tics. The etiology, pathophysiology, symptoms and treatments of these conditions are briefly reviewed, with the emphasis on the most common practical challenges encountered with these patients.Differential Diagnosis of Movement Disorders in Clinical Practice is aimed at postgraduates training in neurology, emergency care physicians, internists and primary care providers. Medical students will also find this book particularly helpful during their neurology rotations. | <p>Basic and well organized information for differential diagnosis and management of most common movement disorders</p><p>Can be used without comprehensive knowledge of the discipline of movement disorders as a bedside tool</p><p>Covers most important aspects of movement disorder diagnosis and management, and only most pertinent information is included</p><p>Assists the reader in quickly and easily recognizing the main problems that need to be addressed in movement disorder patients</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-0-85729-490-6 | Neurology | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Acute Pediatric Neurology |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 420 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 420 p. 37 illus., 19 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH36001 | Neurology | MJN | SCH49006 | Pediatrics | MJW | Neurology | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part 1: Acute Neurological Symptoms.- Unconsciousness, Coma, and Death by Neurological Criteria.- Seizures.- Acute Headache.- Acute Disturbance of Motor Function.- Acute Disturbance of Vision.- Dizziness and Vertigo.- Acute Changes of Behavior and Memory.- Part 2: Management of Acute Neurological Conditions.- Ischemic and Hypoxic Insults: Near Drowning, [NAME], [NAME] to [NAME], Exercise Intolerance and Recurrent Myoglobinuria.- Management of Seizures and Status Epilepticus.- Management of Increased Intracranial Pressure.- Management of Migraine and Other Headaches.- Central Nervous System Infections (bacteria and parasites).- Management of Acute Neuromuscular Disorders.- Stroke and Cerebrovascular Diseases.- Viral Infections, Autoimmune and Demyelinating Conditions of the Central Nervous System.- Spasticity, Dystonia, and Other Movement Disorders: A Comprehensive Treatment Guide.- Acute Pain. | This book provides recommendations for evaluation and therapy in the area of acute pediatric neurology; these are presented didactically with frequent use of illustrations and algorithms. Chapters in the first part of the book discuss presenting symptoms of acute neurological conditions. The second part of the book covers major areas of acute pediatric neurology and each of these chapters has three key elements: description of presenting symptoms; recommended assessments; and recommended interventions. Acute Pediatric Neurology provides an accessible, clinically focused guide to assist physicians in the emergency ward or intensive care unit in decisions on diagnosis and therapeutic interventions in all major acute pediatric neurological diseases. | <p>Provides guidance for decisions on diagnosis and therapeutic interventions in acute pediatric neurology </p><p>Practical focus on management of acute pediatric neurology cases </p><p>Chapters by international experts simplify a complicated picture</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-01365-7 | Neurology | Tatum | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Epilepsy Case Studies | Pearls for Patient Care |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 182 | Hard cover | Book | XVIII, 182 p. 53 illus., 40 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 89.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH36001 | Neurology | MJN | SCH33002 | Internal Medicine | MJ | Neurology | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  |  | Written by expert epilepsy clinicians from the Mayo Clinic, Epilepsy Case Studies: Pearls for Patient Care presents a wide variety of case histories drawn from “real life” experiences in people with seizures. Designed to stimulate the same deductive reasoning that is commonly used when seeing epilepsy patients in the clinic, this practical book presents the clinical scenario and then poses a range of stimulating questions to organize the reader’s thoughts to address each case. Questions that revolve around each case include common ones such as “How does this test help us with the diagnosis?” and “What is the precise relationship of the patient’s seizures to their overall neurological condition?” The most poignant questions include “How does this information help us to devise a treatment plan?” and “What do we know about the anticipated course and prognosis?” The questions raised in each section incorporate the clinical course and evaluation. Where possible, the discussion relies upon the latest medical evidence to support the responses and includes up-to-date techniques used for patients with and without seizure control. At the end of each case a few salient citations are referenced, as are a few of the more pertinent articles that the reader can reference to obtain an overview of the topic. Take-home messages are encapsulated in the form of clinical pearls that are designed to form the basic understanding of the case scenarios presented. A major contribution to the literature in epileptology, [NAME]: Pearls for Patient Care will be an invaluable reference for all clinicians who treat patients with epilepsy. | <p>Unique, case-based title</p><p>Covers the topic in a novel, easy-to-read manner using a question-answer based method</p><p>Offering a wide range of insightful clinical pearls</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-7091-0686-0 | Neurology | Wenning | [NAME]; [NAME] | Multiple System Atrophy |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 198 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 198 p. 33 illus., 20 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH36001 | Neurology | MJN | SCB18006 | Neurosciences | PSAN | Neurology | Contributed volume | Springer Vienna | Available | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 | 2013-09-14 00:00:00 |  | 1. Historical Review.- 2. Epidemiology.- 3. Neuropathology.- 4. Etiopathogenesis.- 5. Animal Models.- 6. Clinical Presentation.- 7. Clinical diagnostic Criteria.- 8. Natural History.- 9. Investigations.- 10. Tratment. | This textbook provides a comprehensive monography on multiple system atrophy (MSA), a rare and fatal neurodegenerative disorder that presents with autonomic failure and either parkinsonism (MSA-P) or [NAME] (MSA-C).The underlying neuropathology of MSA is characterized by striatonigral degeneration (SND), olivopontocerebellar atrophy (OPCA) and unique oligodendroglial cytoplasmic alpha-synuclein inclusions. MSA is therefore classified among the alpha-synucleinopathies such as Parkinson`s disease, pure autonomic failure and dementia with Lewy bodies. Over the last decade there have been important advances in early diagnosis, pathogenesis research and clinical trial activity. The monography will cover the entire spectrum ranging from molecular and genetic work to symptomatic and interventional therapies. The book is written for movement disorder clinicians and basic neuroscientists interested in degenerative movement disorders. | <p>Provides complete insight into onset, progression, diagnoses and therapy of MSA<br>Summarizes the important advances gained in the last years in MSA research<br>Describes novel findings in MSA research and its therapies</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8910-8 | Neurology | Wijdicks | Eelco FM Wijdicks | Famous First Papers for the Neurointensivist |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 289 | Soft cover | Book | XI, 289 p. 120 illus., 110 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 69 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH36001 | Neurology | MJN |  |  |  | Neurology | Monograph | Springer New York | Available | 2013-12-02 00:00:00 | 2013-09-02 00:00:00 |  | Preface.- Acknowledgments.- Chapter 1:First and Famous: criteria and qualifiers.- Chapter 2:First intensive care units.- Chapter 3:First descriptions of clinical signs.- Chapter 4:First descriptions of clinical syndromes.- Chapter 5:First descriptions of initial management.- Chapter 6:First clinical studies and trials.- Chapter 7:First outcome studies.- Chapter 8:First bioethics studies.- Index. | A major contribution to the literature in neurology from renowned neurointensivist [NAME], MD, PhD, Famous First Papers for the Neurointensivist presents and critically assesses numerous papers that have made a profound impact on the diagnosis and treatment of neurologically acute conditions. In general, there has been little historical work in acute neurologic conditions, precisely because neurology is not perceived through this perspective. Famous First Papers for the Neurointensivist addresses this problem by a scholarly treatment of early descriptions of clinical signs, syndromes and presenting the development of treatment of these acute disorders. Using a uniform and easy-to-read format, the title offers a clear reproduction of each paper’s title page, a short historical note, and a brief discussion and its implications, and a final comment to provide perspective. Landmark clinical trials that apply to acute neurology are included, and the book also briefly discusses the birth of intensive care units. Ground-breaking and indispensable for all physicians and researchers interested in neurocritical care, Famous First Papers for the Neurointensivist is a unique, original reference, providing not only a single source for discovering the most important papers in the field but also a critical analysis of the impact of each paper on the development of neurocritical care. 'Dr Wijdicks has been integral to the growth and development of neurocritical care as a specialty. He has cultivated it firsthand, serving as a contemporary of [NAME], [NAME] Fisher,<br />and [NAME], all pioneers in acute neurological care. He established the neurocritical care program at the Mayo Clinic in the early 1990s and has served as the editor in chief of the journal Neurocritical Care, which was first published in 2004 after the foundation of the Neurocritical Care Society. His unique vantage point allows him to bring us a book that few others could produce, Famous First Papers for the Neurointensivist. This book is an original in the field and should be on the reading list of anyone who cares for critically ill neurologic and neurosurgical patients... Reading this book from cover to cover is highly recommended. The writing is clear and concise, and the transitions are smooth. Each essay is self-contained and allows the reader to set his or her own pace. Once completed,the book serves as a great reference book because each essay stands on its own. The photographs of the manuscripts' title pages and key tables and figures are of high quality, and a translation is provided if the original work was not in English... Dr Wijdicks has sifted through the library stacks and has emerged with a book that puts the specialty of neurocritical care into historical perspective. In order to know where you are going, you must first know where you have been. This holds especially true for neurocritical care because the specialty continues to grow and flourish.' -- JAMA NEUROL/VOL 70 (NO. 4), APR 2013 WWW. [NAME] | <p>First-of-its-kind volume highlight landmarks in the development of neurocritical care medicine</p><p>Written by a world-renowned leader in the field</p><p>Comprehensive, offering a broad discussion of 75 classic papers covering the full range of neurologic emergencies and including the original title page with key tables and figures in clear reproductions</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-81-322-1114-3 | OBGYN | Allahbadia | [NAME]; [NAME] | Human Embryo Transfer |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 200 p. 30 illus., 15 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 149 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH56002 | Reproductive Medicine | MFKC | SCH26006 | Gynecology | MJT | OBGYN & Reproductive Medicine | Professional book | Springer India | Planned | 2014-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Evaluation of the uterus prior to embryo transfer.-Mock embryo transfer.- Does the experience of the provider affect pregnancy rates after embryo transfer? .-Ultrasound-guided embryo transfers or clinical touch embryo transfers? .-Variables that affect a successful embryo transfer.-How to deal with a difficult transfer._Facts and myths of embryo transfer.-Uterine peristalsis and embryo transfers._Embryo transfer media & catheters.- Is there a role for tubal transfer .-Hysteroscopy guided embryo transfers. | ​This concise work on embryo transfer is yet another contribution to the persevering effort to disseminate latest information on the science and skill of performing an atraumatic and successful embryo transfer, the most critical culmination of the assisted reproductive technology (ART) stimulation cycle, and a rate-limiting step in dictating the success of treatment.   The well-worded chapters draw the reader’s attention to significant aspects, such as possible causes of failure at the embryo transfer stage, uterine evaluation, mock embryo transfer (ET), experience of the physician, and the use of ultrasound-guidance to monitor ET, that should be taken into account prior to initiating the actual embryo transfer. The protocol for difficult transfers, variables that affect the success of ET, and the influence of the catheter used for ET have been dealt with, while striking a balance between the myths and reality that surround ET.  What makes this book unique is its pragmatic approach that can translate into solutions to the numerous frustrating ART failures that more often than not, and ignorantly so, may be attributed to an inefficient ET procedure. It helps the reader understand the integrity of embryo transfer, unravel its obvious simplicity and bridge the success between the several steps of ART. By highlighting the impeding problems associated with ET procedure and providing valid, scientific solutions, this stimulating edition will help the readers improve the ART success rates in their clinical practice. | <p>Covers important topics like  possible causes of failure at the embryo transfer stage, uterine evaluation, mock embryo transfer (ET), experience of the physician, and the use of ultrasound-guidance to monitor ET </p><p>Highlights problems associated with ET procedure and provides valid, scientific solutions </p><p>Explains the obvious simplicity of  ET and how clinicians can improve their success rates in ART ​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-81-322-1117-4 | OBGYN | Allahbadia | [NAME]; [NAME] | Minimal Stimulation and Natural Cycle In Vitro Fertilization |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 175 p. 40 illus., 20 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 149 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH56002 | Reproductive Medicine | MFKC | SCH26006 | Gynecology | MJT | OBGYN & Reproductive Medicine | Professional book | Springer India | Planned | 2014-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | ART stimulation in the next decade – an overview .-Natural cycle IVF without medication.-The use of letrozol in minimal stimulation IVF.-Use of clomiphene and prostaglandin inhibitors in natural cycle IVF.-The role of GnRH analogue triggering in natural cycle and minimal stimulation IVF.-Natural cycle IVF in patients with ovarian insufficiency using luteal phase stimulation.-Ovarian stimulation in patients with ovarian insufficiency.-Monofollicular stimulation for IVF in PCOS patients.-Budget IVF using clomiphene, hMG & antagonists.-Vitrification is the keystone to minimal stimulation IVF.-Minimal stimulation IVF – the 2-step procedure.​ | ​  This contributed volume regenerates the significance of and respect for natural phenomenon in the background of the risks and complications seen in ART such as ovarian hyperstimulation and multiple pregnancies.   Balancing the clinical practice between the beneficial natural physiology and the prolific use of stimulation drugs for ART may help eliminate risks that may prove clinically, financially and psychologically expensive. It underscores the fact that ‘greater’ is not always synonymous with ‘better’ with regard to the oocyte yield. While highlighting the risks involved with the use of high-dose gonadotropins, the book presents a stratification of patients who might benefit from the ‘soft’ minimal and natural cycle IVF stimulation protocols that may be used. Additionally, clinicians can understand the significance of cryopreservation technology, now a useful adjunct to minimal stimulation protocols, with its manifold future advantages.     Written by an international team of experts, this handbook emphasizes how minimal stimulation and natural cycle IVF can lead to a milder, safer and more effective approach to ART. | <p> Highlights the significance of cryopreservation technology, a useful adjunct to minimal stimulation protocols </p><p>Explains how natural cycle IVF can lead to a milder, safer and more effective approach to ART​Reviews significance of cryopreservation technology, with its manifold future advantages </p><p>Written by leading experts in this field</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-2947-9 | OBGYN | El-Toukhy | [NAME]; [NAME] | Preimplantation Genetic Diagnosis in Clinical Practice |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 200 | Soft cover | Book | XI, 200 p. 34 illus., 31 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH56002 | Reproductive Medicine | MFKC | SCH26014 | Obstetrics/Perinatology | MJT | OBGYN & Reproductive Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Basic Genetics for PGD.- Genetic counselling and its role in PGD.- Complex issues in PGD.- Assisted Reproductive Care for PGD Patients.- Embryology and PGD.- PGD for sex-determination and chromosome rearrangements: FISH and emerging technologies.- PGD analysis of embryos for monogenic disorders.- Managing the PGD cycle.- Training and Accreditation in PGD.- PGD data in the UK and Europe.- PGD Facts and Figures.- Pre-implantation diagnosis and HLA-typing: the potential for selection of unaffected HLA matched siblings.- PGD and human embryonic stem cell technology.- Ethical and Social aspects of PGD.- Preimplantation Genetic screening.- Regulation of PGD in the UK and Worldwide.- New Developments in PGD.- The Future of Preimplantation Genetic Testing. | Preimplantation genetic diagnosis (PGD) is a rapidly advancing field of reproductive genetics. With the significant improvements achieved over the last few years in the understanding of many genetic diseases and in the techniques of molecular genetic testing, new genetic diseases are being added to the list of conditions amenable to PGD almost on a weekly basis. Therefore, the subject of PGD is becoming relevant to a much wider variety of medical disciplines and an increasing number of patients who may wish to know more about this treatment option. This unique book offers a comprehensive yet practical “user-friendly” guide to preimplantation genetic diagnosis (PGD). It provides understanding of and insight into the complete procedure, its recent clinical and laboratory developments and its future prospects, whilst offering an easy point of reference for patient enquiries. Concluding with perspectives on the ethical and social issues often encountered by healthcare professionals counselling patients with regards to PGD. Each chapter within Preimplantation Genetic Diagnosis in Clinical Practice is written by established authorities in their fields.  An essential resource for PGD specialists and non-specialists, and for all practitioners working within the disciplines of fertility, reproductive medicine and medical genetics. | <p>This book will offer a comprehensive, coherent, up-to-date and practical guide to PGD </p><p>It is aimed at PGD specialists and non-specialists </p><p>All content edited by Professor [NAME], founder of one of the largest PGD services in the world and Mr. [NAME], a reproductive medicine and PGD specialist and scientific editor for <i>BJOG International and Human Reproduction Journals</i></p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-94-007-7771-2 | OBGYN | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Gamete and Embryo-fetal Origins of [NAME] |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 233 | Hard cover | Book | X, 233 p. 7 illus., 6 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH56002 | Reproductive Medicine | MFKC | SCH49006 | Pediatrics | MJW | OBGYN & Reproductive Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Physiology of gametogenesis.- Physiology of embryo development.- Diabetes originated from embryo-fetal development.- Cardiovascular disease originated from embryo-fetal development.- Tumor originated from embryo-fetal development.- Obesity originated from embryo-fetal development.- Infertility originated from embryo-fetal development.- Mental health originated from embryo-fetal development.- Assisted reproductive technology (ART) and embryo-fetal origin of diseases.- Adverse intrauterine environment and embryo-fetal origin of diseases. | The book Gamete and Embryo-fetal Origins of Adult Diseases introduces various diseases resulting from the abnormal gametogenesis and embryo development, which manifests as growth retardation, birth defects, or increased susceptibility to chronic metabolic diseases such as diabetes, cardiovascular disease and cancer in childhood and adult life, even fertility disorders and the risk of transgenerational transmission. Six common kinds of these diseases are discussed in separate chapters. The authors explore the connections between these diseases and epigenetic reprogramming, rapid cell differentiation and organ formation and environmental influences, including assisted reproductive technology and adverse intrauterine environments. With a summary of findings on the causes and progression of adult diseases at the phase of gametogenesis and embryo development, this book provides insights into the pathogenesis of disease and aids in the treatment and prevention of disease, meeting the requirement for improving the quality of the newborn population, and effectively preventing and curing major diseases at an early stage. This book offers new perspectives and will be an enlightening resource for obstetricians, paediatricians, epidemiologists, endocrinologists and sanitarians.Editor [NAME], M.D., is Professor and President of Women’s Hospital, School of Medicine, Zhejiang University, China. Editor [NAME], Ph.D., is Professor at the Department of Pathology & Pathophysiology, School of Medicine, Zhejiang University, China. | <p>Covers six common diseases originating in the embryo or fetal stage </p><p>Provides readers with information on how to improve the quality of the newborn population, effectively preventing and curing major diseases at an early stage</p><p>Written by experts in molecular biology and clinical medicine and introduces the application of up-to-date research results and techniques​</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-01471-5 | OBGYN | Kallen | [NAME] | Epidemiology of Human Congenital Malformations |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 170 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 170 p. 30 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH26014 | Obstetrics/Perinatology | MJT | SCH27025 | Maternal and Child Health | MJTF | OBGYN & Reproductive Medicine | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | A Short History of Birth Defect Epidemiology.- Genetic and Non-genetic Factors in the Origin of Congenital Malformations.- Ascertainment of Children with Congenital Malformations.- Statistical Considerations.- Epidemiological Methods.- Neural Tube Defects.- Microcephaly.- Hydrocephaly.- Agenesis of Corpus Callosum and Holoprosencephaly.- Severe Eye Malformations.- Severe Ear Malformations.- Cardiovascular Defects.- Orofacial Clefts.- Atresia or Stenosis of the Alimentary Tract.- Pyloric Stenosis.- Malrotation of the Gut.- Megacolon.- Hypospadias.- Epispadias, Cloacal and Bladder Exstrophy.- Severe Renal Malformations.- Posterior Urethral Valve.- Pes Equinovarus.- Other Foot Deformities than [NAME] Equinovarus.- Polydactyly and Syndactyly.- Limb Reduction Defects.- Craniostenosis.- Diaphragmatic Hernia.- Abdominal Wall Defects.- Children with multiple malformations.- ”Syndromes”.- Down Syndrome.- Explanation and Prevention of Birth Defects.- Eight Commandments: Rules for the Interpretation of Birth Defect Epidemiological Studies. | Authored by [NAME], professor emeritus in embryology at Lund University in Sweden.​​The subject of this book is to describe the occurrence of congenital malformations among children born and what risk factors exist. Population data are presented for a number of malformations, ascertained with the use of data from the Swedish national health registers for the period 1998-2010 corresponding to some 1.3 million births, together with prospectively collected information on a group of exposures of possible interest. The structure of the analysis is such that it excludes studies of, for instance, nutrition, alcohol or street drug use and many other lifestyle factors where prospective information or independent register information is difficult or impossible to obtain. Epidemiology of Human Congenital Malformations culminates with a discussion on how the presence of malformations can be explained and various possibilities for the prevention of birth defects. Moreover, it will include a series of instructions on how to read epidemiological literature in this field making it an essential resource both for those currently working in the field of reproductive epidemiology or those intending to enter it. It will additionally be useful for doctors working with malformations, either as obstetricians, neonatologists or pediatricians. | <p>​​Only book available exclusively covering the epidemiology of human congenital malformations and possible risk factors</p><p>Based on the analysis of data from the Swedish National Health registers for the period 1998-2010, corresponding to some 1.3 million births</p><p>Authored by Professor [NAME], ​an internationally recognised expert in the field of birth defect epidemiology ​ </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8213-0 | OBGYN | [NAME] | [NAME] | Oocyte Biology in Fertility Preservation |  | Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology | 761 | 1 | 2013 | 97 | Hard cover | Book | X, 97 p. 12 illus., 9 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH56002 | Reproductive Medicine | MFKC | SCL16008 | Cell Biology | PSF | OBGYN & Reproductive Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | The importance of oocyte biology for the future of fertility preservation.- The Control of Oocyte Survival by Intrinsic and Extrinsic Factors.- Oocyte Genomic Integrity.- In Vitro Activation of Dormant Follicles for Fertility Preservation.- Primate follicular development in vitro.- Vitrification of oocytes - From Basic Science to Clinical Application.- Memoir of Fertility Preservation. | ​Fertility preservation has become one of the most important and fast growing fields of reproductive medicine.  Although there are several strategies for fertility preservation in female, most of them are still considered experimental.  It is important to perfect the existing technologies, but also developing new strategies should be actively sought.  The future development of fertility preservation strategies should be based on the sound scientific knowledge and principles.   One of the main objectives of fertility preservation in females is prevention of oocyte depletion. The mechanisms of [NAME] and survival in the ovary are complex, which include genetic control both in germ cells and in somatic cells, DNA damage and repair mechanism, apoptosis and autophagy, and other poorly understood molecular mechanisms.  To develop clinically effective and safe strategies for fertility preservation, it is essential to know and understand the fundamentals of oocyte and ovarian biology at the molecular level.  Thus, the purpose of this edition is to review the current progress in research related to molecular and genetic control of oocyte development that can be applied to fertility preservation.  The main topics that are discussed in this publication include molecular signaling mechanisms of oocyte activation and loss, genomic integrity of oocytes, and epigenetics.​ | <p>Addresses [NAME], one of the most controversial topics in reproductive biology</p><p>Focuses on many different aspects of ovarian biology</p><p>Explores the wisdom of the experimental practice of [NAME] while considering new reproductive technologies</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-8491-2 | OBGYN | Moyad | [NAME] | Complementary & Alternative Medicine for Prostate and Urologic Health |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 265 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 265 p. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH26006 | Gynecology | MJT | SCH33053 | Endocrinology | MJG | OBGYN & Reproductive Medicine | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. The Ideal Eight-Step Urologic Diet and Lifestyle Program: Heart Health = Urologic Health.- 2. BPH/LUTS: Heart Healthly = Prostate Health.- 3. Complementary and Alternative Medicine Interventions for BPH/LUTS.- 4. Complementary and Alternative Medicine Interventions for Male Infertility/Subfertility: First Do No Harm.- 5. [NAME] Erectile Dysfunction, and Female Sexual Dysfunction: Heart Health=Sexual Health.- 6. Complementary and Alternative Medicine for Erectile Dysfunction, Testosterone Replacement Therapy, and [NAME] Dysfunction.- 7. Complementary and Alternative Medicine and [NAME] and Prostate Cancer.- 8. [NAME], CAM, and [NAME]: Heart Health=[NAME]. Review of [NAME] and CAM for Miscellaneous Urologic Topics (Bladder Cancer, CP/CPPS, IC/PBS, [NAME]): Part One.- 10. Review of [NAME] and CAM for Miscellaneous Urologic Topics (OAB and/or Incontinence, Pediatric Urology, [NAME], Premature Ejaculation, UTIs, [NAME]): Part Two. | Complementary & Alternative Medicine (CAM) for Prostate/Urologic Health is designed to capture and clinically review the comprehensive database of clinical research articles that support and do not support the utilization of a variety of dietary supplements and other complementary medicines that physicians are exposed to in their daily practice. This is a critical distinction between this book and any other CAM Complementary & Alternative Medicine for Prostate and Urologic Health is designed to capture and clinically review the comprehensive database of clinical research articles that support and do not support the utilization of a variety of dietary supplements and other complementary medicines that physicians are exposed to in their daily practice. This is a critical distinction between this book and any other Complementary & Alternative Medicine (CAM) books published to date. Each section of the book provides an easy to reference guide into the topic of interest for the individual that works in urology. The various sub-specialty groups in urology are adequately represented, which allows for a physician to rapidly and thoroughly investigate their topic of interest regardless of whether it is fertility, bladder cancer, or prostate disease. Rather than having to sort through the now thousands of articles published yearly on CAM in medicine, this volume focuses first on the specialty and secondarily how it compares to the overall CAM literature. Each chapter includes a summary page that will allow the physician a rapid review of the subject with a patient, colleague or student.The practical nature of this book in urology also cannot be overstated. Chapters include a general overview of the CAM agent, whether or not it has data in medicine and urology, and a list of potential drug interactions and specific clinical scenarios where it can be utilized or discouraged in the specialty. Complementary & Alternative Medicine for Prostate and Urologic Health represents a gold standard text for use in teaching, not only for the students interested in the urologic field but for all current urologic health providers. | <p>Easy to reference guide to the topic of interest for the practitioner</p><p>Each chapter provides a summary page for rapid review with colleagues, students and patients</p><p>Comprehensive coverage of Complementary &amp; Alternative Medicine (CAM) within urology</p><p>The first book of its kind in urology</p><p><p><p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8365-6 | OBGYN | Nagy | [NAME]; [NAME]; Ashok Agarwal | Building and Managing an IVF Laboratory | A Practical Guide |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 200 | Soft cover | Book | X, 200 p. | 0 | final | 79.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH56002 | Reproductive Medicine | MFKC | SCH26014 | Obstetrics/Perinatology | MJT | OBGYN & Reproductive Medicine | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Part I: Setting Up and Running an IVF Laboratory.- Building the Laboratory.- Air Quality Management.- Part II: IVF Laboratory Equipment and Culture Systems.- Essential Instruments and Disposable Supplies for an IVF Lab.- CO2 and [NAME] Incubators.- IVF Workstations.- Part III: Organization of the IVF Unit.- Organizational Aspects of the Laboratory in a Tertiary Care ART Center.- Daily, Weekly, and Regular Preparations for the IVF Laboratory.- Data Management in the ART Laboratory: Requirements and Solutions.- Part IV: Licensing and Regulation in the ART Laboratory.- Regulation, Licensing, and Accreditation of the ART Laboratory.- Legislation in the United Kingdom.- Regulation, Licensing, and Accreditation of the ART laboratory in Europe.- Regulation, Licensing, and Accreditation of ART Labs in India.- Part V: Quality Control and Troubleshooting.- Quality Control Management.- Risk and Safety in the IVF Clinic.- Troubleshooting in the Clinical Embryology Laboratory: The Art of Problem-Solving in ART. | ​This concise, truncated version of Nagy, Varghese and Agarwal's Practical Manual of In Vitro Fertilization is comprised of select practical chapters for a portable, affordable and up-to-date resource. Building and Managing an IVF Laboratory covers a variety of topics, including: - Setting up and running an IVF laboratory - IVF laboratory equipment and culture systems - Organization of the IVF unit - Licensing and regulation in the ART laboratory - Quality control and troubleshooting Practical for both clinicians and researchers alike, Building and Managing an IVF Laboratory brings together all of the need-to-know information about these important topics in reproductive medicine. | <p>​Focused, practical guide to IVF laboratory management </p><p>Portable and affordable </p><p>Covers set-up, equipment, licensing, and quality control</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 1
 | 978-1-4614-8375-5 | OBGYN | Nagy | [NAME]; [NAME]; Ashok Agarwal | Clinical Embryology | A Practical Guide |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 250 | Soft cover | Book | X, 250 p. | 0 | final | 79.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH56002 | Reproductive Medicine | MFKC | SCH26014 | Obstetrics/Perinatology | MJT | OBGYN & Reproductive Medicine | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Journey of Human Gametes In Vitro: 1978 to 2010.- Part I: Sperm Processing Methods.- Sperm Processing for IVF.- PESA/TESA/TESE Sperm Processing.- Processing Sperm Samples in HIV-Positive Patients.- Part II: Embryo Culture Methods.- Culture Media in IVF: Decisions for the Laboratory.- Short Culture: Day 1/Day 2/Day 3 Embryo Culture.- Extended Culture in IVF.- In Vitro Maturation of Human Oocytes.- In Vivo Embryo Culture Device.- Microfluidics for Gamete Manipulation and Embryo Culture.- Part III: Insemination Procedures.- Intrauterine Insemination.- Conventional IVF Insemination.- [NAME] Denuding.- Intracytoplasmic Sperm Injection.- Part IV: Embryo Evaluation and Grading.- Pronuclear Scoring in Human In Vitro Fertilization.- Cumulative Morphological Assessment of Embryo Quality.- Metablomics: The ViaMetrics-E™ Procedure for Assessing Embryo Viability.- Oxygen Consumption as an Indicator of [NAME] and Embryo Viability.- Gene Expression Changes During Human Early Embryo Development: New Applications for Embryo Selection.- Amino Acid Turnover as a Biomarker of Embryo Viability.- Real-Time Embryo Monitoring Devices for Embryo Selection.- Predicting Embryo Developmental Potential and Viability Using Automated Time-Lapse Analysis (Eeva Test).- Predicting Embryo Implantation Potential Using Video Monitoring by the Embryoscope™ Time-Lapse System.- Part V: Genetic Testing of Embryos.- Embryo Biopsy for PGD: Current Perspective.- Microarrays and CGH for PGD of Chromosomal Abnormalities and Gene Defects.- Part VI: Cryopreservation.- Sperm Cryopreservation.- Slow Freezing of Oocytes.- Vitrification: Research in Animal Models.- [NAME] Vitrification.- [NAME] Directional Freezing of Reproduction Cells, Tissues, and Organs.- Ovarian Tissue Cryopreservation.- Part VII: Embryo Transfer.- Assessment of Uterine Receptivity.- Single Embryo Transfer.- Ultrasound-Guided Embryo Transfer (Abdominal/Vaginal): An Evidence-Based Evaluation. | This concise, truncated version of Nagy, Varghese and Agarwal's Practical Manual of In Vitro Fertilization is comprised of select clinical chapters for a portable, affordable and up-to-date resource. Clinical Embryology covers a variety of topics, including: - Sperm processing methods - Embryo culture methods - Insemination procedures - Embryo evaluation - Genetic testing of embryos - Cryopreservation - Embryo transfer Also included are two new chapters on predicting embryo developmental potential and viability using automated time-lapse analysis (Eeva) and predicting embryo implantation potential using [NAME].™ Practical for both clinicians and researchers alike, Clinical Embryology brings together all of the need-to-know information about these important topics in reproductive medicine. | <p>​Focused, practical guide to clinical embryology </p><p>Portable and affordable </p><p>State-of-the-art procedures and methods</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 1
 | 978-1-4614-8359-5 | OBGYN | Nagy | [NAME]; [NAME]; Ashok Agarwal | Gamete Assessment, Selection and Micromanipulation in ART | A Practical Guide |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 200 | Soft cover | Book | X, 200 p. | 0 | final | 79.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH56002 | Reproductive Medicine | MFKC | SCH26014 | Obstetrics/Perinatology | MJT | OBGYN & Reproductive Medicine | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  | Worldwide | ​Part I: Human Oocyte Evaluation in IVF.- Assessment of Oocyte Quality.- Polarization Microscopy.- Cumulus Cell Gene Expression in Assessment of [NAME] Quality.- Part II: Sperm Evaluation and Selection.- Sperm Assessment: Traditional Approaches and Their Indicative Value.- Sperm Assessment: Novel Approaches and Their Indicative Value.- Intracytoplasmic Morphologically Selected Sperm Injection.- Sperm Testing and ICSI Selection by Hyaluronic Acid Binding: The Hyaluronic Acid-Coated Glass Slide and Petri Dish in Andrology and IVF Laboratories.- Electrophoretic Sperm Separation.- Magnetic-Activated Cell Sorting of Human Spermatozoa.- Polscope-Based Sperm Selection.- Part III. Micromanipulators and Micromanipulation.- Hydraulic Manipulators for ICSI.- Research Instruments Micromanipulators.- Eppendorf Micromanipulator: Setting Up and Operation of Micromanipulators.- The Leica Microsystem IMSI System.- Automated Robotic Intracytoplasmic Sperm Injection.- Oocyte Treatment and Preparation for Microinjection.- Mechanism of Human Oocyte Activation during ICSI and Methodology for Overcoming Low or Failed Fertilization.- Livestock Production via Micromanipulation.- [NAME] in IVF.- Part IV: Biopsy Procedures on Oocytes and Embryos.- Polar Body Biopsy.- Cleavage-Stage Embryo Biopsy.- Embryo Biopsy for PGD: Current Perspective.- Microarrays and CGH for PGD of Chromosome Abnormalities and [NAME] Insights.- The Role of Mitochondria in the Establishment of Developmental Competence in Early Human Development.- Nuclear and [NAME]: Human Applications and Concerns.- Cytoskeletal Architecture of Human Oocytes with Focus on Centrosomes and Their Significant Role in Fertilization.- Molecular Mining of Follicular Fluid for Reliable Biomarkers of Human Oocyte and Embryo Developmental Competence. | ​This concise, truncated version of Nagy, Varghese and Agarwal's Practical Manual of In Vitro Fertilization is comprised of select clinical chapters for a portable, affordable and up-to-date resource. Gamete Assessment, Selection and Micromanipulation in ART covers a variety of topics, including: - Human oocyte evaluation - Sperm evaluation and selection - Micromanipulators and micromanipulation - Biopsy procedures on oocytes and embryos - Molecular insights in IVF Practical for both clinicians and researchers alike, Gamete Assessment, Selection and Micromanipulation in ART brings together all of the need-to-know information about these important topics in reproductive medicine. | <p>Focused, practical guide to gamete assessment, selection and micromanipulation  </p><p>Portable and affordable </p><p>State-of-the-art procedures and methods</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 1
 | 978-1-4614-8393-9 | OBGYN | Pal | Lubna Pal | Polycystic Ovary Syndrome | Current and Emerging Concepts |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 340 | Hard cover | Book | XVII, 340 p. 34 illus., 21 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH56002 | Reproductive Medicine | MFKC | SCH26006 | Gynecology | MJT | OBGYN & Reproductive Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I: Diagnostic Criteria and Epidemiology of PCOS.- Diagnostic Criteria and Epidemiology of PCOS.- Polycystic Ovarian Syndrome: A Diagnosis of Exclusion.- Part II: Pathophysiology of PCOS.- Recent Advances in the Genetics of Polycystic Ovary Syndrome.- Ovarian Dysfunction in Polycystic Ovary Syndrome.- The Role of the Adrenal Glands in the Hyperandrogenism Associated with Polycystic Ovarian Syndrome.- The Hypothalamic-Pituitary Axis in PCOS.- Insulin Resistance and Lipotoxicity in PCOS: Causes and Consequences.- Obesity, Metabolic Dysfunction, and Inflammation in Polycystic Ovary Syndrome.- Part III: Managing PCOS.- Role of Lifestyle and Diet in the Management of Polycystic Ovarian Syndrome.- Role of Insulin-Sensitizing Drugs in PCOS Management.- Role of Statins in PCOS Management.- Managing PCOS-Related Infertility: Ovulation Induction, In Vitro Fertilization, and In Vitro Maturation.- Managing the PCOS-Related Symptoms of Hirsutism, Acne, and Hair Loss.- Part IV: Unique Considerations in PCOS.- PCOS in Adolescence: Diagnostic Dilemmas and Management Considerations.- Considerations and Challenges for Pregnancy in Polycystic Ovary Syndrome.- Part V: Role of Surgery in PCOS Management.- Role of Surgery in the Management of PCOS: Rationale and Considerations for Bariatric Surgery.- Surgical Management of Polycystic Ovary Syndrome: A Contemporary Viewpoint on Place of Ovarian Surgery in PCOS Management.- Part VI: Recognized Risks and Emerging Concepts.- Long-Term Morbidity: Cardiovascular Disease, Cancer, and Depression in PCOS.- Emerging Concepts: Role of Vitamin D Deficiency in the Pathogenesis of PCOS. | Presenting an overview of the current understanding of the pathophysiology of PCOS and a paradigm for the clinical evaluation and management of the disorder, Polycystic Ovary Syndrome is written in an easy to digest, concise format that, with bulleted key points introducing each chapter, is suitable for the trainee and the busy clinician. The breadth and depth of coverage of today’s queries and controversies will be of particular interest to the specialist and researcher. An international group of leading experts addresses the varied etiologies of PCOS, comprehensively covering the contemporary treatment approaches and long-term implications of PCOS, a common yet poorly understood disorder. Chapters on treatment will be of particular relevance to the clinician and the trainee as they cover conventional therapies, lifestyle, and diet, as well as address emerging strategies such as the use of statins and surgery in PCOS management.  Spanning the breadth of clinical presentations and morbidities related to the diagnosis of PCOS, Polycystic Ovary Syndrome is an exceptional resource for primary care providers, gynecologists, reproductive endocrinologists, and others involved in the care of these patients, and provides the essential tools to aid clinicians in initiating a timely diagnostic workup and appropriate interventions to address both the immediate and long-term sequelae related to PCOS. | <p>Succinctly written with bulleted key points in each chapter</p><p>Covers the broad spectrum of PCOS presentations and treatments</p><p>Presents the most current understanding of the multifaceted pathophysiology of PCOS</p><p>Provides both foundational knowledge for the trainee and sophisticated discussion for the specialist</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8977-1 | OBGYN | Smith | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME], PhD | Testosterone: From Basic Research to Clinical Applications |  | SpringerBriefs in Reproductive Biology |  | 1 | 2013 | 73 | Soft cover | Book | XI, 73 p. 12 illus., 10 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 54.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH56002 | Reproductive Medicine | MFKC | SCH33053 | Endocrinology | MJG | OBGYN & Reproductive Medicine | Brief | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1. History of Masculinization.- Chapter 2. Recent Understanding of Masculinization.- Chapter 3. Where Does Testosterone Come From and how does it act?.- Chapter 4. Androgen Receptor Signalling in Testes.- Chapter 5. [NAME] in Other Body Systems.- Chapter 6. [NAME] for Therapy.- Chapter 7. Future perspectives​. | This volume provides a brief résumé of the history of testosterone research, from the early pioneers through to the most recent advances in the field. We discover how steroid hormones were first identified and how testosterone was shown to be essential for male development. Moving forward we explore how and where testosterone is produced, and how the body controls testosterone production. We then investigate the impact testosterone has on different body systems both during their development and function, and how perturbation of testosterone action is associated with disease. We complete our story with an exploration of the emerging roles of testosterone in clinical therapy, and the future potential for manipulation of the testosterone signaling system for human health benefit. | <p>​Summarizes the current field by key contributors, still active in this area of research</p><p>Includes information on the role of testosterone in females</p><p>Has information on the new roles emerging for testosterone action in other body systems</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-9181-1 | OBGYN | Stadtmauer | Laurel Stadtmauer; [NAME] | Ultrasound Imaging in Reproductive Medicine | Advances in Infertility Work-up, Treatment, and ART |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 400 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 400 p. 180 illus., 111 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH56002 | Reproductive Medicine | MFKC | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | OBGYN & Reproductive Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I: Ultrasound Technique.- Ultrasound in Reproductive Medicine: Is It Safe?- Principles of 3D Ultrasound.- Two Dimensional and Three Dimensional Doppler in Reproductive Medicine.- Legal Aspects of Ultrasound Imaging in Reproductive Medicine.- Part II: Ultrasound in Infertility Workup.- The Normal Ovary.- Ovarian Reserve and Ovarian Cysts.- Ultrasound and PCOS.- The Normal Uterus.- Congenital Uterine Anomalies.- Uterine Fibroids.- Endometrial Polyps.- Intrauterine Adhesions.- Sonohysterography (SHG) in Reproductive Medicine.- Evaluation of Tubal Patency (HyCoSy, Doppler).- Hydrosalpinx.- [NAME]: A New Diagnostic Technique for the Study of the Female Reproductive Tract.- Ultrasound in Male Infertility.- Part III: Ultrasound in Infertility Treatment.- Ultrasound in Follicle Monitoring for Ovulation Induction/IUI.- 2D Ultrasound in Follicle Monitoring for ART.- 3D Ultrasound in Follicle Monitoring for ART.- Ultrasound Guided Surgical Procedures.- Ultrasound Role in Embryo Transfers.- Ultrasound and [NAME] Syndrome.- Pregnancy of Unknown Viability.- Ultrasound Evaluation of Ectopic Pregnancy.- Focused Ultrasound for Treatment of Fibroids. | Over the last 25 years, the advances in ultrasound have paralleled advances in Assisted Reproductive Technology (ART). ART could not even be practiced or considered today without imaging. Ultrasound has become the most important and widely used tool in the diagnosis and treatment of infertility. Ultrasound evaluation is one of the first steps to assess the cause of infertility; the three areas of evaluation are the ovaries, uterus, and fallopian tubes. Ultrasound allows physicians to diagnose ovarian reserve but also pathologies such as polycystic ovarian syndrome, endometriosis, or other ovarian cysts that can impact fertility. The results of this initial exam immediately affect the decisions in the management of the patient’s condition. When fertility treatments begin, ultrasound is used in almost any interaction with the patient in order to monitor follicular development and endometrial response; ultrasound guidance is also vital for embryo retrieval and transfer (ET).Ultrasound Imaging in Reproductive Medicine provides a comprehensive survey of the use of ultrasonography in the female pelvis for physicians, nurses, and ultrasonographers actively involved in reproductive medicine and infertility. With a critical evaluation of advantages and disadvantages, the book covers traditional and new technologies, including three-dimensional (3D) ultrasound for ovarian reserve, ovarian monitoring and endometrial cavity assessment, [NAME], MRI and CT evaluation of tubal patency, MRI guided ultrasound procedures for treatment of uterine fibroids, imaging techniques of the embryo and embryo transfer, and pulsed color [NAME] techniques. 3D ultrasound to assess ovarian and endometrial volume and 3D automated monitoring of follicles are also covered in detail with up to date references. | <p>Discusses new developments in ultrasonography—including 3D and [NAME] blood flow assessment—and their relevance in reproductive medicine and gynecology   </p><p>Includes original ultrasound and radiological images to complement the text, showing clinical examples and practical ways to improve successful outcomes for the patients   </p><p>An invaluable source for gynecologists, infertility specialists, ultrasonographers, and radiologists​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-14905-4 | OBGYN | Weissenbacher | [NAME] Weissenbacher | Immunology of the Female Genital Tract |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 245 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 245 p. 26 illus., 19 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH26006 | Gynecology | MJT | SCB14000 | Immunology | MJCM | OBGYN & Reproductive Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Fundamentals of immunology: Concepts of innate and specific immunity.- Mucosal immunology.- General immunology of the genital tract: Distinct features of the genital mucosal tissue.- Functions and regulation of innate immune responses in the human reproductive tract.- Functions and regulation of adaptive humoral and cell-mediated immunity in the female genital tract.- Immunization studies.- Immunology of menstruation – menstruation as an inflammatory process.- Immunology of genital tract infections: Viral infections of the genital tract.- Bacterial infections of the genital tract.- Candidiasis.- Trichomoniasis.- Immunology in reproductive medicine: Immunology of pregnancy.- Immunologic infertility.- Immunocontraceptive approaches. | This book systematically reviews and discusses recent studies and articles on the immunology of female genital tract tissue. The scope is broad, encompassing innate immune responses, adaptive (humoral and cell-mediated) immunity, the immunology of menstruation, the immunology of viral and bacterial infections, the immunology of normal and abnormal pregnancy, and immunological infertility. Throughout, tables and illustrations are judiciously used to facilitate understanding. Immunology of the Female Genital Tract will serve as an invaluable source of up-to-date information for all with an interest in this subject. | Broad and up-to-date overview of immunology of the female genital tract Discusses results from the most important recent studies Encompasses the immunology of viral and bacterial infections, the immunology of pregnancy, and immunological infertility | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8458-5 | OBGYN | [NAME] | [NAME]; Ashok Agarwal | Sperm Chromatin for the Researcher | A Practical Guide |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 438 | Soft cover | Book | XIV, 438 p. 69 illus., 40 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH56002 | Reproductive Medicine | MFKC | SCH62002 | Urology/Andrology | MJS | OBGYN & Reproductive Medicine | Professional book | Springer New York | Available | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 | 2013-08-28 00:00:00 |  | Part I: Human Sperm Chromatin: Structure and Function.- Sperm Chromatin: An Overview.- Sperm Nucleoproteins.- The Relationship Between Chromatin Structure and DNA Damage in Mammalian Spermatozoa.- Chromosome Positioning in Spermatozoa.- Sperm Mitochondrial DNA.- The Sperm Epigenome.- RNA Expression in Male Germ Cells During Spermatogenesis ([NAME] Cell Transcriptome).- Part II: Biological Determinants of Sperm Chromatin Damage.- Spermatogenesis: An Overview.- Role of Oxidative Stress in the Etiology of Sperm DNA Damage.- Abortive Apoptosis and Sperm Chromatin Damage.- Spermiogenesis in Sperm Genetic Integrity.- Part III: Laboratory Evaluation of Sperm Chromatin.- Sperm Chromatin Structure Assay (SCSA®): 30 Years of Experience with the SCSA®.- Sperm Chromatin Dispersion Test: Technical Aspects and Clinical Applications.- Basic and Clinical Aspects of Sperm [NAME] Assay.- Cytochemical Tests for Sperm Chromatin Maturity.- Acridine Orange Test for Assessment of Human Sperm DNA Integrity.- Laboratory Evaluation of Sperm Chromatin: TUNEL Assay.- Basic and Clinical Aspects of Sperm Comet Assay.- Assays Used in the Study of Sperm Nuclear Proteins.- Sperm Epigenetic Profile.- Clinical Significance of Sperm RNA.- Part IV: Protocols and Integrity Tests.- Sperm Chromatin Structure Assay (SCSA®).- Measurement of DNA Damage in Spermatozoa by TUNEL Assay. | ​This concise, truncated version of [NAME] and Agarwal's Sperm Chromatin: Biological and Clinical Applications in Male Infertility and Assisted Reproduction offers select, research-oriented chapters for a handy, more affordable, state-of-the-art resource. Sperm Chromatin for the Researcher addresses such vital issues as: - Structure and function of human sperm chromatin - Biological determinants of sperm chromatin damage - Laboratory evaluation of sperm chromatin - Protocols to measure sperm chromatin damageIdeal for novice and experienced researchers alike, [NAME] for the Researcher contains all of the need-to-know information about these cutting-edge topics in reproductive medicine. | <p>Concise guide with research applications </p><p>Portable and low-cost </p><p>Contains all the up-to-date information about the topic​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 1
 | 978-1-908517-87-6 | Oncology | Aapro | Matti Aapro; [NAME]; [NAME] | Prevention of Nausea and Vomiting in Cancer Patients |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 62 | Soft cover | Book | X, 62 p. 5 illus., 3 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH43008 | Oncology | MJCL | [NAME] | Radiotherapy | MJCL1 | Oncology | Handbook | Springer Healthcare | Planned | 2013-12-15 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Pathophysiology and classification of chemotherapy-induced nausea and vomiting.- Risk factors associated with nausea and vomiting after chemotherapy.- Risk factors associated with nausea and vomiting after radiotherapy.- Antiemetic drugs.- Antiemetic prophylaxis of chemotherapy-induced nausea and [NAME] prophylaxis of radiotherapy-induced nausea and vomiting.- Summary of the approach to treatment of chemotherapy-induced nausea and vomiting.- Conclusions and future directions. | Treatment tolerance is a challenge for most cancer patients, and it is therefore essential that healthcare professionals (HCPs) are quick to recognize adverse events and implement management strategies to address them. Prevention of Nausea and Vomiting in Cancer Patients provides comprehensive guidance on managing nausea and vomiting, which are common and often severe adverse events experienced by patients receiving chemotherapy and radiotherapy. The book refers to the latest American Society of Clinical Oncology (ASCO), European Society of Medical Oncology (ESMO), and Multinational Association for Supportive Care in Cancer (MASCC) guidelines and will be a useful resource for oncologists, oncology fellows, general physicians, and other HCPs wishing to learn more about the effective management of chemotherapy-and radiotherapy-induced nausea and vomiting in cancer patients. | <p>A thorough yet concise guide that will enable HCPs to quickly gain an understanding of the current management approaches for nausea and vomiting in cancer patients in day to day clinical practice</p><p>Comprehensive overview of the pathophysiology of chemotherapy-/radiotherapy-induced nausea and vomiting and current antiemetic therapies</p><p>Easily accessible text, figures, and illustrations</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-2-8178-0483-5 | Oncology | Barret | [NAME]; [NAME] | Technical Aspects of Focal Therapy in Localized Prostate Cancer |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 300 p. 25 illus., 20 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH43008 | Oncology | MJCL | SCH62002 | Urology/Andrology | MJS | Oncology | Professional book | Springer Paris | Planned | 2013-12-11 00:00:00 |  |  | Rational for Focal Therapy.- Concept of Index lesion.- Definition and Principles of Focal Therapy.- Eligibility for Focal Therapy: Patient Selection.- Imagingfor Focal Therapy.- Biopsies strategy.- Focal Cryotherapy.- Focal HIFU.- Focal Brachytherapy.- Focal PhotoDynamic Therapy.- Focal Laser Thermal Therapy.- Cyberknife Focal Therapy.- New Energies.- Follow-up after Focal Therapy.- Failure or Recurrence Management.- Focal Therapy Limitations.- Perspective.- Conclusion.​ | Focal therapy is a compelling option for selected patients who have unilateral low-risk prostate cancer, providing an alternative between active surveillance and radical therapies by targeting the index lesion and preserving as much tissue as possible. Early feasibility studies have investigated cryotherapy, high-intensity focused ultrasound, brachytherapy, photodynamic therapy, laser therapy, irreversible electroporation and cyberknife methods, all of which have promising oncological outcomes. These various ablative techniques have resulted in limited rectal toxicity, had minor effects on urinary function and demonstrated a high rate of preserving erectile function. As a result, the primary end-point has now shifted and a new strategy needs to be set up for patient follow-up and for defining treatment failure. | <p>The first book to focus on the state of art of overall focal therapy techniques</p><p>The first book to address this topic in depth</p><p>Presents contributions by the world’s best teams involved in this new therapy development ​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-0-85729-481-4 | Oncology | Nargund | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Urological Oncology |  |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 490 | Soft cover | Book | X, 490 p. 100 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH43008 | Oncology | MJCL | SCH62002 | Urology/Andrology | MJS | Oncology | Professional book | Springer London | Planned | 2013-12-31 00:00:00 |  |  |  | Urological Oncology, Second Edition offers an updated multi-disciplinary and multi professional approach to the assessment, diagnosis, treatment and follow-up care of patients being investigated and treated for urological malignancies.   As a professional resource for all nurses involved in the care of uro-oncology patients, particularly those in advanced practice roles, there is an emphasis on developing advanced practice with in-depth discussions to support evidence based, patient focused care.   Mainly aimed at trainee nurses, nurse practitioners in urology / urological oncology, Urological Oncology, Second Edition, is also useful for general nurse practitioners. With this in mind the level is higher than that of a general nursing book. | <p>A professional resource for all nurses involved in the care of uro-oncology patients</p><p>Offers a multi-disciplinary and multiprofessional approach to the assessment, diagnosis, treatment and follow-up care of patients being investigated and treated for urological malignancies</p><p>International appeal particularly in the UK, Europe, USA, Australia, New Zealand and Canada where advanced Nurse Practitioners are commonplace</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-01747-1 | Oncology | Picci | [NAME]; [NAME]; Nicola Fabbri; [NAME]; [NAME] | Atlas of Musculoskeletal Tumors and [NAME] | The Rizzoli Case Archive |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 350 | Hard cover | Book | X, 350 p. 250 illus., 150 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH43008 | Oncology | MJCL | SCH59001 | Surgery | MN | Oncology | Professional book | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Staging. Bone Tumors: Histiocytic Fibroma.- Multiple Histiocytic Fibromas with Extraskeletal Abnormalitie.- [NAME] Long Bones.-  Simple Bone Cyst.- [NAME] Periosteal Chondroma.-  Multiple Chondromas.- [NAME] Cyst.- [NAME] Tumor.- Chondroblastoma.- [NAME] Fibroma.- [NAME] Fibroma.- Desmoid Fibroma.-  Chondrosarcomas.- Osteosarcomas.-  Malignant Fibrous Histiocytoma.-  Fibrosarcoma.-  Ewing’s Family Tumors.- Adamantinoma.- Vascular Tumors.- Chordoma.- Primary Lymphoma of Bone.- Multiple Myeloma.- Metastatic Carcinoma   Soft Tissue Tumors: Myositis Ossificans.- Pigmented Villo-Nodular Synovitis and [NAME] of Tendon Sheath.- Synovial Chondromatosis.- Fibromatosis.- Lipomas.- Liposarcomas.- Dermatofibrosarcoma Protuberans.- Fibrosarcoma.- Leiomyosarcoma.- Rhabdomyosarcoma.- Vascular Tumors.- Solitary Fibrous Tumor.- Neurofibromas.-Schwannoma.- Malignant Schwannoma.- Myofibroblastic Sarcoma.- Undifferentiated Pleomorphic Sarcoma.- Myxofibrosarcoma.- Synovial Sarcoma.- Alveolar Soft Part Sarcoma.- [NAME] Sarcoma.- Clear Cell Sarcoma.- Extraskeletal Myxoid Chondrosarcoma.- Extraskeletal Osteosarcoma.- Extraskeletal Ewing’s Sarcoma.​ | This book reflects the experience of the Rizzoli Orthopedic Institute during more than 100 years of treatment of musculoskeletal tumor and tumorlike lesions. It presents a wide range of lesions from a multidisciplinary perspective, highlighting pertinent clinical, radiological, and histological correlations. Treatment is briefly reported for each entity. In addition, the more recent biomolecular findings of use for diagnosis, prognosis, and treatment are carefully analyzed.   The Rizzoli case archive spans more than a century, the first treated case dating back to 28 September 1900, and contains the original material – clinical charts, imaging, paraffin blocks, and histological slides – of more than 40,000 cases, including about 29,000 bone lesions and 11,000 soft tissue lesions. This book reports the most relevant entities and reflects the improvements in knowledge of musculoskeletal tumors as presented during the yearly international course held at the Rizzoli Institute.​ | Covers a wide range of lesions from a multidisciplinary perspective, highlighting clinical, radiological, and histological correlations<br>Reports treatment for each entity<br>Analyzes biomolecular findings of use for diagnosis, prognosis, and treatment<br>Based on the Rizzoli Orthopedic Institute archive of more than 40,000 cases​ | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-2-8178-0429-3 | Oncology | RAYMOND | [NAME]; Sandrine Faivre; [NAME] | Management of Neuroendocrine Tumors of the Pancreas and Digestive Tract | From Surgery to Targeted Therapies: A Multidisciplinary Approach |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 300 p. 70 illus., 20 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH43008 | Oncology | MJCL | SCH43016 | Surgical Oncology | MNK | Oncology | Professional book | Springer Paris | Planned | 2013-12-23 00:00:00 |  |  | ​ | Neuroendocrine tumors (NETs) rank among the most prevalent malignancies of the digestive tract. The indolence of digestive NETs often leads to their only being discovered at advanced stages, resulting in multiple liver metastases. Although surgical resections may successfully treat localized diseases, advanced stages require complex multimodal care. Centers of excellence in the management of NET employ a variety of approaches, from liver directed therapies and symptomatic approaches to using systemic chemotherapy and targeted agents to slow tumor progression, achieving sustainable survival while preserving quality of life. This book has been written by international experts in the field, providing an overview of treatments currently used for patients with digestive NETs. It is intended for gastroenterologists, medical oncologists, endocrinologists, surgeons, nuclear medicine specialists, radiotherapists, scientists, medical school and graduate students working in the area of endocrine tumors. | <p>The latest advances in the management of neuroendocrine tumors</p> <p>Multimodal approaches used for the treatment of neuroendocrine tumors of the gut</p> <p>Top international experts in the field</p> <p>Published under the auspices of the European neuroendocrine tumor society (ENETS)</p> <p>Due to the rarity of the disease, the book will remain up-to-date for years to come   </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-88-470-5518-6 | Oncology | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Atlas of Breast Reconstruction |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 300 p. 430 illus., 400 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 169 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH43016 | Surgical Oncology | MNK | SCH59001 | Surgery | MN | Oncology | [NAME] | Springer Milan | Planned | 2014-03-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Reconstruction technique for total mastectomy; Immediate Definitive Prosthesis, Expander, Immediate and Delayed TRAM flap, Immediate and Delayed Latissimus Dorsi flap, Other procedures.- 2 Reconstruction technique For Partial Mastectomy (also for other partial defects); Volume replacement, Volume displacement with oncoplastic technique.- 3 Contralateral breast (symmetrical) procedure; Augmentation [NAME], [NAME], Mastopexy.- 4 Reconstruction and correction technique for Nipple-Areola Complex; [NAME] flap, Nipple sharing, [NAME], NAC reposition.- 5 Lipofilling; Post implant reconstruction, Post flap reconstruction, Post conservative surgery.- 6 Reconstruction technique in rare situations; Large Thoracic Wall Defects (advance cancer), Poland’s Syndrome.- 7 Complications approach; Scar revision, Salvage procedure (after complication), Complication cases. | Breast reconstructive and oncoplastic surgery can reduce the sense of mutilation resulting from oncologic surgery and meets the need to provide breast cancer treatment that will not only eradicate the cancer but also re-establish the patient’s quality of life. However, the difficulties inherent in preoperative planning and the intraoperative complexity of breast reconstruction and oncoplastic techniques represent major challenges for the breast surgeon. This atlas, intended for surgeons at every level, is an all-inclusive guide that documents surgical techniques step by step by means of 400 color photos, additional high-quality drawings and illustrations, and succinct accompanying text. Both common, established procedures and the most recently introduced techniques are covered, ensuring that readers will have at their disposal multiple approaches for breast repair, remodeling, and reconstruction. In addition to the comprehensive descriptions of techniques, preoperative planning is explained, indications and contraindications are identified, and the management of surgical complications is discussed. Tips, pitfalls, and key points are highlighted. The Atlas of Breast Reconstruction is an unprecedented tool that will increase and refine the arsenal at the oncoplastic surgeon's disposal in order to ensure that the best treatment can be offered to each individual patient. | <p>Approximately 400 color photos offering step-by-step documentation of techniques used in reconstructive and oncoplastic breast surgery</p><p>Covers both established procedures and recently introduced techniques in breast repair, remodeling, and reconstruction</p><p>Describes indications and contraindications and discusses the management of surgical complications</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8632-9 | Oncology | Saba | [NAME]; U. Rajendra Acharya; [NAME]; [NAME] | Ovarian Neoplasm Imaging |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 420 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 420 p. 463 illus., 298 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH43008 | Oncology | MJCL | SCH26006 | Gynecology | MJT | Oncology | Contributed volume | Springer US | In production | 2013-12-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Epidemiology.- Histopathology.- Cyst of Follicular origin and Pregnancy Luteoma(CT and MR).-Endometrioma (Clinical Setting & US).- Endometrioma  (CT and [NAME] Surface.- Epithelial Stromal Tumors (Clinical Setting & US).- Benign Surface Epithelial Stromal Tumors  (CT and [NAME] (Clinical Setting & US).- BenignSex Cord - Stromal Tumors  (CT and [NAME] Germ Cell - Stromal Tumors (Clinical Setting & US).- Benign Germ Cell - Stromal Tumors  (CT and MR).- Borderline Tumor (Serous\Mucinous\Endometrioid) (Clinical Setting & US).- Borderline Tumor (Serous\Mucinous\Endometrioid) (CT and [NAME] (Serous\Mucinous\Endometrioid adenocarcinoma) (Clinical Setting & US).- Malignant Tumor (Serous\Mucinous\Endometrioid adenocarcinoma) (CT and [NAME][NAME] (Clear cell adenocarcinoma, transitional cell carcinoma, malignant [NAME]) (Clinical Setting & US).- Rare  Tumor (Clear cell adenocarcinoma, transitional cell carcinoma, malignant [NAME]) (CT and [NAME] (Clinical Setting & US).- Malignant [NAME]  (CT and MR).- Malignant Germ Cell - Stromal Tumors (Clinical Setting & US).- Malignant Germ Cell - Stromal Tumors  (CT and [NAME] tumors (Clinical Setting & US).- Metastatic tumors (Serous\Mucinous\Endometrioid) (CT and [NAME] Ovarian Tumor Characterization and classification using  ultrasound : A new on-line paradigm.- Ovarian Tumor Characterization using 3D ultrasound.- Evolutionary Algorithm based Classifier Parameter Tuning for automatic [NAME] tissue characteization and Classification.- CT/PET.- Contrast-enhanced transvaginal sonography for early detection of ovarian cancer.- Molecular imaging.- Index. | ​Diagnostic and pre-operative imaging has become increasingly adopted throughout the field of gynecology. In particular accurate preoperative analysis of ovarian pathology can improve the selection of the correct therapeutical approach, to reduce the length of operations, maximize surgical technique, and can ultimately improve a range of operative outcomes. New imaging modalities have advanced to the point of high resolution, three-dimensional analysis of tissue anatomy, composition and perfusion. Ultrasonography (US), Computed tomographic (CT) and magnetic resonance (MR) imaging have recently emerged as outstanding non-invasive techniques for the detection and characterization of ovarian pathology. In particular, US has probably now imposed itself as the “state-of-the-art” technique to explore the ovarian neoplasm, thanks the technical advancement like texture analysis (MGV) and 3D potentialities, although MR with new sequences like the diffusion-weighted imaging and greater magnetic fields (3 Tesla or more) may become leading methods in the future. The purpose of this book is to cover all the imaging techniques, potential for applying such imaging clinically, and to offer present and future applications as applied to ovarian pathology with the most world renowned scientists in these fields. The book is designed according to the pathological classification of the benign and malignant ovarian neoplasm by presenting for each pathology the clinical setting followed by the imaging approach. At the end of each chapter a “focus concept” paragraph will be presented with take-home point for the readers. | <p>Comprehensive collection of information detailing the state-of-the-art in diagnostic imaging of ovarian neoplasm</p><p>Contributions by leading experts</p><p>Covers all the imaging techniques, potential for applying such imaging clinically, and offers present and future applications as applied to ovarian pathology </p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-39919-0 | Oncology | Smith | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation in Children with Cancer |  | Pediatric Oncology |  | 1 | 2014 | 436 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 436 p. 38 illus., 20 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH43008 | Oncology | MJCL | SCH49006 | Pediatrics | MJW | Oncology | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | History of Pediatric BMT.- Stem Cell Sources and Donor Selection.- Preparative Regimens.- Graft-versus-Host Disease.- Complications Following BMT and Supportive Care.- Late Effects.- Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia.- Acute Myeloid Leukemia.- Lymphomas.- Myelodysplastic and Myeloproliferative Disorders.- Solid Tumors.- Non-Malignant Diseases.- Future Directions. | This book is a comprehensive and up-to-date compendium on all aspects of blood and marrow transplantation in children. After an introductory chapter describing the history of pediatric blood and marrow transplantation, subsequent chapters discuss pediatric-specific aspects of transplantation, including stem cell sources suitable for transplantation, preparative regimens, graft-versus-host disease, complications related to transplantation, and late effects. The role of blood and marrow transplantation in various specific pediatric diseases is then examined, and the closing chapter considers future directions. The authors are all internationally recognized experts and offer a largely evidence-based consensus on etiology, biology, and treatment. This handbook has far-reaching applicability to the clinical diagnosis and management of pediatric diseases that are treatable with blood and marrow transplantation and will prove invaluable to specialists, generalists, and trainees alike. | <p>Comprehensive and up-to-date compendium on all aspects of blood and marrow transplantation in children</p><p>Far-reaching applicability to the clinical diagnosis and management of pediatric diseases treatable with blood and marrow transplantation</p><p>Written by internationally recognized experts in the treatment of pediatric diseases and the practice of transplantation medicine</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-3890-8 | Oncology | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Pediatric Hematology-Oncology in Countries with Limited Resources | A Practical Manual |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 390 | Hard cover | Book | X, 390 p. 67 illus., 47 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH43008 | Oncology | MJCL | SCH3307X | Hematology | MJF | Oncology | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1.  [NAME] in Low-Income and Middle-Income Countries in the Twenty-first Century 2.  [NAME] and the Descriptive Epidemiology of Pediatric Cancer in Low and Middle-Income Countries 3. The role of international organizations on collaboration for global pediatric cancer control 4. The role of twinning programs and telemedicine in pediatric oncology in developing countries 5. Pediatric Cancer Units and Optimization of Resources  6. Early Warning Signs of Cancer in Children / Models for Early Diagnosis  7.  Care and Prevention of Infection  8. Nutritional Assessment and Intervention  9.  Oncologic Emergencies in developing countries  10. Essential Medicines and Pharmacy Services in Developing Countries 11. Palliative and Supportive Care  12. Psycho-social Aspects / Parent Support Groups  13. Nursing Care of Children with Cancer in Limited Resource Settings  14. [NAME] in Developing countries  15. Procedures in Pediatric Oncology: Practical Guidelines 16. Acute [NAME]  17. Acute [NAME] 18. [NAME]  19. [NAME] in Low and Middle resource countries  20. Retinoblastoma  21. Soft tissue sarcomas in developing countries  22. BONE TUMORS  23. Neuroblastoma  24. Nephroblastoma in developing countries - a practical approach  25. Paediatric neuro-oncology in countries with limited resources  26. HIV and malignancy in children  27. Hematopoietic stem cell transplant in developing countries- practical guidelines | Typically, manuals of pediatric hematology-oncology are written by specialists from high-income countries, and usually target an audience with a sub-specialist level of training, often assisted by cutting-edge diagnostic and treatment facilities. However, approximately 80% of new cases of cancer in children appear in mid- and low-income countries. Almost invariably, general practitioners or general pediatricians without special training in oncology will look after children with malignancies who enter the health care system in these countries. The diagnostic facilities are usually limited, as are the treatment options. The survival figures in these conditions are somewhere below 20%, while in high-income countries they are in the range of 80% for many childhood cancers. Pediatric Hematology-Oncology in Countries with Limited Resources is the only book of its kind to provide specific guidance applicable to limited resource settings and builds up from the foundation of general practitioner or general pediatrician competence. Written and edited by leaders in the field, this manual educates physicians on the essential components of the discipline, filtered through the experience of specialists from developing countries, with immediate applicability in the specific healthcare environment in these countries.​ | ​Only book to present essential knowledge on the diagnosis and therapy of hematology-oncology diseases in children, particularly in regions with limited resources Features the management of cancers with associated pathology like AIDS, malnutrition, malaria and tuberculosis Includes simplified therapy protocols, pain therapy and palliation, as well as ward procedures such as bone marrow aspiration/biopsies, intravenous therapy and chemotherapy drugs mixing Provides an overview of pediatric cancer epidemiology, cancer registration and organizing support networks​Written and edited by experienced and respected leaders in the field | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-5649-0 | Ophthalmology | FECHTNER | [NAME]; [NAME] | Eye Surgery | An Introduction to Operative Technique |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 450 p. 250 illus., 150 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 149.95 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH44004 | Ophthalmology | MJQ | SCH59001 | Surgery | MN | Ophthalmology | Professional book | Springer New York | Planned | 2013-12-09 00:00:00 |  |  | ​​Introduction Foreword by Dr. Georg Eisner Spacial Tactics Pressure Systems for Regulating Chamber Volume No-Outflow Systems Controlled-Outflow Systems Uncontrolled-Outflow Systems Effect of External Forces on Regulating Systems Basic Safety Strategy for Spatial Tactics Space-Tactical Instruments Watery Fluids Viscous and Viscoelastic Materials 'Membranous' Implants (Bubbles) The Field of Spatial Tactics The Pressure Chamber of the Globe The Pressure Chamber of the Vitreous Effect of Deforming Forces on the Pressure Chambers of the Eye Deformations Caused by External Forces Deformation by Hinge Folds Margin of Deformation Summary of Safety Strategy for External Forces Tissue Tactics The Application of Mechanical Energy Handles Grasping The Division of Tissues Uniting of Tissues Application of Heat Heat from an External Source Heat Generation in Tissues Application of Cold Application of Light The Utilization of Chemical Effects (Electrolysis) Preparation of the Operating Field Lowering the Pressure in the Intraocular Chambers Anesthesia Instillation Anesthesia Injection Anesthesia Akinesia of the Orbicularis Muscle Retrobulbar Anesthesia Maintaining Separation of the Lids Methods of Opening the Lids Instruments for Maintaining Lid Separation Fixation of the Globe Traction Sutures for Orienting the Globe Sutured-On Stabilizing Rings Placement of [NAME] Final Check of Preparations Operations on the Conjunctiva General Problems of Surgical Technique Episcleral Dissection ('Deep Dissection') Suturing the Conjunctiva Operations on the Cornea and Sclera General Problems of Surgical Technique Dissection Technique Planning the Approach to the Eye Interior Anatomic Factors in Opening the Globe Geometric Factors in Opening the Globe Comparison of Different Incision Profiles Methods of Opening the Anterior Chamber Keratome Section Cataract Knife Section cutting with a 'Point' Cutting Edge Scissor Section Two-Plane Stepped Incision Trephine Incisions Suturing the Cornea and Sclera Suture Technique Special Types of Suture Operations on the Ciliary Body Byclodialysis Cyclopexy Operations on the Iris Iris Displacement and Reposition Grasping and Cutting Iridectomies Synechiolysis Surgical Enlargement of the Pupil Repair of Iris Defects Suturing the Iris Reposition of a Disinserted Iris Operations on the Lens General Problems of Surgical Technique Intracapsular Lens Delivery Mobilization (Zonulolysis) Aligning the Lens for Delivery Locomotion Instruments for Lens Delivery The Phases of a Lens Delivery Completing the Intracapsular Delivery after Inadvertent Capsule Rupture Extracapsular Cataract Operation Anterior Capsulotomy Delivery of the Nucleus Phacoemulsification Delivery of the Cortex Operations on the Posterior Lens Capsule Anterior Vitrectomy ​General Problems of Surgical Technique Strategic Decision-Making Criteria in Vitreous Prolapse Anterior Vitrectomy for Vitreous Prolapse Caused by External Factors Management of Vitreous Prolapse Caused by Internal Hemorrhage Future Trends ​ ​ | ​​ ​Eye Surgery, 3rd edition combines the core principles and practices found in the first two editions with extensive updates from the last two decades, introducing a whole new generation of eye surgeons to the teachings of this classic text.  Chapters have been completely revised and new chapters added, plus extensive color illustrations have been included that are not found in the original text. [NAME], 3rd edition has a clear and practical application of ergonomic and engineering principles that allows surgeons to take advantage of the design instruments and techniques. Written and edited by leaders in the field, this edition preserves the character of the original two editions, while extensively updating the information relevant to practicing eye surgeons today.​ | ​​      Thoroughly updated from the highly acclaimed text by Dr. Georg Eisner  Includes extensive color illustrations  Provides a clear and practical application of ergonomic and engineering principles that allows surgeons to take advantage of the design instruments and techniques  New edition combines the core principles and practices found in the original classic with extensive updates from the last two decades  Written and edited by leaders in the field  Foreword written by Dr. [NAME] | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-39792-9 | Ophthalmology | Gellrich | Marcus-Matthias Gellrich | The Slit Lamp | Applications for Biomicroscopy and Videography |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 212 | Hard cover | Book with DVD | XVII, 212 p. 32 illus. in color. With DVD. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH44004 | Ophthalmology | MJQ |  |  |  | Ophthalmology | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Basics: Appliance Construction. Biomicroscopy: Types of Illumination.- Biomicroscopy without Additional Lenses.- Biomicroscopy with Additional Lenses.- Accessory Equipment for [NAME]. Videography with the Slit Lamp: Videography - the Basics.- Special Videography Applications.- Specific Videographic Settings for Specific Ocular Diseases. History of the Slit Lamp: History of Slit Lamp Construction.- Bibliography.​ | In this book the author describes in detail the history, construction, and examination potential of the slit lamp. In particular, however, he presents a new approach – videography – that allows the ophthalmologist to document all eye diseases with the slit lamp and a video camera in a practicable, rapid, and affordable manner. The necessary methods, techniques, and equipment, including converging, diverging, and contact lenses, are clearly explained in the text and four didactic videos. The 20 most important videographic settings are described, and “recipes” for their use are presented, along with diagnostic tips. The accompanying collection of clinical images represents the world’s first ever general atlas of ophthalmology from the perspective of the slit lamp. It is the author’s hope that this introduction to ophthalmological videography, with its many images never previously produced with a slit lamp, will stimulate others to exploit the approach’s potential.  ​ | <p>Presents the new approach of videography, which allows documentation of all eye diseases with the slit lamp</p><p>Fully describes the techniques, methods, and equipment</p><p>Documents the 20 most important videographic settings</p><p>Includes an impressive collection of clinical images​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-40033-9 | Ophthalmology | Girach | Aniz Girach; [NAME] | Diseases of the Vitreo-Macular Interface |  | Essentials in Ophthalmology |  | 1 | 2014 | 130 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 130 p. 40 illus., 18 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH44004 | Ophthalmology | MJQ |  |  |  | Ophthalmology | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction: Unmet Medical Need.- Epidemiology of Vitreo-Macular Interface Diseases.- Anatomy and Physiology of the Vitreo-Macular Interface.- Pathophysiology of the Ageing Vitreous.- Pathophysiology of Vitreo-Macular Traction.- Imaging of the Vitreo-Macular Interface.- Clinical Manifestations of Vitreo-Macular Interface Disease.- Vitreo-Macular Traction and Age-Related Macular Degeneration.- Treatment Paradigm for Vitreo-Macular Interface Diseases.- Pharmacologic Vitreolysis - Experimental Evidence.- Pharmacologic Vitreolysis - Clinical Trial Data.- Pharmacologic Vitreolysis - New Perspectives, Future Directions. | This clinically oriented book is the first to be devoted wholly to the diagnosis and treatment of vitreo-macular interface disease, characterized by a combination of vitreo-macular adhesion (VMA) and vitreo-macular traction (VMT) that is implicated in a variety of disorders. World-renowned experts in the field discuss epidemiologic, anatomic, and physiologic aspects, document the findings obtained with newer imaging techniques, such as spectral domain optical coherence tomography, describe the treatment options, and report on the results of preclinical and clinical trials, including some previously unpublished findings. This book will prove invaluable for ophthalmologists as we advance toward a future in which treatments of diseases such as age-related macular degeneration and diabetic retinopathy will likely require adjunctive therapy to tackle VMA/VMT concurrently. | <p>First book to be devoted wholly to the diagnosis and treatment of vitreo-macular interface disease, an emerging and important hot topic</p><p>Offers detailed disease description based on newer imaging techniques and reports on the latest treatment options</p><p>Includes newly released data from clinical trials</p><p>Written by world-renowned experts in the field</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-40299-9 | Ophthalmology | Midena | Edoardo Midena | Microperimetry and Multimodal Retinal Imaging |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 214 | Hard cover | Book | X, 214 p. 117 illus., 99 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH44004 | Ophthalmology | MJQ |  |  |  | Ophthalmology | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Microperimetry and Multimodal Retinal Imaging: the Fundamentals: Functional Evaluation of the Retina: an Introduction.- Retinal Fixation and Microperimetry.- Microperimetry: technical remarks.- OCT/SLO  Microperimetry and Correlates.- [NAME] retinal imaging: an Introduction. Clinical Applications of Microperimetry and Multimodal Retina Imaging: Early and Intermediate Age-Related Macular Degeneration.- Geographic atrophy.- Neovascular age-related macular degeneration.- Retinal Pigment Epithelium and Choroid  Graft.- Macular Telangiectasia Type 2.- Diabetes and Retinal Vascular Disorders.- Myopia.- Retinal Dystrophies.- Disorders of the vitreoretinal interface.- Inflammatory chorio-retinal diseases.- Toxic retinopathies.- Glaucoma. The contribution to visual rehabilitation: Low vision: diagnosis and rehabilitation. ​ | Microperimetry allows precise functional examination of the retina and optic nerve and is especially valuable for evaluation of the macular area. This fully up-to-date textbook on microperimetry, written by leading experts in the field, will also serve as an atlas and diagnostic reference. It is designed for use by both ophthalmologists and optometrists in daily clinical practice and clinical research, and the contents thus range from basic technical information to the most advanced clinical applications. Past and current microperimetry techniques are reviewed, and the role of microperimetry in  the context of multimodal imaging scenario is explained. The full range of clinical applications is then discussed, including age-related macular degeneration, diabetes, myopia, retinal dystrophies, disorders of the vitreoretinal interface, inflammatory chorioretinal diseases, toxic retinopathies, glaucoma, and low vision. | <p>Comprehensive coverage ranging from basic technical information to the most advanced clinical applications of microperimetry amd multimodal retinal imaging.</p><p> Designed for use by both clinicians and technicians</p><p> Will serve as an atlas and a diagnostic reference</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8387-8 | Ophthalmology | Myint | [NAME] | Nonsurgical Peri-orbital Rejuvenation |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 102 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 102 p. 68 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH44004 | Ophthalmology | MJQ | SCH59060 | Oral and [NAME] | MMDS | Ophthalmology | Contributed volume | Springer US | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Practical anatomy of the face and eyelids.- 2. Neruomodulators.- 3. Periorbital Chemical Peels.- 4. Periorbital Lasers.- 5. Radiofrequency/Ultrasound.- 6. Filler Augmentation.- 7. Periorbital Fat Grafting. | This book offers surgeons the most up-to-date information related to non-surgical techniques specific to periorbital rejuvenation. This easy-to-use reference guide is for ophthalmologists, oculoplastic surgeons, dermatologists, plastic surgeons, maxillofacial and plastic surgery residents, as well as ENT facial plastic fellows. [NAME] with videos of specific techniques to better inform surgeons about these evolving procedures, Nonsurgical Peri-orbital Rejuvenation teaches the reader how to measure predictable outcomes when deciding to approach the periorbital area. Topics covered include neurotoxins, peels, lasers, fillers, and skinceuticals. | <p>​Offers surgeons the most up-to-date information on non-surgical techniques specific to peri-orbital rejuvenation that can be performed in the office</p><p>Includes summary points for each chapter for easy reference</p><p>Includes videos of specific techniques to better educate surgeons on these evolving procedures </p><p>Assists surgeons on how to measure predictable outcomes when deciding to approach the periorbital area</p><p>Covers the hottest topics in the field, including neurotoxins, peels, lasers, fillers, and skinceuticals​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-40491-7 | Ophthalmology | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Clinical Ophthalmic Oncology | Orbital Tumors |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 20 | Hard cover | Book | CCXV, 20 p. 116 illus., 89 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH44004 | Ophthalmology | MJQ | SCH43008 | Oncology | MJCL | Ophthalmology | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Examination Techniques.- Classification of Orbital Tumors.- Differential Diagnosis in Child.- Differential Diagnosis in Adults.- Imaging Techniques.- Non-Specific Orbital Inflammation.- Orbital Vascular Tumors.- Benign Orbital Tumors.- Optic Nerve Tumors.- Lacrimal Gland Tumors.- Lacrimal Sac Tumors.- Orbital and Adnexal Lymphoma.- Malignant Orbital Tumors.- Orbital Rhabdomyosarcoma.- Enucleation for Ocular Tumors.- Orbital Exenteration.- Principles of Orbital Surgery.- Orbital Implants.- Ocular Prosthesis.​ | Written by internationally renowned experts, Clinical Ophthalmic Oncology provides practical guidance and advice on the diagnosis and management of the complete range of ocular cancers. The book supplies all of the state-of-the-art knowledge required in order to identify these cancers early and to treat them as effectively as possible. Using the information provided, readers will be able to provide effective patient care using the latest knowledge on all aspects of ophthalmic oncology, to verify diagnostic conclusions based on comparison with numerous full-color clinical photographs, and to locate required information quickly owing to the clinically focused and user-friendly format. This volume describes the classification, differential diagnosis, and imaging of orbital tumors and discusses the most suitable treatment options for different tumor types.​ | <p>Practical guidance on the diagnosis and management of the complete range of ocular cancers</p><p>Numerous full-color photographs and illustrations that will facilitate diagnosis</p><p>Detailed coverage of all management options Written by internationally renowned experts​  </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8347-2 | Ophthalmology | Samples | [NAME]; Iqbal [NAME] | Surgical Innovations in Glaucoma |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 320 | Hard cover | Book w. online files/update | XIX, 320 p. 227 illus., 189 illus. in color. With online files/update. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH44004 | Ophthalmology | MJQ | SCH59001 | Surgery | MN | Ophthalmology | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I. Considerations in Device Development.- 1. [NAME] Canal And Collector Channels As Therapeutic Targets.- 2. Intraoperative Assessment of the Conventional Collector Outflow System As Therapeutic Target.- 3. [NAME] As A Therapeutic Target.- 4. [NAME] as a Therapeutic Target.- 5. Clinical Trials for IOP lowering Devices to Support a FDA Premarket Submission.- 6. Considerations in Patenting New Surgical Devices for Glaucoma: The Changing Patent Law Landscape.- Part II. Laser Technologies.- 7. New Laser Technologies.- 8. [NAME] (ELT) – an effective MIGS procedure for Open Angle Glaucoma.- 9. Laser Therapies: Cyclodestructive Procedures.- 10. [NAME]. Ultrasound Technologies.- 11. Ultrasonic Circular Cyclo-Coagulation.- 12. TUG (Therapeutic Ultrasound for Glaucoma).- Part IV. Internal Outflow Enhancement.- 13. The iStent® MIGS Family: iStent®, iStent [NAME], and iStent Supra®.- 14. Canaloplasty.- 15. The Hydrus Micro-Stent.- 16. Minimally Invasive Glaucoma Surgery: Trabeculectomy ab interno.- Part V. External Outflow Enhancement.- 17. XEN Glaucoma Implant. The solution designed by [NAME].- 18. [NAME] With the Ex-Press Glaucoma Shunt.- 19. [NAME] in Traditional Outflow Implants.- 20. [NAME] Valve Model M4.- Part VI. [NAME] Devices.- 21. The CyPass Suprachoroidal Micro-Stent.- 22. STARfloTM: a suprachoroidal drainage implant made from STAR® Biomaterial.- 23. SOLX Suprachoroidal Shunt.- Part VII. Cataract Surgery.- 24. Cataract surgery: The ‘new’ glaucoma procedure?.- 25. Lens Extraction For Angle Closure Glaucoma.- Part VIII. Future Developments.- 26. Adopting New Surgical Methods: How I do it & How I Choose: Going with the Flow.- 27. Biomarkers to predict glaucoma surgical success. | There is a revolution in new glaucoma surgical techniques. New glaucoma surgical devices are taking precedence in glaucoma surgery, with the new surgeries drastically cutting down on the chances for patient infection as well as higher success rates compared to the older types of surgery.Surgical Innovations in Glaucoma is the only book of its kind written by the top experts in the field, from inventors, clinical trial investigators, and top specialists experienced with the new devices. Written for general ophthalmologists who perform glaucoma surgery, the text walks the reader through the what, where, when, and how of the new glaucoma surgical tools, and includes supplementary online how-to videos for those interested in seeing the latest glaucoma procedures performed with these devices. | <p>Only book of its kind that walks the reader through the what, where, when, and how of the new glaucoma surgical tools </p><p>Written by expert inventors, clinical investigators, and senior practitioners in the field </p><p>Includes how-to videos on performing the latest glaucoma procedures​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-39488-1 | Ophthalmology | Singh | [NAME]; [NAME] | Clinical Ophthalmic Oncology | Retinal Tumors |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 148 | Hard cover | Book | IX, 148 p. 63 illus., 52 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH44004 | Ophthalmology | MJQ | SCH43008 | Oncology | MJCL | Ophthalmology | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Retinal Tumors: Classification.- Coats Disease.- Retinal Vascular Tumors.- Astrocytic Tumors.- Tumors of the Retinal Pigment Epithelium.- Tumors of the Ciliary Pigment Epithelium.- Lymphoma of the Retina and CNS.- Retinal Metastatic Tumors.- Neuro-Oculo-Cutaneous Syndromes.- Ocular Paraneoplastic Disease.​ | Written by internationally renowned experts, Clinical Ophthalmic Oncology provides practical guidance and advice on the diagnosis and management of the complete range of ocular cancers. The book supplies all of the state-of-the-art knowledge required in order to identify these cancers early and to treat them as effectively as possible. Using the information provided, readers will be able to provide effective patient care using the latest knowledge on all aspects of ophthalmic oncology, to verify diagnostic conclusions based on comparison with numerous full-color clinical photographs, and to locate required information quickly owing to the clinically focused and user-friendly format. In this volume guidance is provided on diagnosis and therapy for retinal tumors including vitreoretinal lymphoma and paraneoplastic disorders. | <p>Practical guidance on the diagnosis and management of the complete range of ocular cancers</p><p>Numerous full-color photographs and illustrations that will facilitate diagnosis</p><p>Detailed coverage of all management options</p><p>Written by internationally renowned experts​​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-40488-7 | Ophthalmology | Singh | [NAME]; [NAME] | Clinical Ophthalmic Oncology | Basic Principles and Diagnostic Techniques |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 235 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 235 p. 126 illus., 112 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH44004 | Ophthalmology | MJQ | SCH43008 | Oncology | MJCL | Ophthalmology | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Cancer Epidemiology.- Etiology of Cancer.- Cancer Pathology.- Cancer Angiogenesis.- Cancer Immunology.- Cancer Genetics.- Cancer Staging Systems.- Principles of Cryotherapy.- Principles of Laser Therapy.- Principles of Radiation Therapy.- Ocular Complications of Radiotherapy.- Principles and Complications of Chemotherapy.- Principles and Complications of Targeted Therapy.- Counseling Patients with Cancer.- Tumor Associated Cataract .- Tumor Associated Glaucoma.- Graft vs Host Disease.- Diagnostic Techniques: Angiography.- OCT and Autofluorescence.- Diagnostic Techniques: Autofluorescence.- Diagnostic Techniques: USG.​ | Written by internationally renowned experts, Clinical Ophthalmic Oncology provides practical guidance and advice on the diagnosis and management of the complete range of ocular cancers. The book supplies all of the state-of-the-art knowledge required in order to identify these cancers early and to treat them as effectively as possible. Using the information provided, readers will be able to provide effective patient care using the latest knowledge on all aspects of ophthalmic oncology, to verify diagnostic conclusions based on comparison with numerous full-color clinical photographs, and to locate required information quickly owing to the clinically focused and user-friendly format. This volume provides essential information on cancer epidemiology, etiology, pathology, angiogenesis, immunology, genetics, and staging systems and explains the principles underlying different therapeutic [NAME] | <p>Practical guidance on the diagnosis and management of the complete range of ocular cancers</p><p>Numerous full-color photographs and illustrations that will facilitate diagnosis Detailed coverage of all management options</p><p>Written by internationally renowned experts​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8337-3 | Ophthalmology | Spaide | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Pathological Myopia |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 333 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 333 p. 224 illus., 160 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH44004 | Ophthalmology | MJQ |  |  |  | Ophthalmology | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Myopia: A Historical Perspective.- 2. Genes involved in the development of myopia.- 3. Epidemiology of Myopia.- 4. Animal Models of Experimental Myopia: Limitations and Synergies With Studies on Human Myopia.- 5. The Sclera and its Role in Regulation of the Refractive State.- 6. Public Health Impact of Pathologic Myopia.- 7. Update on the Pathology of Pathologic Myopia.- 8. The Sclera and Induced Abnormalities in Myopia.- 9. The Choroid.- 10. The Optic Nerve in High Myopia.- 11. Vitreous Changes.- 12. Staphyloma, Part 1.- 13. Staphyloma, Part 2.- 14. Myopic Chorioretinal Atrophy.- 15. Choroidal Neovascularization.- 16.  [NAME] Retinoschisis.- 17. Peripheral Retinal Abnormalities.- 18. [NAME] Detachment.- 19. Glaucoma in Myopia.- 20. [NAME] Neuropathy.- 21. Special Considerations for Cataract Surgery in the Face of Pathologic Myopia.- 22. Ocular Motility Abnormalities.- 23. Myopia: Ocular and Systemic Disease.- 24. Prevention of Myopia.- 25. Sclera-targeted Therapies for Pathologic Myopia. | Pathological Myopia is a major cause of severe vision loss worldwide. The mechanisms for vision loss include cataract, glaucoma, retinal detachment, and above all, degeneration of the macula within the posterior staphyloma. Pathological Myopia is one of the only current books to specifically address this disease and discusses recent developments in imaging technologies and various approaches to treatments, such as laser photocoagulation, photodynamic therapy, pharmaco-therapeutic injections in the vitreous, and surgery.Complete with high-quality color images, this book is written and edited by leaders in the field and is geared towards ophthalmologists, including residents and fellows in training, glaucoma and cataract specialists, and vitreoretinal macula experts. | <p>The only book of its kind to specifically address pathological myopia</p><p>Edited by two of the leaders in the field</p><p>Discusses recent developments in imaging technologies and various approaches in treatment</p><p>Aimed at ophthalmologists, including residents and fellows, glaucoma and cataract specialists, and vitreoretinal macula experts​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-5450-1 | Orthopedics | Banaszkiewicz | [NAME]; [NAME] | Classic Papers in Orthopaedics |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 450 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 450 p. 20 illus., 1 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH45000 | Orthopedics | MNS | SCH45027 | Surgical Orthopedics | MNS | Orthopedics, Surgical Orthopedics & Sports Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  |  | Orthopedic experts in their field have carefully chosen what they consider to be the key papers in their respective domains. Every paper is carefully described and evaluated by its strengths, weaknesses and its contribution to the field. Papers have been chosen by number of citations, academic importance, articles that have changed our whole way of thinking or that have simply stood the test of time. | <p>Reviews and evaluates the strengths and weaknesses of pivotal orthopedic papers</p><p>Each reviewer is a well known and highly respected expert within their field</p><p>No similar orthopedic book available </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-5384-9 | Orthopedics | Emans | [NAME]; [NAME] | Developing Insights in Cartilage Repair |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 327 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 327 p. 74 illus., 65 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH45000 | Orthopedics | MNS | SCH58005 | Sports Medicine | MMS | Orthopedics, Surgical Orthopedics & Sports Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | General Introduction.- [NAME] in articular cartilage repair.- Targeting inflammatory processes for optimization of cartilage homeostasis and repair techniques.- Osteoarthritis: molecular mechanisms and treatments.- Bioreactor Tissue Engineering for Cartilage Repair.- Biomaterials for osteochondral reconstruction.- Advanced magnetic resonance imaging of cartilage repair.- Osteochondral Allograft Transplantation: The Rationale and Basic Science.- Osteochondral Allograft Transplantation: Surgical Technique and Results.- The Genesis of Autologous Chondrocyte Transplantation/Implantation:  From a Hypothesis via an Animal Model to a Clinical Reality.- Characterized Chondrocyte Implantation challenges current paradigms for the treatment of symptomatic joint surface lesions.- Autologous Chondrocyte Implantation after Previous Treatment With Marrow Stimulation Techniques.- Arthroscopic approaches for cartilage repair in the knee joint.- [NAME] repair of the knee in athletes.- Meniscus Substitution:  [NAME], allografts and prosthetic implants.- Cartilage Repair, Replacement, and Regenerative Strategies for Osteochondral Lesions of the Talus.- How to treat cartilage injuries in the ankle joint by BMDC’s transplantation.- Pure cartilage-based repair modalities of focal cartilage lesions. | This comprehensive book discusses cartilage repair and all its aspects. These aspects vary from basic insights in cartilage biology and regeneration via MRI, to results of existing cartilage repair techniques and upcoming novel approaches. Fundamental cartilage biology is the topic covered within the first chapters of the book. These chapters not only provide an insight in healthy, damaged and regenerative cartilage but also describe developments in gene therapy and methods to enhance chondrogenesis of stemcells and prevent hypertophic differentiation. There is a huge progress in the possibilities of MR imaging of both healthy, damaged and regenerative cartilage. These developments not only enable better monitoring of cartilage repair but may also unravel the pathophysiology of the development of cartilage defects.  Different cartilage repair techniques (e.g. allografts, autologous chondrocytes transplantation [ACT], microfracture), there technical aspects (e.g. developments towards an total arthroscopic approach), pitfalls, and outcomes are reported in the following chapters. In these chapters factors important for the results of cartilage repair such as meniscal repair, patient factors are described. Finally, an overview of novel cartilage repair techniques such as minced cartilage, denovo cartilage and more areas are discussed in this comprehensive addition to the literature. | <p>Provides an insight of cartilage and its repair to physicians and scientists with an active interest in cartilage repair and new transplantation techniques</p><p>Describes different strategies to repair cartilage defects as well as fundamental research concerning cartilage biology and imaging</p><p>Up-to-date research enables fast clinical implementation of novel findings to optimize cartilage repair</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-0426-2 | Orthopedics | Farr | [NAME]; Andreas H Gomoll | Cartilage Restoration | Practical Clinical Applications |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 253 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 253 p. 347 illus., 298 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH45027 | Surgical Orthopedics | MNS | SCH58005 | Sports Medicine | MMS | Orthopedics, Surgical Orthopedics & Sports Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | Available | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 | 2013-08-15 00:00:00 |  | Learning from the Evolution of Cartilage Restoration.- The Osteochondral Unit.- Imaging of Articular Cartilage.- General Treatment Algorithm for Cartilage Defects.- Tibiofemoral Malalignment.- Tibiofemoral Patholaxity.- Patellofemoral Considerations: Pain, Instability, [NAME] and Alignment.- Meniscal Considerations in Cartilage Surgery.- Approaching Complex Cases.- Debridement and Marrow Stimulation.- Osteochondral Autograft Transfer.- Osteochondral Allograft.- Autologous Chondrocyte Implantation (ACI).- Arthroscopic MACI.- Particulated/Minced Cartilage.- Osteotomy for Tibiofemoral Malalignment.- Patellofemoral Osteotomies.- Meniscal Transplantation Techniques.- Alternatives to Meniscus Transplantation Outside the United States. | Attempting to bridge the gap between the science and art of cartilage restoration, Cartilage Restoration: Practical Clinical Applications combines an overview of clinical research and methodologies with clinical cases to help guide the orthopedic treatment and care of patients presenting with cartilage issues. With chapters written by internationally-renowned orthopedic surgeons, topics include an overview of current surgical options, debridement and marrow stimulation, autograft plug transfer, allografts, cell therapy, and meniscal issues. Cartilage Restoration is a valuable resource for orthopedic surgeons, residents, and fellows. | <p>Includes case-based examples of common concerns in cartilage restoration </p><p>Provides rich images for review by practicing surgeons and residents </p><p>Highlights common comorbidities in surgeries</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-5411-2 | Orthopedics | [NAME] | [NAME] | The Young Adult Hip in Sport |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 326 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 326 p. 186 illus., 70 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH45000 | Orthopedics | MNS | SCH58005 | Sports Medicine | MMS | Orthopedics, Surgical Orthopedics & Sports Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Section 1.-The basics of the assessment of the young adult hip.-The anatomy of hip disease.-Imaging in hip disease - This would be broken down into sections of.Plain radiographs.The use of ultrasound.The use of CT.The use of MRI.The use of Nuclear medicine.The use of PET scanning.-Clinic diagnosis in hip disease.-Biomechanics of the hip.-Section 2.-The conditions that Underpin Hip Pain in the Young Adult.-Congenital/Developmental conditions of the hip.-Slipped Upper Femoral Epiphysis and its variants.-The pathology and management of impingement.-The pathology and management of osteonecrosis of the hip.-Traumatic conditions of the hip.-Sports specific injuries of the hip joint.-Extra articular causes of hip/groin pain.-The sportsman groin and adductor  related problems around the hip.-Nerve entrapment around the hip.-Section 3.-Management techniques.-Medical Management of Hip Disease including Viscosupplementation.-Hip Injections and [NAME]: the central compartment.-Hip Arthroscopy: the peripheral compartment.-Hip Arthroscopy the use of navigation.-The management of chondral defects in the hip.-Labral repair and reattachment.-Open dislocation in the management of hip disease.-Hip resurfacing for young adult hip disease.-Osteotomy of the femur for young adult hip disease.-Pelvic Osteotomy for young adult hip disease.-Innovations in total hip replacement for young hip adult disease.-Mini THR for young adult hip disease.-Rehabilitation from Hip and Groin Surgery.-Outcomes assessment in young hip disease. | This book focuses on the problems seen in the adult hip in sport including pre arthritic inflammatory, non inflammatory, and degenerative causes of hip pain. It particularly focuses on our rapidly evolving understanding and treatment of joint preserving surgery. In this book experts in the field discuss the anatomy, diagnosis, investigation and pathophysiology of young adult hip disease with a particular focus on the sporting population. Sports Medicine is now a specialty in its own right. [NAME], hip and groin pain in elite sport is an unresolved issue . This is an area that has expanded dramatically in the last 5 years and hip arthroscopy as a procedure has arrived in a big way with numbers increasing exponentially and the inception of the ISHA (International Society for Hip Arthroscopy). | <p><p>Provides international expertise from the authorship and clear diagnostic and interventional guidance</p><p>Comprehensive and clinically relevant to professionals involved in the field</p><p>Focuses on  the young adult hip and in particular the whole spectrum of hip and groin disease in sports together</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-88-470-5491-2 | Orthopedics | Hartofilakidis | [NAME]; [NAME]; Kalliopi [NAME] | Congenital Hip Disease in Adults |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 140 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 140 p. 182 illus., 1 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH45000 | Orthopedics | MNS | SCH45027 | Surgical Orthopedics | MNS | Orthopedics, Surgical Orthopedics & Sports Medicine | Monograph | Springer Milan | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 The Hip: Basic Anatomy.- 2 Osteoarthritis of the Hip.- 3 Congenital Hip Disease: General Aspects, Terminology and Classification.- 4 Epidemiology, Demographics and Natural History.- 5 Treatment Options except Total Hip Replacement (THR): Conservative management and Osteotomies.- 6 Total Hip Replacement (THR): Indications and Preoperative Assessment.- 7 Technical Considerations.- 8 Complications and Results.- 9 Presentation of Difficult Cases.- 10 Timing for Revision.- 11 Quality of Life after Total Hip Replacement.- 12 Conclusive Messages. | Congenital hip disease (CHD) is the main cause of secondary osteoarthritis (OA) of the hip in young adults, which accounts for almost 40% of all cases of hip OA. Total hip replacement (THR) performed using optimal techniques can achieve a radical improvement in the quality of life of adult patients. This book offers in-depth coverage of all aspects of CHD in adults and its treatment. Relevant information is first provided on the basic anatomy of the hip and OA of the hip and on the classification, epidemiology, and natural history of CHD. The now limited role of femoral and pelvic osteotomies is carefully evaluated, and the use of THR is then considered in detail. Indications and preoperative planning are discussed, and the available operative techniques, analyzed. Clear guidance is provided on overcoming major technical difficulties, and the benefits of particular approaches and techniques are highlighted. More than 180 images and numerous case studies complement this reader-friendly text. The book will be an invaluable tool for orthopedic surgeons, rheumatologists and radiologists. ​ | <p>Handy volume on a specific topic seldom addressed in the literature</p><p>Detailed analysis of available hip arthroplasty techniques</p><p>More than 180 images and numerous case studies</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-5408-2 | Orthopedics | Karachalios | [NAME] | Bone-Implant Interface in Orthopedic Surgery | Basic Science to Clinical Applications |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 370 | Hard cover | Book | XIX, 370 p. 116 illus., 50 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH45027 | Surgical Orthopedics | MNS | SCB1700X | Molecular Medicine | MBGR | Orthopedics, Surgical Orthopedics & Sports Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Current evidence in designs and fixation surfaces in total hip arthroplasty (a brief overview).- Early and late mechanical stability of the cementless bone implant interface in total joint arthroplasty.- Cement- bone interface in total joint arthroplasty.- The implant cement interface in total hip arthroplasty.- Cobalt-Chrome porous coated implant-bone interface in total joint arthroplasty.- Titanium porous coated implant-bone Interface in Total Joint Arthroplasty.- Grit blasted implant bone interface in total joint arthroplasty Eduardo García-Rey, [NAME] coated implant - bone interface in total joint arthroplasty.- Trabecular metal - bone interface in total joint arthroplasty.- Assessment of bone implant interface failure in total joint arthroplasty.- The biology of aseptic [NAME]-bone interface in total joint revision arthroplasty.- Cementless fully porous coated implant-bone interface in revision total hip arthroplasty.- Cementless tapered fluted implant bone interface in revision total joint [NAME] and implant-graft interface in total hip arthroplasty.- The effect of pharmacological agents on the bone implant interface.- Bone-implant interface in biofilm associated bone and joint infections.- Modular interfaces.- Local and distant reaction to metallic wear debris.- Bone-implant interface in spine surgery.- Bone-tendon and bone- ligament interface.- Bone implant interface in patients with neoplasmatic disease. | Total joint arthroplasty is an effective surgical procedure for end-stage osteoarthritis of major joints with satisfactory long term clinical outcome. A large and growing number of arthroplasties are performed annually worldwide and a great number of orthopaedic surgeons are practicing arthroplasty surgery as their main surgical activity. The biological behavior of the bone-implant interface is crucial for the long term survival of the artificial joint. All factors which have a positive or negative effect on the interface are of great interest for those practicing arthroplasty surgery. Basic scientists and the industry are continuously searching for new implant fixation mechanisms and improved materials. There is an accumulation of a great amount of basic science data (both biological, material and mechanical) related to the incorporation or loosening of the bone-implant interface. However, basic science data does not always translate to satisfactory clinical application, and orthopaedic practitioners often wonder which piece of information is clinically useful. A further problem is that basic scientists often speak their own scientific language and may not fully appreciate common clinical practice needs. In this textbook the biological and mechanical mechanisms of implant incorporation and loosening will be presented. All new data concerning materials and methods for incorporation enhancement will be critically analyzed. Data useful for clinical application will be stressed. Orthopaedic Surgeons will find information which will improve their clinical practice and basic scientists will be helped to understand and appreciate clinical needs. | <p>Provides Orthopedic Surgeons with an in depth review of the topic</p><p>Describe clinically useful information ito improve clinical practice</p><p>Benefits basic scientists who are looking for in depth understanding of clinicians needs</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8485-1 | Orthopedics | Kelly, IV | [NAME], IV | Meniscal Injuries | Management and Surgical Techniques |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 129 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 129 p. 81 illus., 64 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH45027 | Surgical Orthopedics | MNS | SCH58005 | Sports Medicine | MMS | Orthopedics, Surgical Orthopedics & Sports Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Meniscal Anatomy.- Physical Examination for Meniscus Tears.- Imaging of Meniscus Pathology.- Menisectomy: The Basics.- Meniscus Allograft Transplantation.- [NAME]: Options Post-Menisectomy.- Meniscal Repair Techniques.- Meniscal Posterior Root Tear.- Indications for Meniscus Repair.- Basic Science of Meniscus Repair: Limitations and Emerging Strategies.- Biological Augmentation of Meniscus Repair and Restoration.- Rehabilitation Following Meniscus Repair. | Thoroughly discussing the varied elements of meniscal damage and repair, Meniscal Injuries: Management and Surgical Techniques includes the insights and expertise of over 20 leading surgeons and researchers on topics ranging from meniscal anatomy, physical examination, innovative resection and repair techniques, gene therapy, and tissue regeneration. This treatise offers wisdom aimed at assessing true surgical candidates, exploring the intricacies of meniscal composition and function, an overview of meniscal scaffolds and replacements, and patient examination pearls. Also discussed in depth is cutting edge research concerning meniscal repair enhancement, nanofiber technology as a means of meniscal replacement, and biologic agents directed toward chondral protection. All the science presented will direct the sports medicine practitioner to state-of-the-art treatment aimed at knee preservation. Meniscal repair and regeneration is a rapidly evolving science - early attempts at meniscal restoration or repair resulted in short-term gains which often sacrificed long-term joint integrity. Now, the practitioner is afforded numerous means of retaining or restoring meniscal tissue. Breakthroughs in scaffold and allograft replacement, as featured herein, offer the promise of articular cartilage preservation like never before. In addition, tissue regeneration and gene therapy techniques, featured throughout, offer a glimpse into emerging technologies aimed at preserving or replacing meniscal tissue in previously considered “hopeless” cases. As such, Meniscal Injuries will be an indispensible resource to orthopedic surgeons and sports medicine practitioners interested in providing the absolute most contemporary and evidence-based care to their patients. | <p>Features groundbreaking research from trusted physicians </p><p>Details common comorbidities and complications from meniscal damage </p><p>Outlines restorative procedures for cartilage repair</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-907673-55-9 | Orthopedics | Laroche | [NAME]; [NAME] | [NAME] and Radicular Pain in Primary Care Practice |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 141 | Soft cover | Book | XVIII, 141 p. 40 illus., 30 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH45000 | Orthopedics | MNS | SCH47003 | Pain Medicine | MMBP | Orthopedics, Surgical Orthopedics & Sports Medicine | Handbook | Springer Healthcare | Planned | 2013-12-15 00:00:00 |  |  | What is sciatica and radicular pain?.- What are the causes of sciatica and radicular pain?.- How are sciatica and spinal radicular pain classified?.- How are the radiculopathies diagnosed?.- What guidelines are available for sciatica and radicular pain?.- Physical and psychological treatments.- What are the options for the surgical treatment of radiculopathy?.- Pharmacological treatment options available for radicular pain. | Low back pain is described as a very common condition that tends to affect about 70% of the population at some point in time with varying degrees of symptom severity. Although definitions vary, sciatic pain is generally defined as back-related pain radiating to the leg (normally below the knee and into the foot and toes) and is one of the commonest variations of low back pain. Patients with sciatica typically experience a more persistent and severe type of pain, a less favorable outcome, consume more healthcare resources and have more prolonged disability and absence from work than those with low back pain alone. [NAME] and Radiculopathies in Primary Care Practice provides a comprehensive, up-to-date overview of the subject and key information for primary care practitioners about low back pain in patients, including definitions and causes, current management approaches, diagnostic and treatment algorithms, as well as clinical practice guidelines. | <p>Comprehensive overview of the pathophysiology of radicular pain, written by experts with international name recognition</p><p>Provides clear definitions of radicular pain, radiculopathy and sciatica with supporting literature</p><p>Easily accessible text covers clinical developments and guidelines, and places them into everyday clinical practice</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8883-5 | Orthopedics | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | The Active Female | Health Issues Throughout the Lifespan |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 550 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 550 p. 27 illus., 6 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH45000 | Orthopedics | MNS | SCH26014 | Obstetrics/Perinatology | MJT | Orthopedics, Surgical Orthopedics & Sports Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  |  | The purpose of the The Active Female: Health Issues Throughout the Lifespan, 2nd Edition is twofold: (1) to increase the awareness of wellness and fitness issues for active females and their family members; and (2) to provide an avenue for medical practitioners, allied health professionals, health educators, and certified individuals in sports medicine to gain critical, updated knowledge of a field specific to active females.  Part I of the book offers a foundation to help the reader understand the interrelationship among body image concerns, the female reproductive cycle, and musculoskeletal anatomy/physiology of females that makes their health risks and concerns unique.  Reproductive health is discussed by a prominent researcher in reproduction/endocrinology. An overview of the Female Athlete Triad which is a syndrome of three interrelated conditions (isordered eating, menstrual disturbances and bone loss) is presented in Part II. Physicians and certified professionals in sports medicine discuss the individual components of the triad, relating not only to the athletic female but also to the recreationally active woman throughout the lifespan.  In Part III, Prevention and management of common musculoskeletal injuries is addressed by a female orthopedic surgeon who sub-specializes in treating female athletes. Finally, appropriate exercise and nutritional guidelines for active females are discussed in Parts IV-V of the book by certified professionals and licensed physicians in sports medicine.  An invaluable addition to the literature, The Active Female: Health Issues Throughout the Lifespan, 2nd Edition will be of great interest to physicians, allied health care practitioners, medical/other wellness educators, and students who are interested in advancing women's health issues.  Sports medicine specialists, family practitioners, gynecologists, team physicians, residents in sports medicine, athletic trainers, health educators, nurses, physicians assistants, physical therapists, sport psychologists, counselors, athletic trainers, and other members of the sports medicine team should also find this title of significant interest. | <p>Written by a team of experts on women's health issues</p><p>This second edition expands and updates the content to increase the awareness of health and fitness issues specific to the active female</p><p>Includes four new chapters</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-4752-8 | Orthopedics | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] d’Hemecourt | Spinal Injuries and Conditions in Young Athletes |  | Contemporary Pediatric and Adolescent Sports Medicine |  | 1 | 2014 | 364 | Hard cover | Book | I, 364 p. 184 illus., 39 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH58005 | Sports Medicine | MMS | SCH49006 | Pediatrics | MJW | Orthopedics, Surgical Orthopedics & Sports Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-12-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Anatomy and Development of the Young Spine.- The Young Athlete's Spinal Mechanics.- Acute Thoracic and Lumbar Injuries.- Acute Cervical Spine Injuries.- Concussion in Youth Sports.- Adolescent Overuse Spine Injuries.- Throwing Sports and Injuries Involving the Young Athlete's Spine.- Spinal Injuries in Collision/Heavy Contact Sports.- Spine Injuries in the Aesthetic Athlete.- Swimming and the Spine.- Spinal Injuries in Combat Sports.- Principles of Rehabilitation in the Young Athlete.- Congenital Spine Malformations and Sports Implications.- The Young Athlete with Down Syndrome.- Spinal Deformity: Presentation, Treatment, and Return to Sport.- Intrinsic Spinal Cord Abnormalities in Sport.- Metabolic Spinal Disorders in the Young Athlete.- Infectious and Inflammatory Diseases Affecting the Young Athlete's Spine.- Spine Tumors in the Young Athlete.- Return to Play after Spinal Surgery.- Adaptive Sport.- The Spine in Skeletal Dysplasia. | Spinal Injuries and Conditions in Young Athletes provides a comprehensive, in-depth review of the mechanisms and management of back injuries and problems occurring in this ever-growing and active population. Led by Dr. [NAME] and his co-editors, an award-winning group of orthopedists discusses and explores common adolescent spine injuries and procedures, in addition to breakthroughs in gene therapy, tissue engineering, and complex operations. As spine surgery is among the most complex and challenging procedures performed in orthopedics, special considerations and procedures are required in pediatric populations. Since many corrective surgeries run the risk of arthritis later in life, particular efforts must be made in young populations to prevent future injury in a child's adolescence and young adulthood while maximizing return-to-play potential. Chapters cover acute spinal injuries, concussions, overuse injuries, spinal malformations, tumors, infections and inflammatory diseases across the range of athletics, including swimming and combat sports. Spinal Injuries and Conditions in Young Athletes​ provides an immeasurable guide for back surgery in pediatric populations and will be a go-to resource for practitioners and residents in pediatric orthopedics and sports medicine. | Edited by internationally recognized orthopedic experts   Includes insights of highly-talented and acclaimed orthopedists   Features rich color and black-and-white figures to further understanding of adolescent knee conditions | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-5426-6 | Orthopedics | Milano | [NAME] | [NAME] | Principals and Practice |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 560 | Hard cover | Book w. online files/update | XVI, 560 p. 423 illus., 331 illus. in color. With online files/update. | 0 | final | 239 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH45027 | Surgical Orthopedics | MNS | SCH58005 | Sports Medicine | MMS | Orthopedics, Surgical Orthopedics & Sports Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Anatomy of the Shoulder.- Biomechanics of the Shoulder.- Shoulder Examination.- Imaging of the Shoulder.- Biology of Injury and Repair of Soft Tissues of the Shoulder.- Principles of Shoulder Rehabilitation.- Instrumentation in Shoulder Arthroscopy.- Operating Room Set-up and Patient Positioning.- Anaesthesia in Shoulder Arthroscopy.- Portal Placement and Related Anatomy.- Diagnostic Shoulder Arthroscopy.- Anchors and Sutures.- Arthroscopic Suture Management.- Arthroscopic Knot Tying.- Acute Traumatic Anterior Shoulder Instability.- Recurrent Anterior Shoulder Instability.- Posterior Shoulder Instability.- Multidirectional Instability of the Shoulder.- The Overhead Athlete.- SLAP Lesions.- Subacromial Impingement.- Partial-Thickness Rotator [NAME] Rotator Cuff Tears.- Large to Massive Rotator [NAME] of the Rotator Interval: Coracohumeral Ligament and [NAME] Tendon.- Subscapularis Tears.- Treatment Options for Irreparable Rotator Cuff Tears.- Calcific Tendonitis.- The Stiff Shoulder.- Degenerative Acromioclavicular Joint Disease.- Arthritis and [NAME] of the Shoulder.- [NAME] Surgery.- HAGL and Reverse HAGL Lesions.- Arthroscopic Treatment of Bony Bankart Lesions.- Management of Hill-Sachs Lesions.- Glenoid Bone Loss: Arthroscopic Bone Grafting.- Arthroscopic Latarjet Procedure.- Failed Rotator Cuff Surgery.- Arthroscopic Suprascapular Nerve Release.- Biologic Augmentation in Rotator [NAME] Repair.- The Role of Platelet [NAME] in Rotator [NAME] Repair.- Arthroscopically-Assisted Latissimus Dorsi Transfer.- Glenohumeral Osteoarthritis.- Arthroscopic Management of Fractures of the Greater Tuberosity.- Acromioclavicular Joint Instability.- Scapulothoracic Disorders.- Complications in Shoulder Arthroscopy.- Outcome Research in Shoulder Arthroscopy: An Overview.- Experimental Models in Shoulder Research.- Outcome Measurements Tools for Functional Assessment of the Shoulder.- Self- Assessment of Treatment Outcomes in Shoulder Arthroscopy. | [NAME] – Principles and Practice is a comprehensive and fully up-to-date work covering all major shoulder problems and related arthroscopic treatments. Two sections on basic science and principles of shoulder arthroscopy will provide essential information to build primary knowledge on shoulder arthroscopy issues. Shoulder problems and related treatments will be described according to a learning pathway, which will allow the readers to improve their knowledge and skills in shoulder arthroscopy from simple, standardized techniques to more complex and advanced procedures. All chapters will be written by expert arthroscopic surgeons who will provide decision-making algorithms for diagnosis and treatment of shoulder disorders, step-by step-instructions on arthroscopic techniques, and technical “tips & pearls” on how they would perform the procedure. Dedicated section on outcome measurements will help readers in learning principles of outcome research on the topics of the book. | <p>Clear and concise assessment of diagnostic and therapeutic indications using decision-making algorithms and case presentations</p><p>Step-by-step description of surgical procedures with figures and videos</p><p>A section of pitfalls, tips and pearls from the authors</p><p>Special focus on basic science and instruments for outcome research on related issues</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-540-78637-5 | Otorhinolaryngology | Dornhoffer | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; Sören Wenzel | A Practical Guide to the Eustachian Tube |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 80 | Hard cover | Book | X, 80 p. 35 illus., 29 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH46007 | Otorhinolaryngology | MJP | SCH46015 | Head and Neck Surgery | MN | Otorhinolaryngology | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  | Worldwide | Clinical anatomy of the Eustachian tube: Lumen and cartilage in the adult. Functional anatomy of the paratubal muscles: Tensor [NAME] palatini muscle.- Levator [NAME] palatini muscle.- Medial pterygoid muscle. Physiology of the Eustachian tube: Eustachian tube function. Epidemiology of the diseased Eustachian tube. Role of Eustachian tube function tests. A new aspect of the Eustachian tube mechanics: The three hypomochlia of the tensor [NAME] muscle. The impact of middle ear protection. Pathophysiology of the Eustachian tube: Patulous Eustachian tube: Four diagnostic steps to a clinical syndrome. Factors involved in the development of a patulous Eustachian tube. A new concept for the treatment of the patulous Eustachian tube: Step I (Physiotherapy) Dynamic stabilization of the masticatory and cervical muscles.- Step II (Surgery) Paratubal augmentation with septal cartilage. A new systematic view on middle ear surgery: Impact of Eustachian tube function on the prognosis. Impact of surgery on the prognosis. A practical guide to a successful middle ear surgery. Postoperative treatment. | This book, written by international experts, is a detailed guide to the Eustachian tube, with emphasis on those aspects of most relevance to the practitioner. The opening chapters document the clinical anatomy and provide essential information on physiology, with explanation of the new model of tubal mechanics. Diagnosis and therapy for the patulous Eustachian tube are then discussed, placing special emphasis on a novel conservative treatment regimen that has proven to be a breakthrough for patients with this clinical syndrome. A further extensive chapter examines overall function of the Eustachian tube, primarily from the middle ear surgeon’s viewpoint. Tuboplasty procedures, including laser tuboplasty, and tympanoplasty are described, and the implications of different middle ear pathologies for surgical treatment are explained. The previously unpublished treatment methods that are described in this book will be invaluable in ensuring the best possible clinical outcomes. | <p>Presents new, previously unpublished treatment regimens that have proven to be a breakthrough for patients</p><p>Offers well-structured guidance in a reader-friendly format, highlighting take-home pearls</p><p>Written by respected international experts</p><p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8353-3 | Otorhinolaryngology | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | ENT Board Prep | High Yield Review for the Otolaryngology In-service and Board Exams |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 330 | Soft cover | Book | XXVI, 330 p. 83 illus., 73 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 69.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH46007 | Otorhinolaryngology | MJP |  |  |  | Otorhinolaryngology | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I. Pediatrics.- 1. Embryology.- 2. General Pediatric Otolaryngology.- 3. Congenital Syndromes.- 4. Pediatric Airway.- 5. Cochlear Implants and Pediatric Otology.- Part II. Rhinology/Allergy.- 6. Rhinology.- 7. Allergy and Immunology.- 8. Systemic, Infections, and Inflammatory Diseases.- Part III.  General.- 9. Sleep Disordered Breathing and Obstructive Sleep Apnea.- 10. Fluids, Hemostasis, Nutrition, and [NAME] Physiology.- 11. Therapeutics: Pharmacology, Chemotherapy, and Radiation Oncology.- 12. Head and Neck Pathology.- Part IV. Otology.- 13. [NAME] and [NAME] Disorders.- 14. The Vestibular System.- 15. Ear Disorders.- 16. The Facial Nerve ad Lateral Skull Base Disorders.- Part [NAME] and Neck.- 17. Thyroid and Parathyroid Surgery.- 18. [NAME]. Head and [NAME] and Sarcoma.- 20. Laryngeal Squamous Cell Carcinoma.- 21. Oral Cavity and Oropharyngeal Squamous Cell Carcinoma.- 22. Nasal Cavity and Paranasal Sinus Carcinoma.- 23. Vascular Tumors.- 24. Cutaneous and Temporal Bone Malignancies.- 25. [NAME] and Tumors.- Part VI. Laryngology.- 26. [NAME] Infections.- 27. Laryngology.- 28. [NAME] of the Larynx.- 29. Dysphagia.- 30. Lasers.- Part VII. Facial Plastics and Reconstruction.- 31. Facial Plastics.- 32. Head and Neck Reconstruction: Local, Pedicled, and Free Flaps; Facial Nerve Reanimation.- 33. Head and Neck Trauma.- Appendix 1. FDA Draft Guidance Document: Guidance for Industry Standards for Clinical Trial Imaging Endpoints.- Appendix 2. Imaging Core Lab Lexicon.- Appendix 3. Quantitative Imaging Biomarkers Alliance (QIBA). | ENT Board Prep is a high-yield review that is an ideal study guide for the ENT in-service and board exams. While other review guides are low yield or more of a textbook, this is quick, concise, and easy-to-use, providing everything you need to know in a easy to digest format. ENT Board Prep offers review on sections such as cancer, ear, sinus, plastics, sleep, and laryngology, as well as case studies useful for studying for the oral board exams. Written and edited by leaders in the field, this book aims to serve future residents and fellows in those crucial weeks leading up to the ENT board exam. | <p>​ ​The ‘go-to’ review book for the otolaryngology in-service and board exams </p><p>A high-yield and concise review organized by ENT sections for easy use </p><p>Some of the sections discussed include cancer, ear, sinus, plastics, sleep, and laryngology </p><p>Includes case studies useful for the oral board exams​ </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-81-322-1529-5 | Otorhinolaryngology | [NAME] | [NAME] | Invasive Fungal Rhinosinusitis |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 93 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 93 p. 75 illus., 56 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH46007 | Otorhinolaryngology | MJP | SCH33096 | Infectious Diseases | MJCJ | Otorhinolaryngology | Professional book | Springer India | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | .-Introduction.-Classification of fungal sinusitis .-Epidemiology, Pathogenesis & risk factors .-Clinical features and diagnosis  .- Histopathology of invasive fungal rhinosinusitis .-Microbiology in of invasive fungal rhinosinusitis.-Radiology in invasive fungal sinusitis .-Management of invasive of fungal sinusitis .-Conclusion .-Case studies & differential diagnosis | Incidence of invasive fungal sinusitis has been increasing over the years. The understanding of its pathophysiology has improved with newer serological tests and diagnostic methods helping in earlier diagnosis and reducing patient morbidity. It was believed earlier that invasive fungal sinusitis is seen only in immune compromised patients but clinical reports suggest otherwise. More anti-fungal drugs are being added to improve incidence of patient survival. This book aims to compile all practical information about invasive fungal sinusitis into a single volume. Therefore, busy clinicians would not have to perform exhaustive literature studies to diagnose invasive fungal sinusitis. The book aims to provide an overview of diseases which could be mistaken for invasive fungal sinusitis and discuss how the management is different. Book sections consist of clinical, microbiological, serological, pathological, radiological and pharmacological features of the disease and its management. Each section is important in today’s context as it dynamically alters the management of the patient. Early clinical suspicion and rapid microbiological, pathological and radiological diagnosis with aggressive treatment with surgical debridement and medical therapy leads to favorable outcomes. | <p>One of its kind comprehensive title on invasive ​fungal sinusitis</p><p><br>Covers all aspects of the pathology and its management </p><p> <br>Practical Handbook on Invasive fungal sinusitis</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-01874-4 | Pain Medicine | Vadivelu | [NAME]; Amarender Vadivelu; [NAME] | Orofacial Pain | A Clinician's Guide |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 170 | Soft cover | Book | XV, 170 p. 14 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH47003 | Pain Medicine | MMBP | SCD00009 | Dentistry | MMD | Pain Medicine | Professional book | Springer International Publishing | Planned | 2014-03-01 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. The Neurobiology of Orofacial Pain.- 2. Oral Health Related Quality of Life and Facial Pain.- 3. Classification and Epidemiology of Orofacial Pain.- 4. Nociceptive Chemical Mediators In Oral Inflammation.- 5. Dental Sleep Medicine and the Use of Oral Devices.- 6. [NAME] in the Orofacial Region.- 7. Analgesics and adjuvants for the management of orofacial pain across age groups.- 8. Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy in Pain Management.- 9. Management of Oral Ulcers and [NAME] Syndrome.- 10. Hypnosis and Biofeedback for Orofacial Pain Management.- 11. [NAME], [NAME] and Cluster Headache.- 12. Management of Orofacial Neuropathic Pain.- 13. Preemptive Analgesia and Multimodal Pain Management for Temporomandibular Total Joint Replacement Surgery. | Because diagnosing orofacial pain can be a challenge, the book describes the appropriate history-taking methods, detailed examinations, and relevant tests that will help clinicians to work through the differential diagnosis.   Effective medical, surgical, and behavioral approaches are presented, and the importance of a multimodal approach is consistently emphasized throughout the book.  The target audience includes pain physicians, anesthesiologists, dentists, neurologists, nurse practitioners, and physician’s assistants.  ​ | <p>​Up-to-date guide to clinical diagnosis and management of orofacial pain</p><p>Edited and written by cross-section of experts, including pain physicians, oral medicine specialists, and anesthesiologists</p><p>All common or important acute and chronic conditions</p><p>Guidance on classification</p><p>Detailed instructions on proper history-taking and appropriate physical examinations and diagnostic tests</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-9113-2 | Pathology | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Atlas of Liver Pathology |  | Atlas of Anatomic Pathology |  | 1 | 2014 | 286 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 286 p. 707 illus., 704 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH4800X | Pathology | MMF | SCH33088 | Hepatology | MJJ | Pathology | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Normal, Variants, and Methods.- General Processes.- Developmental Abnormality.- Metabolic Liver Disease.- Fatty Liver Disease.- Viral Liver Disease.- Nonviral Infectious Liver Disease.- Drug-Induced Liver Injury.- Autoimmune Hepatitis.- Biliary Disease.- Vascular Disorders.- Premalignant Lesion.- Neoplasm-like Liver Lesion.- Epithelial Liver Neoplasm.- Nonepithelial Liver Neoplasm.- Obstetric Liver Disease.- Transplantation Pathology. | The liver is a complex organ due to its unique microscopic structure, intricate metabolic functions and susceptibility to a wide variety of insults, manifesting in countless histological  patterns.  Atlas of Liver Pathology considers both changes seen in medical liver biopsies as well as lesional biopsies when the specimen has been taken from a mass. The book starts by reviewing normal structure and its variants and the optimal approaches for the preparation of histological sections for diagnostic liver pathology. The following chapters are dedicated to developmental, metabolic, infectious, drug related, autoimmune, biliary, vascular and neoplastic disorders. Two sections on liver pathology in pregnancy and transplantation conclude the work. Macroscopic illustrations are included where appropriate. All photographs are complemented by legends describing the picture and providing relevant related information.Authored by nationally and internationally recognized pathologists, Atlas of Liver Pathology is a valuable resource that serves as a quick reference guide for the diagnosis of usual and unusual diseases. | <p>Authored by nationally and internationally recognized pathologists</p><p>Features visual diagnostic criteria with detailed figure legends</p><p>A quick reference guide for the diagnosis of usual and unusual diseases</p><p>Supplemented with radiographic and special study images</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-38817-0 | Pathology | Dettmeyer | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Forensic Medicine | Fundamentals and Perspectives |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 561 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 561 p. 372 illus., 334 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 239 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH4800X | Pathology | MMF | SCH23007 | Forensic Medicine | MMQ | Pathology | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Forensic Thanatology.- Post mortem examination.- Forensic autopsy.- Forensic traumatology.- Vital reactions.- Blunt trauma.- Sharp force.- Gunshot wounds.- Violence against the neck.- Suffocation.- Thermic injuries – [NAME], Scalds, Hypothermia.- Electricity, Lightning, Gases.- Immersion deaths.- Clinical Forensic Medicine.- Special natural, unnatural and unclear deaths.- Child abuse.- Sexual child abuse.- Fatal child abuse.- Traffic Medicine.- Forensic Alcohology.- Forensic Toxicology.- Forensic DNA-Analyses.- Forensic Osteology.- Identification of human remains.- Forensic Radiology.- Medical malpractice.- International Regulations. | This book presents the latest developments in the field of forensic pathology/forensic medicine, including important advances in forensic histopathology, forensic radiology, medical malpractice, understanding of child abuse, and forensic toxicology. Various forms of trauma are addressed in individual chapters, and among the other topics covered are traffic medicine, forensic alcohol toxicology, forensic DNA analysis, forensic osteology, and international regulations. The book includes a wealth of color illustrations and numerous tables presenting key facts. The authors are leading experts in general pathology, forensic radiology, and forensic toxicology. Forensic Pathology/Forensic Medicine: Fundamentals and Perspectives will be of interest not only to specialist pathologists and those working in forensic medicine, but also to coroners, forensic physicians, students, lawyers, attorneys, and policemen. | <p>Contains a wealth of figures in color, including from the field of forensic histopathology, as well as numerous tables presenting key facts<br>Considers various forms of trauma<br>Discusses fatal and non-fatal child abuse in detail<br>Covers the new field of forensic radiology<br>Addresses medical malpractice</p><p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8126-3 | Pathology | Highsmith, Jr. | [NAME], Jr. | Molecular Diagnostics | 12 Tests That Changed Everything | Molecular and Translational Medicine |  | 1 | 2014 | 257 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 257 p. 47 illus., 41 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH4800X | Pathology | MMF | SCH43008 | Oncology | MJCL | Pathology | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Clinical FISH Testing for the Diagnosis of Solid Tumors.- Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor Testing in Lung Adenocarcinoma.- The Human Epidermal Growth Factor [NAME] (HER2).- Tamoxifen and Irinotecan Pharmacogenomics.- Hepatitis C Virus Testing.- Laboratory Testing for HIV Infection: Advances after 27 years.- Detection of Herpes Simplex Virus in Cerebrospinal Fluid using Real-time PCR.- Toward a Safer Blood Supply: The Impact of Molecular Testing.- Chromosomal Microarrays.- BRCA1 and BRCA2 Testing in Inherited Breast Cancer.- Cystic Fibrosis: [NAME], [NAME], and Diagnostic Testing.- [NAME] by Tandem Mass Spectrometry and Molecular Confirmation.- Next Generation Clinical Diagnostics: The Sequence of Events. | Molecular Diagnostics: 12 Tests That Changed Everything focuses on specific laboratory tests and emphasizes how the availability of these tests has altered how clinicians treat their patients.  Presented as a standard outline, each chapter focuses on a specific molecular test  and provides background on the test and its clinical applications. Continuing with some discussion on how the test is done, interpreted, and used clinically, each chapter then concludes with a discussion of how that test has changed the way medicine is practiced with respect to the disease or condition in question.Authored by renowned experts in the field, Molecular Diagnostics: 12 Tests That Changed Everything is a valuable resource for pathologists, pathology residents, laboratory directors, development personnel, lab medicine fellows and those working in the broad area of oncology, infectious disease and genetics. | <p>Each chapter focuses on a specific molecular test and provides a comprehensive background on the test and its clinical applications</p><p>Authored by renowned experts in the field</p><p>Accompanied by numerous illustrations and color photographs</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8428-8 | Pathology | Lacruz | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Central Nervous System Intraoperative Cytopathology |  | Essentials in Cytopathology | 13 | 1 | 2014 | 276 | Soft cover | Book | XIV, 276 p. 129 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 79.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH4800X | Pathology | MMF | SCB15007 | Laboratory Medicine | MBGL | Pathology | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction to CNS Intraoperative Cytopathology.- Clinical, [NAME], and Technical Considerations.- Algorithmic Approach to CNS Intraoperative Cytopathology.- [NAME] and Gliosis.- Astrocytic Tumors.- Oligodendroglial Tumors.- Ependymal Tumors.- Choroid Plexus Tumors.- Neuronal and Glioneural Tumors.- Embryonal Tumors.- Meningeal Tumors.- CNS Germ Cell Tumors.- Tumors of the Hematopoietic System.- Tumors of the Cranial and Spinal Nerves.- Tumors of the Pineal Region.- Tumors of the [NAME] Region.- Metastatic Tumors.- Benign Cystic Lesions.- Non-Neoplastic Disorders.- Extradural Mass Lesions Compressing the Spinal Cord. | ​The Essentials in Cytopathology book series fulfills the need for an easy-to-use and authoritative synopsis of site specific topics in cytopathology. These guide books fit into the lab coat pocket and are ideal for portability and quick reference. Each volume is heavily illustrated with a full color art program, while the text follows a user-friendly outline format.   Central Nervous System Intraoperative Cytopathology covers the full spectrum of benign and malignant conditions of the CNS with emphasis on common disorders. The volume is heavily illustrated and contains useful algorithms that guide the reader through the differential diagnosis of common and uncommon entities encountered in the field of intraoperative neuro-cytopathology. Central Nervous System Intraoperative Cytopathology is a valuable quick reference for pathologists, cytopathologists, and fellows and trainees dealing with this exigent field.​ | <p>​Published in the Essentials in Cytopathology book series</p><p>Concise and easy to use</p><p>Fits in lab coat pocket</p><p>All illustrations are in full color</p><p>Illustration oriented accompanied by text in outline format​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-2475-7 | Pathology | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | [NAME]'s Ophthalmic Histopathology |  |  |  | 3 | 2014 | 460 | Hard cover | Book | XXVII, 460 p. 576 illus., 537 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 239 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH4800X | Pathology | MMF | SCH44004 | Ophthalmology | MJQ | Pathology | Monograph | Springer London | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Examination of the Globe: Technical Aspects.- The Traumatised Eye.- “Absolute Glaucoma”.- Retinal Vascular Disease.- Intraocular Tumours.- Ocular Inflammation.- Treatment of Retinal Detachment.- The Malformed Eye.- “Autopsy Eye”: the Eye in Systemic Disease.- Biopsy of the Eyelid, the Lacrimal Sac, and the Temporal Artery.- The Conjunctival Biopsy.- The Orbit: Biopsy, Excision Biopsy, and Exenteration Specimens.- The Corneal Disc.- Lens. | Completely revised and updated, this well-illustrated and practically-oriented text has retained its general layout and style and division into specimen-type based chapters. The visual image remains key to explaining the pathological processes and this is facilitated by full colour photography throughout the text. The book emphasizes pertinent recent advances which augment the morphological study of disease. There is updated information on clinically important aspects, immunohistochemistry, tumour cytogenetics and molecular biology.  Illustrations include macro specimens, microscopic specimens and illustrations of additional techniques - immunohistochemistry, molecular analyses and electron microscopy - to help both the pathologist and ophthalmologist understand the process that a specimen must go through prior to producing a report and how these various techniques help to refine the diagnosis. The third edition of Lee’s Ophthalmic Histopathology is an invaluable reference source for ophthalmic pathologists, general pathologists and ophthalmologists. | <p>Specimen-based chapter layout</p><p>Extensive colour illustrations</p><p>Recent advances explained </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8611-4 | Pathology | Zhai | Qihui "Jim" Zhai | [NAME]: Endocrine Organs |  | [NAME] | 12 | 1 | 2014 | 235 | Soft cover | Book | XIV, 235 p. 191 illus., 190 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH4800X | Pathology | MMF | SCH33053 | Endocrinology | MJG | Pathology | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Thyroid Gland.- Parathyroid Gland.- Endocrine Tumors of the Pancreas.- Adrenal Gland.- Pituitary Gland.- Paraganglioma.- Neuroendocrine Tumors within the Non-Endocrine Organs. | The Frozen Section Library series provides concise, user-friendly, site specific handbooks that are well illustrated and highlight the pitfalls, artifacts and differential diagnosis issues that arise in the hurried frozen section scenario. Written by expert surgical pathologists, [NAME]: Endocrine Organs presents common and practical problems including follicular adenoma versus follicular carcinoma, papillary thyroid carcinoma versus reactive change and freezing artifact, follicular variant of papillary thyroid carcinoma, and medullary thyroid carcinoma. Anaplastic carcinoma, thyroid lymphoma, resection margin of a pancreatic endocrine tumor,  pheochromocytoma within an adrenal gland and extra- adrenal gland, parathyroid tissue versus a thyroid tissue and versus a lymph node are also explored in detail. All chapters are illustrated with color pictures and accompanied legends.As a handbook for practicing pathologists, this volume is an indispensable aid to diagnosis and for avoiding dangers in one of the most challenging situations that pathologists encounter.  Rapid consideration of differential diagnoses and how to avoid traps caused by frozen section artifacts are readily accessible. Tables and charts provide guidance for differential diagnosis of various histological patterns. [NAME]: Endocrine Organs is a highly valuable guide for practicing surgical pathologists, both community and academic, and to pathology residents and fellows.  [NAME]Jim' Zhai, MD, FCAP, is Professor of Laboratory Medicine and Pathology, Mayo Clinic Florida, Jacksonville, FL. | <p>Convenient, user friendly handbook</p><p>Well illustrated</p><p>Tables and charts provide guidance for differential diagnosis</p><p>Written by expert surgical pathologists</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8680-0 | Pediatrics | [NAME] | [NAME] | Pediatric Development and Neonatology | A Practically Painless Review |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 148 | Soft cover | Book | XVII, 148 p. 15 illus. | 0 | final | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH49006 | Pediatrics | MJW | SCH26014 | Obstetrics/Perinatology | MJT | Pediatrics | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Developmental Topics.- Neonatal Physiology: Things That Make Them Special.- Brief Overview of Reproductive Embryology.- Cryptoorchism and Contraindications to Breast Feeding in Developed Nations.- Neonatal Topics. | Often, information in review books can raise as many questions as it answers. This interferes with the study process, because the learner must either look up additional information or skip ahead without truly comprehending what he or she has read. As an alternative, Pediatric Development and Neonatology: A Practically Painless Review presents bite-sized chunks of information that can be read and processed rapidly, helping learners to stay active while studying to understand and process new information the first time they read it. This book's question and answer format allows for self-testing or study with a partner or a group. The format also facilitates dipping into the book during a few minutes of downtime at the hospital or office. Pediatric Development and Neonatology: A Practically Painless Review is a quick and easy way to master these tricky topics and is suitable for those studying for the pediatric board exam, practicing physicians brushing up on their skills, medical students and pediatric residents doing rotations, and any busy clinician who wants to learn more about these topics while on the go.​ | <p>Hundreds of review questions and answers</p><p>Helpful for board exam review or casual self-testing on unfamiliar topics</p><p>Easy-to-digest, bite-size bits of information​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8754-8 | Pediatrics | Rahbar | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Pediatric Head and Neck Tumors | A-Z Guide to Presentation and Multimodality Management |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 777 | Hard cover | Book | I, 777 p. 257 illus., 160 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH49006 | Pediatrics | MJW | SCH43008 | Oncology | MJCL | Pediatrics | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I. Evaluation and Management.- Part II. Disease Specific. | The pediatric head and neck cancer patient necessitates a multidisciplinary team of specialists to provide an optimal continuum of care. This A-Z guide provides practical, in-depth information for all medical professionals involved in the evaluation and treatment of these patients. Written in an easy to follow format, each entry contains illustrative figures to aid in pathological and radiographical diagnosis, as well as structured discussion of evaluation and multimodality management.The alphabetical layout eliminates redundancy and allows the busy physician to quickly locate relevant information. [NAME] Neck Tumors is ideal for young physicians as well as attending physicians seeking to expand their knowledgebase to the various subspecialties involved in the multidisciplinary care of their patients. | <p>Easy to read and follow, the A-Z format covers the spectrum of malignant and benign tumors of the head and neck</p><p><p>Each entry provides a practical, in depth discussion of the presentation, evaluation, and multimodality management of each disease entity with concise points for diagnosis and treatment</p><p><p>Illustrative figures aid in pathological and radiographical diagnosis</p><p><p>Written by a multidisciplinary team of leading pediatric specialists</p><p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-908517-85-2 | Pediatrics | Zabransky | [NAME] | Caring for Children Born Small for Gestational Age |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Soft cover | Book | Approx. 300 p. 44 illus., 37 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH49006 | Pediatrics | MJW | SCH26014 | Obstetrics/Perinatology | MJT | Pediatrics | Handbook | Springer Healthcare | Planned | 2013-09-27 00:00:00 |  |  | Fetal Development.- Intrauterine aspects.- Maternal nutrition.- Prenatal care, surveillance, and risk assessment.- Birthweight percentiles: an international comparison.- Fetal growth restriction: definitions, causes, and epidemiology.- Obstetric aspects.- Placental function in intrauterine growth restriction.- Placental function: predicting impairment.- The role of genetic and epigenetics in growth restriction.- Fetal programming.- Premature infants.- Term newborns.- Endocrine regulation of fetal growth.- Growth hormone treatment.- [NAME] function.- Pancreatic development.- Metabolic syndrome.- Cardiovascular risks and diseases.- Ophthalmological findings and visual function disorders.- Auditory function disorders.- Neurological, neurocognitive and behavioural aspects.- Prevention and long term care.- Considerations for future research. | Care for Children Born Small for Gestational Age is a comprehensive handbook that serves to synthesize the extensive recent literature in the area to provide a practical resource aimed at a wide range of healthcare professionals, including obstetricians, midwives, neonatologists, and primary care physicians. This comprehensive handbook includes an in-depth survey of the prevention, diagnosis, treatment and long-term monitoring of children born small for gestational age, as well as related conditions such as intrauterine growth restriction, metabolic syndrome and type 2 diabetes. Additionally, the short and long-term psychiatric and social consequences of this condition are addressed. | <p>Includes practical guidelines for prevention, diagnosis and treatment applicable across several medical specialities </p><p>A focused educational resource that includes full color figures and images to enhance comprehension and retention </p><p>Serves as a practical handbook for medical professionals interested in providing best-practice treatment and management of children born small for gestational age</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-40106-0 | Psychiatry & Psychotherapy | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Non-Suicidal Self-Injury in Eating Disorders | Advancements in Etiology and Treatment |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 372 | Hard cover | Book | X, 372 p. 9 illus. | 0 | final | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH53003 | Psychiatry | MMH | SCY00007 | Psychology, general | JM | Psychiatry & Psychotherapy | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Part I: [NAME] and General Aspects.- Non-Suicidal Self-Injury and [NAME]: Dimensions of Self-Harm.- Epidemiology and Sociocultural Aspects of Non -Suicidal Self-Injury and Eating Disorders.- Developmental Influences in NSSI and Eating Disorders.- Etiological Models.- Psychological Meanings and Functions.- The Patients’ Perspective. Part II: Assessment & Treatment: Functional Assessment and Treatment Planning.- Cognitive Behavior Therapy.- Dialectical Behavior Therapy.- Family Therapy.- Mentalization Based Therapy.- Interpersonal Psychotherapy.- Pharmacotherapy.- Part III: Specific Topics: Co-Occurring Health/ Risk-taking Behaviors.- Experiences of the Body.- Peer influences.- Internet/Social Media influence.- Prevention & Postvention.- Primary Care & Inpatient.- Males – A unique approach. | Non-suicidal self-injury and eating disorders represent significant problems among today’s youth and pose unique challenges for clinicians, particularly when they co-occur. This book is a rare resource in that it provides cutting-edge information on the interactions between self-injury and disordered eating, empirically informed treatments for the co-occurrence of these behaviors, and specific topics relevant to understanding nuances in the risk factors, treatment, and prevention of both self-injury and eating disorders. Practitioners, graduate students, and researchers working within this specialized area will find this text to be instrumental in advancing their knowledge and improving the treatment of self-injury in those with eating disorders. | <p>Cutting-edge information on the interactions between self-injury and disordered eating</p><p><p>Detailed coverage of empirically informed treatments for the co-occurrence of these behaviors</p><p><p>Informative coverage of a range of relevant topics key to understanding nuances in risk factors, treatment, and prevention</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-39551-2 | Psychiatry & Psychotherapy | Delgado | [NAME]; [NAME] | Difficult Psychiatric Consultations | An Integrated Approach |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 150 | Soft cover | Book | X, 150 p. 13 illus., 3 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH53003 | Psychiatry | MMH | SCY00007 | Psychology, general | JM | Psychiatry & Psychotherapy | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Integrating theoretical paradigms.- The patient: Cognitive Functioning.- Temperament.- The Family.- Family System Theory.- Family System Concepts.- Genograms and Family Mapping.- The Family in child and adolescent psychiatry.- The treatment team: Evolution of the team.- Anatomy of the team.- Countertransference in the psychiatric consultant and the treatment team.- Ethics and Medisocial issues.- The culture.- A working definition of culture.- Culture Shock.- Mental Health across cultures.- Working with interpreters.- Culture in DSM IV and DSM V.- The clinical presentation.- Presentations.- Preparation of presentations. | The fields of psychiatry and child psychiatry are encumbered by numerous and complex relational, medicolegal, and ethical dilemmas. This practical and clinically relevant book attempts to bring clarity to complex clinical presentations through the integration of psychodynamic, family systems, medicolegal, and ethical perspectives. It recognizes that the intimate and often difficult work with such complex cases requires consultation with multidimensional experts to address psychodynamic, family, ethical, and therapeutic issues. In the process, the author aims to foster the comfort and skill in dealing with these cases that is essential to the personal and professional growth of the psychiatrist. It is further anticipated that the book will assist in developing best practice standards for assessment and intervention in cases of this nature. | <p>Integrated approach to assessment and treatment of the complex cases in psychiatry </p><p>Draws together psychodynamic, family systems, medicolegal, and ethical perspectives   </p><p>Practical and clinically relevant book for both general psychiatrists and child and adolescent psychiatrists ​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8917-7 | Psychiatry & Psychotherapy | Parekh | [NAME] | The Massachusetts General Hospital Textbook on Diversity and Cultural Sensitivity in Mental Health |  | Current Clinical Psychiatry |  | 1 | 2014 | 442 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 442 p. 4 illus. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH53003 | Psychiatry | MMH | [NAME] | Psychopharmacology | MMGW | Psychiatry & Psychotherapy | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Mental Health of Arab Americans: Cultural Considerations for Excellence of Care.- Identification and Approach to Treatment of Mental Health Disorders in South Asian Populations.- Cultural sensitivity: what should we understand about Latinos?.- Not by Convention: Working with People on the Sexual & Gender Continuum.- Indian and Alaska Native Mental Health Perspectives.- Psychiatry for People of African Descent in the US.- Understanding the mental health of refugees: Trauma, stress and the cultural context.- Diversity Dialogue: An Innovative model for diversity training.- The Engagement Interview Protocol (EIP): Improving the Acceptance of Mental Health Treatment among Culturally Diverse Populations.- Cultural and Diversity Issues in Mediation and Negotiation.- Providing Medical Care to Diverse Populations.- Cultivating Courage, Compassion, and Cultural Sensitivity in News Reporting of Mental Health. | Long considered important for professionals working with minority and under-represented populations, cross-cultural competency has become a requisite for all health care providers. As society in the US increasingly diversifies, there is a crucial need to prepare health care professionals to effectively treat this changing population. The Massachusetts General Hospital Textbook on Diversity and Cultural Sensitivity in Mental Health addresses the importance and relevance of cultural sensitivity in US mental health. Prominent researchers and clinicians examine the cultural and cross-cultural mental health issues of Native American, Latino, Asian, African American, Middle Eastern, Refugee and LGBQT communities. The discussion includes understanding the complexities in making mental health diagnoses and the various meanings it has for the socio-cultural group described, as well as biopsychosocial treatment options and challenges. In understanding the specific populations, the analysis delves into overarching concepts that may apply to specific populations and to those at the intersection of multiple cultures.An invaluable resource for mental health professionals, including clinicians, researchers, educators, leaders and advocates in the United States, The Massachusetts General Hospital Textbook on Diversity and Cultural Sensitivity in Mental Health provides the necessary understanding and insights for research and clinical practice in specific cultural and multicultural groups. | <p>Includes cultural diversity training information for health care providers, clinical interviewing techniques, and effective strategies to use in difficult conversations</p><p>Provides innovative ways of understanding the complexity of diversity and the importance of continuing education to effectively keep abreast of the rapid cross cultural changes</p><p>Offers information relevant to providers of specific populations but also creative approaches to understanding diversity without one’s having specific knowledge of minority groups</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-02358-8 | Psychiatry & Psychotherapy | Sadek | [NAME] | A Clinician’s Guide to ADHD |  |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 118 | Soft cover | Book | X, 118 p. 7 illus., 2 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH53003 | Psychiatry | MMH | [NAME] | Psychopharmacology | MMGW | Psychiatry & Psychotherapy | Professional book | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- History of Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder.- Epidemiology and Etiology of ADHD.- Impairment in Patients with ADHD.- How to Diagnose ADHD in Children and Adolescents.- How to Diagnose ADHD in Adults .- Differential Diagnosis.- ADHD Comorbidities.- ADHD and Driving.- Pharmacological Management of ADHD.- Management of Adverse Events.- Psychosocial Treatment of ADHD.- Follow-up of Patient with ADHD.- List of scales: children.- List of scales: Adults.- Snap Scale: Children.- Weiss functional impairment scale.- Weiss parent reporting.- Weiss self report.- Adult ADHD self-report scale.- Personal adversity questionnaire.- Personality difficulties questionnaire.- Diagnostic interview for ADHD in adults (diva). | The Clinician’s Guide to ADHD combines the useful diagnostic and treatment approaches advocated in different guidelines with insights from other sources, including recent literature reviews and web resources. The aim is to provide clinicians with clear, concise, and reliable advice on how to approach this complex disorder. The guidelines referred to in compiling the book derive from authoritative sources in different regions of the world, including the United States, Canada, Australia, and Europe. After introductory discussion of epidemiology and etiology, guidance is provided on diagnosis in different age groups, differential diagnosis, assessment for potential comorbidities, and the issue of ADHD and driving. Advice is then given on the appropriate use of pharmacological and psychosocial treatment, the management of adverse events, and follow-up. A series of relevant scales, questionnaires, and websites are also included. | <p>Provides clinicians with clear, concise, and reliable advice on how to approach ADHD</p><p>Draws together diagnostic and treatment approaches advocated in different guidelines</p><p>Includes insights from recent literature reviews and web resources</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-908517-73-9 | Psychiatry & Psychotherapy | Vieta | [NAME] | Managing Bipolar Disorder in Clinical Practice |  |  |  | 3 | 2013 |  | Soft cover | Book | Approx. 150 p. 17 illus., 7 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH53003 | Psychiatry | MMH | [NAME] | Psychopharmacology | MMGW | Psychiatry & Psychotherapy | Handbook | Springer Healthcare | Planned | 2013-08-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Overview of bipolar disorder.- Psychosocial consequences.- Etiology and disease course.- Assessment and diagnosis.- Suicide risk.- Overview of management options.- Pharmacological management of depressive episodes.- Pharmacological management of manic episodes.- Treatment-resistant bipolar disorder.- Psychosocial interventions. | Written by [NAME], a world renowned award winning expert in this field, [NAME] in Clinical Practice, [NAME], is an up-to-date, concise practical handbook developed with the clinician in mind. Including the most recent clinical guidelines, including the British Association for Psychopharmacology (BAP) and [NAME] for Mood and Anxiety Treatments (CANMAT) guidelines, this handbook is intended to highlight every major aspect of this serious mental health disorder, including assessment, treatment, long-term management, and recent developments. | <p>Timely and highly relevant to clinicians, including the latest major international guidelines</p><p>A physician-focused handbook directly addressing unmet treatment needs and which increases awareness of appropriate therapies</p><p>Written by Professor [NAME], an outstanding, award winning key opinion leader who has written over 300 original journal articles, 100 book chapters and 26 complete books</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8201-7 | Public Health | [NAME] | [NAME] | Intellectual Property and Health Technologies | Balancing Innovation and the Public's Health |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 212 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 212 p. 8 illus. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH27002 | Public Health | MBN | SCB0000X | Biomedicine general | MBGR | Public Health | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1 Introduction to Intellectual Property.-Chapter [NAME], Enforcing and Defending Patents.-Chapter 3 The Patent- Eligibility of Genes.-Chapter 4 Medical Procedure Patents.-Chapter 5 Rights and Roles of Universities and Inventors.-Chapter 6 Drug Development: Balancing Innovation, Access and Profits.-Chapter 7  Patent [NAME] Drugs.-Chapter 8 Biologics and Biosimilars: Balancing Access and Innovation.-Chapter 9 International Patent Law, Trade Law, and Access to Drugs. | Intellectual Property and Health TechnologiesBalancing Innovation and the Public's Health [NAME], Esq., MPH  At first glance, ownership of intellectual property seems straightforward: the control over an invention or idea. But with the recent explosion of new scientific discoveries poised to transform public health and healthcare systems, costly and lengthy patent disputes threaten both to undermine the attempts to develop new medical technologies and to keep potentially life-saving treatments from patients who need them. Intellectual Property and Health Technologies grounds readers in patent law and explores how scientific research and enterprise are evolving in response. Geared specifically to the medical disciplines, it differentiates among forms of legal protection for inventors such as copyrights and patents, explains their limits, and argues for balance between competing forces of exclusivity and availability. Chapters delve into the major legal controversies concerning medical and biotechnologies in terms of pricing, markets, and especially the tension between innovation and access, including: The patent-eligibility of genesThe patent-eligibility of medical process patentsThe rights and roles of universities and inventorsThe balancing of access, innovation, and profit in drug developmentThe tension between biologics, small-molecule drugs, and their generic counterpartsInternational patent law and access to medicine in the developing world As these issues continue to shape and define the debate, Intellectual Property and Health Technologies enables professionals and graduate students in public health, health policy, healthcare administration, and medicine to understand patent law and how it affects the development of medical technology and the delivery of medicine. | <p>An introduction to patent law for public health; no previous knowledge of patent law is necessary </p><p>Examines the impact of patent law on the quality, affordability and availability of pharmaceuticals</p><p> </p><p>Explores legal and ethical dilemmas, such as whether genes and medical procedures should be patentable</p><p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-5995-8 | Public Health | Conrad | [NAME]; [NAME] | Sports-Based Health Interventions | Case Studies from Around the World |  |  | 1 | 2013 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 200 p. 25 illus. | 0 | approx. | 129.95 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH27002 | Public Health | MBN | SCX21000 | Social Work | JKSN | Public Health | Professional book | Springer New York | Planned | 2013-10-23 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction: The Role of Sport in Public Health.- Part I: Sport and Disaster Response.- Post-Earthquake, Iran.- Civil War, Ivory Coast.- Part II: Peace and Social Capital Building through Sport.- Open Fun Football Schools, Balkans.- Right to Play, International.- Dads and Lads, UK.- Fight for Peace, Brazil.- Part III: Sport and Immunisation.- Olympic Sport and Immunisation Festival, Ghana.- [NAME] of Africa.- Part IV: Sport and Screening.- 'Sex and Sport' Chlamydia Screening, Australia.- 'Kick N Test' HIV and TB Screening Football Tournament, Kenya.- Part V: Health Promotion in Sports Settings.- CALM Mental Health Promotion in Rugby Clubs, [NAME], Europe.- Tackling Men's Health, [NAME] for People with Severe and Enduring Mental Health Problems, UK.- Premier League Health, UK.- Developing Health Promotion Resources for Use in Sports Settings, UK.- Part VI: Health Promotion with a Sport Theme.- HIV/AIDS Projects in Africa.- 'It's a Goal' Mental Health Intervention, UK.- Liverpool FC Men's Health Work.- Conclusion.​ | This book captures a broad sample of work from around the world, providing those commissioning and delivering health interventions with both inspiration and practical guidance for setting up sports-based public health projects in their own areas. Using a case study approach, the book has an emphasis on the practical realities of delivering public health work balanced with an overview of current theory, evidence and policy.   Sport is increasingly featured in the delivery of public health interventions across the globe, from small scale grassroots projects in local communities to health partnerships with major sporting events on the international stage. The role of sport in public health goes far beyond efforts to promote physical activity; with programmes as diverse as chlamydia screening in Australia and post-emergency psycho-social interventions in areas stricken by conflict and natural disasters. ​ | Features a broad spectrum of health promotion projects from Europe, Africa, the US, and Australia  Highlights innovative public health interventions with a sport theme or taking place in a sport setting, addressing health issues such as HIV/AIDS, conflict and natural disasters, immunization, and mental health  Examines the lessons learned and generalizability of these projects to ​other countries or other public health issues | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8844-6 | Public Health | Eaton | [NAME]; [NAME] | Biomedical Advances in HIV Prevention | Social and Behavioral Perspectives |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 507 | Hard cover | Book | I, 507 p. 12 illus. | 0 | final | 239 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH27002 | Public Health | MBN | SCH27010 | Health Promotion and Disease Prevention | MBN | Public Health | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I. Advances in HIV Prevention Technologies.- Chapter 1: Advances, Promises, and [NAME] in HIV Prevention.- Chapter 2: Pre-Exposure Prophylaxis.- Chapter 3: Prevention Services with Persons Living with HIV.- Chapter 4: Advocating for Rectal Microbicides and Safe Lubricants.- Part II. Behavioral [NAME] and Opportunities.- Chapter 5: Adherence to HIV Treatment as Prevention and Pre-Exposure Prophylaxis.- Chapter 6: Risk Compensation in Response to HIV Prevention.- Chapter 7: Mental Health and Substance Use in the Scale Up of HIV Prevention.- Chapter 8: Substance Use Treatment in the Era of New HIV Prevention Technologies.- Part III. Global Perspectives.- Chapter 9: Revolution or evolution? What can approaches based on the use of antiretroviral drugs contribute to HIV prevention in gay communities in high-income countries?.- Chapter 10: Implementing Biomedical HIV Prevention Advances in Uganda.- Chapter 11: Implementing Biomedical HIV Prevention Advances in Thailand.- Chapter 12: Implementing Biomedical HIV Prevention Advances in Ecuador and Peru. | Biomedical Advances in HIV Prevention: Social and Behavioral [NAME] and [NAME], editorsThree decades into the epidemic, a great deal is known about HIV and its transmission, more people are living with the disease, and the virus is no longer seen as a death sentence. But new people continue to be infected with HIV each year, making prevention strategies that are medically effective and behaviorally engaging as urgent a priority as ever.Biomedical Advances in HIV Prevention: Social and Behavioral Perspectives assembles the latest improvements, barriers to implementation, and possibilities for--and challenges to--future progress. Innovations such as pre-exposure prophylaxis (antiretroviral regimens for the high-risk uninfected) and treatment as prevention (early use of ART to reduce infectiousness of new patients) are examined, as are current findings on ongoing prevention and treatment concerns.Contributors illuminate the complex realities entailing adherence, pointing out technological, behavioral, and cultural roadblocks as well as opportunities to significantly reduce infection rates. Detailed up-to-the-minute coverage includes:Prevention services for persons living with HIVAdherence to HIV treatment as prevention and pre-exposure prophylaxisAdvocating for rectal microbicides and safe lubricantsMental health and substance use in the scale-up of HIV preventionRisk compensation in response to HIV preventionImplementing biomedical HIV prevention advances: reports from South Africa, Uganda, Australia, Thailand, United States, Ecuador, and PeruResearchers, practitioners, and policy makers working in the fields of HIV/AIDS and public health will look toward Biomedical Advances in HIV Prevention: Social and Behavioral Perspectives as both a means for developing and assessing current programs and a blueprint for the next generation of prevention efforts. | <p>Only available book focusing in the rise in importance of behavioral research in the field of HIV / AIDS prevention</p><p>Of interest to public health researchers in both biomedicine who need to understand what behavioral intervention work with specific populations</p><p>Provides professional insight into the major paradigm shift occurring in the field of HIV prevention</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8596-4 | Public Health | Guliš | [NAME]; Odile Mekel; Balázs Ádám; [NAME] | Assessment of Population Health Risks of Policies |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 396 | Hard cover | Book | IV, 396 p. 9 illus., 8 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH27002 | Public Health | MBN | SCW12197 | Social Policy | KCP | Public Health | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Public health, policy analysis, risk assessment and impact assessment.-Risk assessment, Impact assessment and evaluation.-Top-Down Policy Risk Assessment.- Bottom-up policy risk assessment.-Quantification of health risks.- Application of RAPID Guidance on an International Policy.-Use of policy risk assessment results in political decision making. | Assessment of Population Health Risks of PoliciesGabriel Guliš, Odile Mekel, [NAME], and [NAME], editors  Public health continues to evolve as professionals work not only to prevent disease and promote well-being but also to reduce health disparities and protect the environment. To a greater extent, policy is intimately linked to this process, a reality that is gaining traction in the public health sector. With this understanding in mind, Assessment of Population Health Risks of Policies introduces an international set of guidelines, Risk Assessment from Policies to Impact Dimension (RAPID). In keeping with widely recognized models of public health operations, this innovative methodology factors in social, environmental, and economic health determinants to predict adverse outcomes to populations arising from large-scale policy decisions. Case studies from across the European Union illustrate both the intricacies of risk quantification and other components of assessment and possible relationships between policy and health outcomes. And contributors suggest how international health standards may be implemented despite significant cultural and political differences among nations. Included in the coverage: Public health, policy analysis, risk assessment and impact assessmentRisk assessment, impact assessment and evaluationTop-down versus bottom-up policy risk assessmentQuantification of health risksApplication of RAPID guidance on an international policyUse of policy risk assessment results in political decision making  Assessment of Population Health Risks of Policies is an essential and proactive read for researchers and practitioners in impact assessment, public policy, public health, and epidemiology. | <p>Provides full chain policy risk assessment guidance, with international case study examples</p><p>Integrates policy analysis in the impact assessment scheme</p><p>Quantification review including tools and models for quantification of health impacts</p><p>Discusses use of assessment estimates in policy making</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8747-0 | Public Health | [NAME] | [NAME] | Handbook of Children with Special Health Care Needs |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 430 | Soft cover | Book | XXVII, 430 p. 25 illus. | 0 | approx. | 99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH27025 | Maternal and Child Health | MJTF | SCH49006 | Pediatrics | MJW | Public Health | Professional book | Springer New York | Planned | 2013-10-01 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Policy:  Its History, Intentions and Consequences for Children with Special Health Care Needs.- 2. Severe Communication Disorders.- 3. Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD), [NAME], and Self-Worth.- 4. Quality Of Life In Children Diagnosed With Specific Learning Disability Or Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder.- 5. Children and [NAME] with Mobility Limitations.- 6. Rethinking Deaf Learners Education – A Human Rights Issue.- 7. Childhood eye disorders and visual impairment.- 8. Evaluating School-Aged Children with Visual Disabilities.- 9. Oral Health Access Issues for Children with Special Health Care Needs.- 10. Tuberculosis: the special needs of children.- 11. Children with multiple sclerosis.- 12. Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorders: Review of Teratogenicity, Diagnosis and Treatment Issues.- 13. Newborn screening for congenital disorders in routine and research.- 14. Genetic and Metabolic Conditions for Children with Special Health Care Needs.- 15.  Development from Conception through Adolescence: Physiological and Psychosocial Factors Impacting Children with Special Health Care Needs.- 16. Using Population-Based Survey Data to Monitor the Health of Children and Youth with Special Health Care Needs and Disabilities.- 17. Secondary Conditions in Youth with Disabilities.- 18. Accessible Substance Abuse Prevention for all Children.- 19. Research Methods and Epidemiology for Children with Special Health Care Needs.- 20. Addressing Bullying Among Students with Disabilities within a Multi-Tier Educational Environment.- 21. Building a Medical Home for Children and Youth with Special Health Care Needs.- 22. Epilogue: Advancing Health Outcomes and Social Participation for CSHCN. | Children with chronic conditions, developmental disorders, and birth defects represent a sizeable minority of American children—as many as one in five. Often their families have financial or other issues limiting their access to appropriate care, thus limiting their adult prospects as well. Compounding the problem, many valuable resources concerning this population are difficult to access although they may be critical to the researchers, practitioners, and policymakers creating standards for quality care and services. In response, the Handbook of Children with Special Health Care Needs assembles research, applied, and policy perspectives reflecting the range of children’s problems requiring special services. Widely studied conditions (e.g., communication disorders, substance abuse) and those receiving lesser attention (e.g., tuberculosis) are covered, as are emerging ideas such as the “medical home” concept of continuity of care. Its interdisciplinary outlook makes the Handbook of Children with Special Health Care Needs a vital, forward-looking text for developmental psychologists, pediatricians, early childhood and special education researchers and practitioners, disability researchers, policymakers, and advocates, and providers for children with special health care needs. | <p>Addresses the complementary but rarely integrated perspectives on children with special health care needs and children with disabilities</p><p>Combines research, clinical, and policy expertise from public health, child psychology, medicine, and education</p><p>International scope of authorship and coverage</p><p>Important resource for clinicians, educators, policymakers, persons with disabilities, and advocates for children with special health care needs/disabilities</p><p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-9070-8 | Public Health | Regmi | [NAME] | Decentralizing Health Services | A Global Perspective |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 240 | Hard cover | Book | X, 240 p. 23 illus., 4 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH27002 | Public Health | MBN | SCH27030 | Health Administration | MBPM | Public Health | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Health Service Decentralization: An Overview.-Health systems and decentralization.-Decentralisation and public health.-Decentralization and good governance.-Fiscal decentralization of health services.-Decentralised Planning Processes.-Measuring health services – problems and potentials.-Impact of decentralization in health – existing evidences.-Participation in the new Public Health Landscape.-Public-Private Partnerships as Decentralisation Strategy in Health Sector.-Gender analysis and use of intersectionality in health.-Decentralization - Challenges and Global Issues of the 21st Century. | Decentralizing Health ServicesA Global Perspective [NAME], editor  Current economic, demographic, and environmental shifts are presenting major challenges to health care systems around the world. In response, decentralization--the transfer of control from central to local authorities--is emerging as a successful means of meeting these challenges and reducing inequities of care. But as with health care itself, one size does not fit all, and care systems must be responsive to global reality as well as local demand. Decentralizing Health Services explores a variety of applications of decentralization to health care delivery in both the developing and developed worlds. Outfitted with principles, blueprints, and examples, this ambitious text clearly sets out the potential role of decentralized care as a major player in public health. Its models of service delivery illustrate care that is effective, inclusive, flexible, and in tune with the current era of preventive and evidence-based healthcare . Contributors point out opportunities, caveats, and controversies as they:  Clarify the relationships among decentralization, politics, and policyDifferentiate between political, fiscal, and administrative decentralization in health care systemsConsider public/private partnerships in health systemsExplain how the effects of decentralization can be evaluated.Present the newest data on the health outcomes of decentralizationExplore some challenges and global issues of health systems in the 21st centuryAnd each chapter features learning goals, discussion questions, activities, and recommendations for further readingHeralding changes poised to revolutionize care, Decentralizing Health Services will broaden the horizons of researchers and administrators in health services, health economics, and health policy | <p>​Timely book on health care reform in practice, in both developed and developing countries</p><p>Addresses core debates and cross-cutting themes in health care reform and health service improvement</p><p>Includes case studies, discussion points, and exercises to engage the reader</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-94-007-7502-2 | Public Health | Selin | [NAME] | Parenting Across Cultures | Childrearing, Motherhood and Fatherhood in Non-Western Cultures | Science Across Cultures: The History of Non-Western Science | 7 | 1 | 2014 | 571 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 571 p. 35 illus., 31 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH27025 | Maternal and Child Health | MJTF | [NAME] | Regional and Cultural Studies | GTB | Public Health | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Parenting Practices and Shyness in Chinese Children; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] Hee.- 2. Parenting in Hong Kong: Traditional Chinese Cultural Roots and Contemporary Phenomena; [NAME]; [NAME] Sun.- 3. Parenting in India; [NAME]; [NAME]’ [NAME] Prashanth.- 4. Parenting in Vietnam; Tatyana Mestechkina; [NAME]; [NAME] Shin.- 5. [NAME] in Japan; [NAME]; Ayumi Nagase.- 6. Parental Beliefs and Fathers' and Mothers’ Roles in Malaysian Families; Ziarat Hossain.- 7. Parenting in Pakistan: An Overview; [NAME] Zaman.- 8. Parenting in The Philippines; Liane Pena Alampay.- 9. Childrearing, Motherhood and Fatherhood in Bangladeshi Culture; [NAME] Hamadani; Fahminda Tofail.- 10. The Evolving Challenges Of Modern-Day Parenthood in Singapore; [NAME]  11. Understanding Coparenting and Family Systems Among East and Southeast Asian-Heritage Families; [NAME]; [NAME]; Nirmala Rao.- 12. Parenting: The Turkish Context; [NAME]; [NAME]; Bilge Yagmurlu.- 13. Parenting in Israel: Together Hand in Hand, You are Mine and I am Yours; Miri Scharf.- 14. Parenting in Jordan; [NAME]; [NAME] 15. Parenting in a Rainbow Nation: A South African Perspective on Parenting; [NAME] 16. Childrearing, Motherhood and Fatherhood in Ghana; Kingsley Nyarko.- 17. Changing Patterns of Yoruba Parenting in Nigeria; [NAME]; [NAME] Setiloane.- 18. Parenting Among the Nso  the Northwest Province of Cameroon; [NAME] Yovsi.- 19. The Kenyan Parent in Changing Times; [NAME]; [NAME]; Jon Lasser.-  20. Argentine Culture and Parenting Styles; María [NAME]; Viviana Lemos; [NAME] Rubilar.- 21. Family Socialization in Brazil; [NAME]; [NAME]; Cleonice Camino.- 22. Parenting and Parent-Child Relationships in Chile; [NAME]; [NAME] Peterson.- 23. Parenting in Ecuador: Behaviors that Promote Social Competence; [NAME] Schvaneveldt.- 24. Parenting Across Social Classes: Perspectives on Jamaican Fathers; [NAME]; [NAME]. Parenting in Mexico: Relationships Based on Love and Obedience; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] 26. Parenting in Two Cultural Worlds in the Presence of One Dominant Worldview: The American Indian Experience; [NAME] ;[NAME]; [NAME] Fortin.- 27. Parenting in Canadian Aboriginal Cultures; [NAME]. Global Grandparents: New Roles and Relationships; [NAME]. Parenting Style and Children’s Academic Performance; [NAME] Nyarko.- 30. The Indulgent Parenting Style and Developmental Outcomes in South European and Latin American Countries; [NAME] ; [NAME]. Parent, Peers, and Adolescent Outcomes: Interactions and Cultural Variations; oakim [NAME]; Eli Lieber.- 32. Parents' Aggression Toward Children and Children's Own Aggression; [NAME] 33. Fathers, Fathering, and [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] 34. Mother-Child Emotional Availability Across Cultures: Findings From Western and Non-Western Countries; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]. | There is a strong connection between culture and parenting. What is acceptable in one culture is frowned upon in another.  This applies to behavior after birth, encouragement in early childhood, and regulation and freedom during adolescence. There are differences in affection and distance, harshness and repression, and acceptance and criticism. Some parents insist on obedience; others are concerned with individual development.  This clearly differs from parent to parent, but there is just as clearly a connection to culture.  This book includes chapters on China, Colombia, Jordan, Kenya, the Philippines, Thailand, Korea, Vietnam, Brazil, Native Americans and Australians, Argentina, Chile, Mexico, Ecuador, Cuba, Pakistan, Nigeria, Morocco, and several other countries. Beside this, the authors address depression, academic achievement, behavior, adolescent identity, abusive parenting, grandparents as parents, fatherhood, parental agreement and disagreement, emotional availability and stepparents.​ | <p>Describes associated issues such as depression in relation to different parenting styles</p><p>Highlights the strong connection between culture and parenting</p><p>Includes many different cultural views on parenting​</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8216-1 | Radiology | Ahrar | [NAME]; [NAME] | Percutaneous Image-Guided Biopsy |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 375 | Hard cover | Book | X, 375 p. 302 illus., 101 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 229 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29021 | Interventional Radiology | MMPH | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | Radiology | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | The role of biopsy in management of patients with tumors and tumor-like lesions.- Modern imaging technology: the foundation for image guided [NAME] of the trade: from simple needles to robotics.- Sampling and pathology considerations.- Patient assessment and care before, during, and after biopsy.- Coding and billing.- Head and Neck Masses.- Thyroid Gland.- Lung.- Mediastinum.- Pleura.- Liver.- Pancreas.- Spleen.- Adrenal Gland.- Kidney.- Omentum.- Mesenteric and Retroperitoneal Nodes and Soft Tissue Masses.- Pelvic Masses.- Prostate.- Skull.- Spine.- Pelvic Bones.- Extremities.- Chest Wall and Ribs.- [NAME] Masses | This book provides a comprehensive source for all aspects of percutaneous image-guided biopsy. A synthesis of rationale, technique and evidence-based medicine, it offers a clear approach to imaging, devices, procedures and patient care.   [NAME] with case studies, radiological images, illustrative diagrams and tables, this valuable reference is an indispensable addition to the bookshelves of all radiologists in training as well as practicing radiologists who would like to expand their biopsy service and refine their skills. The easy to follow format, organization and graphic presentations create a high-yield approach to practical information such as indications, technical considerations, anatomical considerations, outcomes and complications. This timely compendium is a necessity in this rapidly progressing field. | <p>Covers the entire spectrum of applications for percutaneous image-guided biopsy</p><p>Thoroughly filled with high-quality radiologic images, illustrative diagrams and tables</p><p>Written by leading clinical authorities</p><p>Showcases the most recent advances in technology and technique</p><p>Suitable for all levels of radiologists in training and practice</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7211-7 | Radiology | Akin | [NAME] | [NAME] of Gynecologic Oncology Imaging |  | Atlas of Oncology Imaging |  | 1 | 2014 | 208 | Hard cover | Book | IX, 208 p. 155 illus., 51 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | SCH29013 | Diagnostic Radiology | MMPH | Radiology | [NAME] | Springer New York | Available | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 | 2013-09-13 00:00:00 |  | Ovarian Cancer.- Endometrial Cancer.- Cervical Cancer.- Vaginal Cancer.- Vulvar Cancer.- PET-CT Imaging in Gynecologic Oncology.- Image-Guided Intervention in Gynecologic Oncology. | This book provides a comprehensive visual review of pathologic disease variations of the five main types of gynecologic cancers: ovarian, endometrial, cervical, vaginal, and vulvar.  Through the use of cross-sectional imaging modalities, including computed tomography, magnetic resonance imaging, ultrasound, and positron emission tomography, it depicts normal anatomy as well as common gynecological tumors.  For each type of cancer, aspects such as primary staging, recurrence patterns, and findings from different yet complementary imaging modalities are explored. Atlas of Gynecologic Oncology Imaging presents a coherent perspective of the roles of standard and cutting-edge imaging techniques in gynecologic oncology via a multidisciplinary approach to cancer care. Featuring over 600 images, this book is a valuable resource for diagnostic radiologists, radiation oncologists, and gynecologists. | <p>Draws from an extensive collection of diagnostic images across all imaging modalities </p><p>Comprehensive visual review of pathologic disease variations of gynecologic cancers </p><p>Presents algorithmic strategies for identifying malignant pathologies</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-88-470-5482-0 | Radiology | Albanese | [NAME]; [NAME] | Imaging of Prosthetic Joints | A Combined Radiological and Clinical Perspective |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 228 | Hard cover | Book | VI, 228 p. 82 illus., 48 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 179 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | SCH45000 | Orthopedics | MNS | Radiology | Contributed volume | Springer Milan | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | SECTION I Cellular elements, bone matrix, bone remodeling, osseointegration, implant [NAME] matrix proteins and mineralization process.- 3 Bone remodeling.- 4 Biomechanics and prosthetic osseointegration.- 5 Implant material.- SECTION II  Images techniques, conventional RX, [NAME], RM, bone scintigraphy, periprosthetic DXA.- 6 Role of conventional RX, CT and MRI in the evaluation of prosthetic joints.- 7 Role of Nuclear Medicine in prosthesis surveillance.- 8 Periprosthetic DXA.- SECTION III  Prosthetic joints of foot and ankle, hip, knee, shoulder, elbow, wrist and hand.- 9 Foot and ankle.- 10 Hip.- 11 Knee.- 12 Shoulder arthroplasty.- 13 Prosthetic joints of elbow, wrist and hand.- SECTION IV Drug therapy, bisphosphonate, teriparatide and parathormone, strontium ranelate.- 14 Drug therapy after implant.- 15 TBD- post surgery rehabilitation. | An increasing percentage of the population has at least one prosthetic joint. Imaging is required for both initial assessment and routine follow-up of the implant, and this book is intended as an informative and up-to-date guide to the subject. After an introductory section covering a range of background topics, the level of information offered by different imaging techniques in presurgical planning and postimplantation assessment is analyzed. The application of imaging to different joints is then carefully explored in chapters devoted to the foot and ankle, hip, knee, shoulder, and elbow, wrist and hand. In addition, two innovative chapters focus on periprosthetic DXA as the gold standard in monitoring implant survival and on the role of drug therapy in helping to ensure the durability of the prosthesis. A central feature of the book is its combination of the clinical and radiological perspectives; it will be of value to radiologists and orthopedic specialists, as well as residents in these disciplines. | <p>Provides an updated and comprehensive overview of procedures and imaging techniques in joint replacement </p><p>Contains innovative chapter on periprosthetic DXA as gold standard in monitoring implant survival </p><p>Investigate the role of drug therapy to ensure the durability of the prosthesis</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-40428-3 | Radiology | Bard | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Image Guided Prostate Cancer Treatments |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 250 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 250 p. 144 illus., 128 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 179 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | SCH29064 | Ultrasound | MMPF | Radiology | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Radiologic Introduction.- Urologic Introduction.- Medical Oncology Introduction.- Basic Principles: Scope of Prostate Cancer.- MRI of the Prostate.- Benign Disease.- Intraprostatic Cancer.- Localized Extraprostatic Cancer.- Nodal Cancer.- The Treated Gland.- Case Studies with Multimodality Diagnostic Imaging.- Case Studies with Image Guided Treatments.- Medical Oncology and Imaging.- MRI Thermocoupling and [NAME] Ablation.- New Robot and Cybernetic Image Guided Technologies.- Long Term Follow-Up.- Minimally Invasive Treatment of Benign Prostate Hypertrophy. | Image-Guided Prostate Cancer Treatments is a comprehensive reference and practical guide on the technology and application of ultrasound and MRI in the male pelvis, with special attention to the prostate. The book is organized into three main sections, the first of which is devoted to general aspects of imaging and image-guided treatments. The second section provides a systematic overview of the application of ultrasound and MRI to the diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the lower urinary tract. Performance of the ultrasound and MRI studies is explained, and the normal and abnormal pathological anatomy is reviewed. Correlation with the ultrasound in the same plane is provided to assist in understanding the MRI sequences. Biopsy and interventional procedures, ultrasound-MRI fusion techniques, and image-guided therapies, including focused ultrasound, photodynamic therapy, microwave and laser ablation, are all fully covered. The third section focuses on securing treatment effectiveness and the use of follow-up imaging to ensure therapeutic success and detect tumor recurrence at an early stage, which is vital given that prompt focal treatment of recurrence is very successful. Here, particular attention is paid to the role of [NAME] ultrasound and DCE-MRI technologies. This book, containing a wealth of high-quality illustrations based on high-end equipment, will acquaint beginners with the basics of prostate ultrasound and MRI, while more advanced practitioners will learn new skills, means of avoiding pitfalls, and ways of effectively relating the imaging and image-guided treatments to the clinical situation. The information provided will permit a tailored approach in dealing with specific pathologic issues. | <p>Systematic overview of the application of ultrasound and MRI in the diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the lower urinary tract </p><p>Detailed information on image-guided therapies, including focused ultrasound, photodynamic therapy, and microwave and laser ablation</p><p>Numerous high-quality illustrations based on high-end equipment</p><p>Represents the state of the art in Non Invasive Imaging and Minimally Invasive Ablation Treatment (MIAT)</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-40691-1 | Radiology | Carrio | [NAME]; [NAME] | MRI-PET | Methodology and Clinical Applications |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 145 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 145 p. 60 illus., 48 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 179 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | SCH29048 | Nuclear Medicine | MMN | Radiology | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | PET/MR system design.- Image distortions in clinical PET/MR imaging.- Workflow and Practical Logistics.- MR-PET in Breast Cancer.- PET/MRI in Evaluating Lymphomas.- PET-MRI of the Liver.- PET/MR IN COLORECTAL CANCER PET/MR in Brain Imaging.- MR-PET in Cardiology.- Risks and safety aspects of MR-PET.- Health care costs and impacts. | In compiling this textbook on the exciting novel imaging modality of MRI-PET, the editors have brought together a truly international group of experts in the field. The book is divided into two parts. The first part covers methodology and equipment and includes chapters on basic molecular medicine, contrast agents, MR attenuation and validation, and quantitative MRI and PET motion correction. The second part of the book focuses on clinical applications in oncology, cardiology, and neurology. Imaging of major neoplasms is covered in a series of individual chapters. Further chapters address functional and metabolic cardiovascular examinations and major central nervous system applications such as brain tumors and dementias. This book will be of interest to all radiologists and nuclear medicine physicians who wish to learn more about the latest developments in this important emerging imaging modality and its applications. | <p>Provides detailed information on the methodology and equipment of MRI-PET</p><p>Covers a wide range of clinical applications in oncology, cardiology, and neurology</p><p>Written by an international group of experts in MRI and PET</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-41064-2 | Radiology | Chinyama | [NAME] | [NAME] | Radiology - Pathology - Risk Assessment |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 287 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 287 p. 104 illus., 86 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | SCH29013 | Diagnostic Radiology | MMPH | Radiology | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | The normal female breast.- Overview of benign breast lesions.-Radiology of breast lesions.- Surgery of benign breast lesions.-Pathology of benign breast lesions.- Inflammatory lesions.- Cystic lesions.- Fibro-epithelial lesions.- Infiltrative pseudo-malignant lesions.- Epithelial proliferative lesions.- Columnar cell lesions.- Mucocele-like lesions.- Calcification in benign lesions.- Non-epithelial lesions.- Male breast lesions.- Risk assessment in benign breast lesions. | The second edition of this book has been extensively revised and updated. There has been a lot of scientific advances in the radiology, pathology and risk assessment of benign breast lesions since the publication of the first edition. The first edition concentrated on screen-detected lesions, which has been rectified. New symptomatic and screen-detected lesions are discussed in the second edition and include: mastitis and breast abscess, idiopathic granulomatous mastitis, diabetic mastopathy, phyllodes tumour, gynaecomastia and pseudoangiomatous stromal hyperplasia. The chapters on columnar cell lesions and mucocele-like lesions have been extensively updated. Where applicable, genetic analysis of the benign lesions which in breast cancer is becoming part of personalised medicine has been included. The book includes detailed analysis of the main models such as the Gail Model used to assess the subsequent risk of breast cancer in individuals. The current trend in the management of all cancers is preventative. Screening mammography detects early curable cancers as well as indeterminate lesions. These indeterminate mammographic lesions are invariably pathologically benign. The author collated important benign lesions and based on peer-reviewed publications documented the relative risk of subsequent cancer to allow the patient and the clinician to institute preventative measures where possible. This book therefore will be an essential part of multidisciplinary management of patients with symptomatic and screen-detected benign breast lesions. | <p>Radiological and pathological correlation of the full range of benign breast lesions, with emphasis on screen-detected lesions</p><p>Detailed discussion of risk assessment</p><p>Revised and updated edition, with a new chapter on gynaecomastia</p><p>Ideal aid to the management of patients with benign or indeterminate breast lesions in a multidisciplinary setting</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-35824-1 | Radiology | Choi | Byung Ihn Choi | Radiology Illustrated: Hepatobiliary and Pancreatic Radiology |  | Radiology Illustrated |  | 1 | 2014 | 380 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 380 p. 557 illus., 182 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 399 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | SCH33002 | Internal Medicine | MJ | Radiology | [NAME] | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2014-01-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part 1. Liver.- Anomalies and Anatomic Variants of the Liver.- Diffuse Liver Disease.- Benign Tumors of the Liver.- Hepatocellular Carcinoma.- Other Malignant Tumors of the Liver.- Focal Hepatic Infections.- Hemodynamic and Perfusion Related Disorders.- Liver Transplantation.- Therapeutic Response Evaluation of HCC.- Trauma and Post-treatment Complications of the Liver.- Part 2. Biliary tract.- Anomalies and Anatomic Variants of the Biliary  tract.- Cholangitis.- Cholecystitis.- Cholangiocarcinoma.- Tumors of the Gallbladder.- Trauma and Post-treatment Complications of the Biliary tract.- Part 3. Pancreas.- Anomalies and Anatomic Variants of the Pancreas.- Pancreatitis.- Cystic Tumors of the Pancreas.- Solid Tumors of the Pancreas.- Trauma and Post-treatment Complications of the Pancreas.- Part 4. Spleen.- Anomalies and Anatomic Variants of the spleen.- Diffuse Spleen Disease.- Benign Focal Lesions of the Spleen.- Malignant Focal Lesions of the Spleen.- Trauma and Post-treatment Complications of the spleen.​ | Radiology Illustrated: Hepatobiliary and Pancreatic Radiology is the first of two volumes that will serve as a clear, practical guide to the diagnostic imaging of abdominal diseases. This volume, devoted to diseases of the liver, biliary tree, gallbladder, pancreas, and spleen, covers congenital disorders, vascular diseases, benign and malignant tumors, and infectious conditions. Liver transplantation, evaluation of the therapeutic response of hepatocellular carcinoma, trauma, and post-treatment complications are also addressed.The book presents approximately 560 cases with more than 2100 carefully selected and categorized illustrations, along with key text messages and tables, that will allow the reader easily to recall the relevant images as an aid to differential diagnosis. At the end of each text message, key points are summarized to facilitate rapid review and learning. In addition, brief descriptions of each clinical problem are provided, followed by both common and uncommon case studies that illustrate the role of different imaging modalities, such as ultrasound, radiography, CT, and MRI. | <p>Clear, practical guide to the diagnostic imaging of diseases of the liver, biliary tree, gallbladder, pancreas, and spleen</p><p>A wealth of carefully selected and categorized illustrations</p><p>Highlighted key points to facilitate rapid review</p><p>Aid to differential diagnosis</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-02161-4 | Radiology | Draghi | [NAME] | Ultrasonography of the Upper Extremity | Hand and [NAME] |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 76 | Hard cover | Book | V, 76 p. 146 illus., 67 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | SCH29064 | Ultrasound | MMPF | Radiology | Professional book | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Extensor tendons in the wrist: anatomy.- Extensor tendons in the wrist: pathology.- De Quervain disease.- Intersection syndrome.- Wartenberg syndrome.- Flexor carpi radialis, palmaris longus, flexor [NAME] anatomy and [NAME] tunnel: [NAME] tunnel syndrome.- Guyon canal.- Tendons of the digits: anatomy and pathology.- The [NAME] and sagittal bands.- Dupuytren disease.- The ulnar collateral ligament of the metacarpophalangeal joint of the thumb.- Rheumatoid arthritis.- Osteoarthritis.- Ganglia.- Foreign bodies.- Vascular disorders of the hand and wrist. ​ | This practice-oriented book, containing a wealth of high-quality ultrasound images, provides clear, concise, and complete coverage of the normal anatomy of the hand and wrist – tendons, nerves, and vascular structures – as well as the main pathologic conditions encountered in this area. The ultrasound images have been acquired with state of the art scanners and carefully labeled to facilitate recognition of each and every anatomic structure. Helpful comparison is also made with images and findings obtained using other diagnostic techniques, including in particular magnetic resonance imaging. The lucid text is complemented by practical tables summarizing key points for ease of reference. Readers will find Ultrasonography of the Upper Extremity to be a rich source of information on anatomy, examination techniques, and ultrasound appearances of one of the anatomic regions to have benefited the most from the technological revolution that has taken place in the field of ultrasonography during recent years. The book will appeal to both novice and experienced practitioners, including above all radiologists and ultrasound technicians but also rheumatologists and orthopedic surgeons. The author is the Director of the Operative Unit of Ecography at the Institute of Radiology, University Hospital Foundation IRCCS Policlinico San Matteo Pavia (Italy), and is Editor in Chief of The Journal of Ultrasound. | <p>Provides clear, concise, and complete coverage of anatomy and pathologic conditions of the hand and wrist</p><p>Facilitates recognition of each and every anatomic structure</p><p>Contains a wealth of high-quality ultrasound images as well as helpful diagrams</p><p>Compares ultrasound findings with those obtained using other diagnostic techniques​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8497-4 | Radiology | El-Baz | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Abdomen and Thoracic Imaging | An Engineering & Clinical Perspective |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 776 | Hard cover | Book | X, 776 p. 324 illus., 176 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 339 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | SCH29013 | Diagnostic Radiology | MMPH | Radiology | Contributed volume | Springer US | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Computer Aided Diagnosis Systems for Acute Renal Transplant Rejection: Challenges and Methodologies.- Kidney Detection and Segmentation in Contrast-Enhanced Ultrasound 3D Images.- Renal Cortex Segmentation on Computed Tomography.- Diffuse Fatty Liver Disease: from Diagnosis to Quantification.- Multimodality Approach to Detection and Characterization of Hepatic Hemangiomas.- Ultrasound Liver Surface and Textural Characterization for the Detection of Liver Cirrhosis.- MR Imaging of HepatocellularCarcinoma.- Magnetic Resonance Imaging of Adenocarcinoma.- Quantitative Evaluation of Liver Function Within MR Imaging.- Diffusion-Weighted Imaging of the Liver.- Shape-Based Liver Segmentation Without Prior Statistical Models.- CT Imaging Characteristics of Hepatocellular Carcinoma.- Clinical Applications of Hepatobiliary MR Contrast Agents.- Fast Object Detection Using Color Features for Colonoscopy Quality Measurements.- Colon Surface Registration Using Ricci Flow.- Efficient Topological Cleaning for Visual Colon Surface Flattening.- Towards Self-Parameterized Active Contours for Medical Image Segmentation with Emphasis on Abdomen.- Bridging the Gap between Modeling of Tumor Growth and Clinical Imaging.- Evaluation of Medical Image Registration by Using High-Accuracy Image Matching Techniques.- Preclinical Visualization of Hypoxia, Proliferation and Glucose Metabolism In Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer And Its Metastasis.- Thermoacoustic Imaging With VHF Signal Generation – A New Contrast Mechanism for Cancer Imaging over [NAME] of View.- Automated Prostate Cancer Localization With Multiparametric Magnetic Resonance Imaging.- Ultrasound-Fluoroscopy Registration For Intraoperative Dynamic Dosimetry In Prostate Brachytherapy.- Multi-Atlas-Based Segmentation of [NAME] From CT Scans For Planning In Prostate Cancer Radiotherapy.- Propagating Segmentation of A Single Example to Similar Images: Differential Segmentation of the Prostate In 3-D MRI.- 3D REGistration of Whole-mount Prostate Histology IMAGEs to ex vivo magnetic resonance images using strand-shaped fiducials.- Anatomical Landmark Detection.- Index. | The book covers novel strategies of state of the art in engineering and clinical analysis and approaches for analyzing abdominal imaging, including lung, mediastinum, pleura, liver, kidney and gallbladder. In the last years the imaging techniques have experienced a tremendous improvement in the diagnosis and characterization of the pathologies that affect abdominal organs. In particular, the introduction of extremely fast CT scanners and high Magnetic field MR Systems allow imaging with an exquisite level of detail the anatomy and pathology of liver, kidney, pancreas, gallbladder as well as lung and mediastinum. Moreover, thanks to the development of powerful computer hardware and advanced mathematical algorithms the quantitative and automated\semi automated diagnosis of the pathology is becoming a reality. Medical image analysis plays an essential role in the medical imaging field, including computer-aided diagnosis, organ/lesion segmentation, image registration, and image-guided therapy.    This book will cover all the imaging techniques, potential for applying such imaging clinically, and offer present and future applications as applied to the abdomen and thoracic imaging with the most world renowned scientists in these fields. The main aim of this book is to help advance scientific research within the broad field of abdominal imaging. This book focuses on major trends and challenges in this area, and it presents work aimed to identify new techniques and their use in medical imaging analysis for abdominal imaging. ​ | <p>Covers novel, state-of-the-art strategies in engineering and clinical analysis</p><p>Explores approaches for analyzing abdominal imaging, including lung, mediastinum, pleura, liver, kidney and gallbladder</p><p>Offers present and future applications as applied to the abdomen and thoracic imaging with the most world-renowned scientists in these fields</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-94-007-7601-2 | Radiology | Hayat | [NAME] | Tumors of the Central Nervous System, Volume 13 | Pineal, Pituitary, and Spinal Tumors | Tumors of the Central Nervous System | 13 | 1 | 2014 | 286 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 286 p. 44 illus., 32 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 309 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH2903X | Neuroradiology | MMPH | SCL00004 | Life Sciences, general | PSA | Radiology | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface. I Types of tumors.- Embryonal tumor: molecular characterization.- Oligodendroglial tumors: intra-arterial chemotherapy.- Metastatic oligodendroglioma: diagnosis with fine-needle Aspiration cytology.- Management of hemangiopericytoma.- Role of cyclooxygenase-2 in the development and growth of Schwannomas.- Adult primary gliosarcoma: epidemiology.- Mesenchymal chondrosarcoma in the central nervous system: Histological diagnosis.- Supratentorial primitive neuroectodermal tumors (pnets).- Retinoblastoma and reproductive decisionmaking.- Trigeminal nerualgia with cerebellopontine angle tumors. II Diagnosis.- The concept of a preniche for cell counting in histopathologic slides of tumors.- Computer systems for cell counting in histopathologic slides of Tumours of the central nervous system: advantages and limitations.III Ultrasonography.- Intraoperative ultrasonography in tumor surgery. Advantage of intraoperative power doppler ultrasonography for intracranial tumors.- Intraoperative ultrasound in neurosurgical oncology-scope and utility. IV Surgery.- Resection of brain tumors: intraoperative confocal microscopy technology.- Brainstem cavernomas, accessible lesions: surgery.- The role of surgical resection for metastatic brain tumors. V Brain metastasis.- Factors responsible for local recurrence of brain metastasis.- Role of mmp2 in brain metastasis.- Differentiating choroid plexus tumors from metastatic.- [NAME]: use of inwardly rectifying k+ channel kir7.1 and excitatory amino acid transporter-VI General [NAME] disease: role of glial fibrillary acidic protein.- Lipoma: an overview.- Tumefactive demyelination.- Immunotherapies for brain cancer: from preclinical models to human trials.- The role of hyaluronic acid and its receptors invasion of brain tumors.- Neonatal hypoxic-ischemic brain damage: human umbilical [NAME] mononuclear cells transplantation.- Pathological angiogenesis: an overview.- Use of mobile phones and brain cancer risk in children? Index. | Volume 13: Pineal, Pituitary, and Spinal Tumors is organized in six sections, for convenience and quick access to critical information. Section I, Types of Tumors includes a chapter on molecular characterization of Embryonal tumors, a chapter on diagnosis of metastatic oligodendroglioma using fine-needle aspiration cytology, one covering intra-arterial chemotherapy of oligodendroglial tumors and another on the role of cyclooxygenase-2 in the development and growth of Schwannomas, and others, closing with a chapter on trigeminal neuralgia with cerebellopontine angle tumors.  Section II, Diagnosis, includes two chapters on cell counting in histopathologic slides of tumors. Section III offers three chapters which discuss aspects of intraoperative ultrasonography. Section IV covers brain tumor surgery, and Section V surveys Brain Metastasis. The final section offers a wide-ranging review of General Diseases, with chapters on, among others, [NAME]; Lipoma; Transplantation of human umbilical cord blood mononuclear cells in cases of neonatal hypoxic-ischemic brain damage; and a chapter discussing the use of mobile phones and brain cancer risk in children.   Like its twelve predecessors in the series, this volume merits distinction for its thorough approach, its roster of 78 distinguished contributors representing 14 different countries and its detailed examination of leading-edge technology and methods. | <p>Includes sections devoted to diagnosis, intraoperative ultrasonography, cell counting, brain metastasis and more </p><p>Coverage spans a range of tumor types including neuroblastoma, medulloblastoma, meningioma and chordoma </p><p>Gathers the work of 78 expert contributors representing 14 different countries</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-0420-0 | Radiology | Holodny | [NAME] | Clinical fMRI and Diffusion Tractography | [NAME], Neurological Assessment, and Case-Based Analysis |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 300 | Hard cover | Book | 300 p. 1000 illus., 200 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | SCH2903X | Neuroradiology | MMPH | Radiology | Professional book | Springer New York | Planned | 2013-11-01 00:00:00 |  |  |  | Unlike most MRI procedures, functional MRI (fMRI) studies require interaction between the radiology professionals administering the test and the patient, whose neurological status must be assessed. Additionally, an appropriate paradigm must be selected based on the neurological assessment  and prior MRI exams, the paradigm must be delivered to and successfully performed by the patient while undergoing the fMRI study, and there is analysis to be done on the fMRI data after the exam. Clinical fMRI and Diffusion Tractography presents extensive, case-based clinical information on all aspects of fMRI studies that radiologists need to follow to ensure optimal clinical output is achieved. Written by experts from the fMRI Laboratory at Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, chapters patient preparation, fMRI hardware and scanner basics, as well as information on diffusion tractography. The series of unique clinical case studies presented in the book will be a valuable resource for all neuroradiologists to better understand the optimal using of functional imaging and diffusion tractography for the diagnosis of brain disorders and disease. | Defines the fundamental principles behind fMRI and diffusion tractography  Presents the optimal fMRI paradigms appropriate for the patient and clinical situation  Describes how to deliver fMRI paradigms correctly and monitor patients for adequate compliance | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-39820-9 | Radiology | Keshtgar | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Practical Guide to Targeted Intraoperative Radiotherapy: [NAME] |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 165 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 165 p. 104 illus., 92 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 179 | Medicine & Public Health | [NAME] | Radiotherapy | MJCL1 | SCH43016 | Surgical Oncology | MNK | Radiology | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Concept and review of the evidence.- Mechanism of Action of TARGIT.- How to use Intrabeam.- Quality Assurance and Commissioning.- Radiation protection.- Radiobiology of TARGIT.- Surgical aspects of [NAME] in Breast Cancer.- Follow-up findings in the tumour bed after IORT- What the Radiologist needs to know.- Quality of life and late radiation toxicity.- Cosmetic outcome following [NAME] and Persistent Pain After Treatment.- Other applications.-ö Intraoperative Photon Radiosurgery in Patients with Malignant Brain Tumours.- Intraoperative radiotherapy with low-energy photons in rectal cancer recurrence.- Cases.- Experience with [NAME] in a Developing Country.- TARGIT Trials and what to tell the patients.- Quality Assurance and Training of Targeted Intraoperative Radiotherapy: Establishment of the TARGIT Academy.- Health economics. | Targeted intraoperative radiotherapy is a major advance in the management of cancer patients and has been attracting massive interest worldwide following publication of the results of an important randomized controlled trial in The Lancet. This textbook is designed to introduce this innovative technology in a comprehensive manner to clinicians dealing with cancer patients. Throughout, the emphasis is on practical aspects, and the text is supported by many excellent illustrations. The editors of the book have extensive experience in targeted intraoperative radiotherapy and include co-directors of the TARGIT Academy, which runs international training courses on the technology in the United Kingdom and Germany. They have brought together multidisciplinary contributors from different centers across the world who have wide experience in the field and whose work has been recognized internationally. It is the editors’ hope that this book will succeed in ensuring that targeted intraoperative radiotherapy is used effectively worldwide. ​ | <p>Comprehensive guide to targeted intraoperative radiotherapy</p><p>Emphasis on practical aspects</p><p>Written by experts from across the world whose work has been recognized internationally  ​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-94-007-7255-7 | Radiology | [NAME] | [NAME]; Kwan-Hoong Ng | Radiological Safety and Quality | Paradigms in Leadership and Innovation |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 464 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 464 p. 78 illus., 34 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 179 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | SCP31050 | Medical and Radiation Physics | MMPH | Radiology | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Radiological Safety and Quality.- Procedure Justification, Protection Optimization, and Error Reduction.- Infrastructure Improvements.- Global, Regional and National Challenges, Actions and Opportunities. | This book is the product of a unique collaboration by experts from leading international, regional and national agencies and professional organizations discussing on the current ‘hot’ issue on the judicious use and safety of radiation in radiology. There have been several cases involving radiation overexposure that have received international attention. Strategies and solutions to guide readers how to maximize the benefits and minimize the risks when using radiation in medicine are covered. | <p>Unique collaboration by experts from leading international agencies and professional organizations </p><p>Detail discussions on global issues and solutions for radiation safety and appropriate use of radiology</p><p>Up-to-date review of a 'hot topic' </p><p>Strategies to guide readers how to maximize the benefits and minimize the risks when using radiation in medicine </p><p>Special chapters on procedure justification, optimization of protection, error reduction and recording of personal exposure</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-37095-3 | Radiology | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Radiology Illustrated: Chest Radiology |  | Radiology Illustrated |  | 1 | 2014 | 200 | Hard cover | Book | XXI, 200 p. 169 illus., 91 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 309 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | SCH29013 | Diagnostic Radiology | MMPH | Radiology | [NAME] | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-11-29 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1 Focal Lung Diseases.- Ch 1-1 Nodule.- Ch 1-1a Solid nodule.- Ch 1-1b Ground-glass opacity nodule.- Ch 1-2 Mass.- Ch 1-3 Consolidation.- Ch 1-3a Lobar consolidation.- Ch 1-3b Nodular consolidation.- Ch 1-4 Reticular or linear pattern.- Ch 1-5 Comet tail sign.- Ch 1-6 CT halo sign.- Ch 1-7 Galaxy sign.- Ch 1-8 Reversed halo sign.- Ch 1-9 Tree-in-bud sign.- Ch 1-10 Gloved-finger or tooth-paste sign.- Ch 1-11 Decreased opacity with cystic airspace.- Ch 1-11a Decreased opacity with cystic [NAME], [NAME] Decreased opacity with cystic [NAME], cyst.- Ch 1-12 Decreased opacity without cystic airspace.- Ch 1-12a Decreased opacity without cystic airspace, [NAME] 1-12 b Decreased opacity without cystic airspace, airway disease.- Ch 1-12 Air crescent sign.- Ch 1-13 signet ring sign.- Chapter 2 Diffuse Lung Diseases.- Ch 2-1 Interlobular septal thickening.- Ch 2-1a Smooth thickening.- Ch 2-1b Nodular thickening.- Ch 2-2 Intralobular lines.- Ch 2-2a Intralobular lines with reticulation.- Ch 2-2b Intralobular lines with interlobular septal thickening.- Ch 2-2c Intralobular lines with ground-glass opacity.- Ch 2-3 Honeycombing.- Ch 2-3a Honeycombing with subpleural or basal predominance.- Ch 2-3b Honeycombing with upper lung zone predominance.- Ch 2-4 Small nodular or micronodular pattern.- Ch 2-4a Small nodular lesions with centrilobular distribution.- Ch 2-4b Small nodular lesions with perilymphatic distribution.- Ch 2-4c Small nodular lesions with random (military) distribution.- Ch 2-4d Multiple nodular or mass or mass-like pattern.- Ch 2-5 Ground-glass opacity with reticulation.- Ch 2-5a Ground-glass opacity with reticulation and traction bronchiectasis.- Ch 2-5b Crazy-paving appearance.- Ch 2-6 Ground-glass opacity without reticulation.- Ch 2-6a Ground-glass opacity without reticulation and peripheral or patchy distribution.- Ch 2-6b Ground-glass opacity without reticulation and small nodules.- Ch 2-6c Ground-glass opacity without reticulation and diffuse distribution.- Ch 2-7 Consolidation.- Ch 2-7a Consolidation with diffuse distribution.- Ch 2-7b Consolidation with subpleural distribution.- Ch 2-8 Decreased opacity with cystic airspace.- Ch 2-8a Decreased opacity with cystic airspace and cystic wall (cavity and cysts).- Ch 2-8a1 Decreased opacity with cystic airspace and cystic wall, cavities.- Ch 2-8a2 Decreased opacity with cystic airspace and cystic wall, cysts.- Ch 2-8b Decreased opacity without cystic airspace but without wall (emphysema).- Ch 2-9 Decreased opacity without cystic airspace, [NAME] 2-9a Decreased opacity without cystic airspace, vascular.- Ch 2-9b Decreased opacity without cystic airspace, obstructive airway [NAME] 2-10 Decreased opacity without cystic airspace, airway diseases.​ | The purpose of this atlas is to illustrate how to achieve reliable diagnoses when confronted by the different abnormalities, or “disease patterns”, that may be visualized on CT scans of the chest. The task of pattern recognition has been greatly facilitated by the advent of multidetector CT (MDCT), and the focus of the book is very much on the role of state-of-the-art MDCT. A wide range of disease patterns and distributions are covered, with emphasis on the typical imaging characteristics of the various focal and diffuse lung diseases. In addition, clinical information relevant to differential diagnosis is provided and the underlying gross and microscopic pathology is depicted, permitting CT–pathology correlation. The entire information relevant to each disease pattern is also tabulated for ease of reference. This book will be an invaluable handy tool that will enable the reader to quickly and easily reach a diagnosis appropriate to the pattern of lung abnormality identified on CT scans.​ | <p>Pattern approach to the diagnosis of lung diseases based on CT scan appearances</p><p>Guide to quick and reliable differential diagnosis</p><p>CT–pathology correlation</p><p>Emphasis on state-of-the-art MDCT​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4419-9850-7 | Radiology | LOCKO | ROBERTA LOCKO | Quality and Patient Safety in Imaging |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 500 | Hard cover | Book | 500p. 500 illus., 100 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 219 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | SCH29013 | Diagnostic Radiology | MMPH | Radiology | Professional book | Springer New York | Planned | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  | Worldwide |  | The appropriate utilization of imaging technology is an important concern in today’s rapidly changing health care environment. Recent advances occurring in imaging modalities such as Multi-Slice CT, interventional radiology, MRI, and nuclear medicine have had a significant impact on the safety and quality of patient care. Quality and Patient Safety in Imaging presents a comprehensive overview of the  current issues involved in the creation of programs and protocols to ensure uniform standards of quality and safety are maintained in diagnostic imaging procedures.  The book is intended as a reference source not only for imaging professionals, but also for referring clinicians and allied health workers who utilize imaging services for patient care. Chapters address such topics as performance and process improvements developing within imaging centers at health care facilities, radiation standards and appropriateness criteria developed by societies such as the American College of Radiology, and ongoing initiatives for maintaining professional assessment criteria for imaging professionals and support staff. In addition, evidence-based imaging data will be used to present quality and safety issues within each imaging modality, and patient-care topics will be addressed, such as medication management, communication, and customer service issues. | The most comprehensive source of information on patient quality and safety standards in medical imaging  Includes a unique chapter on communication issues involved in medical imaging, such as critical value and event reporting, discrepancies in diagnosis, and informed consent  Covers initiatives by the American College of Radiology (ACR) for Appropriateness Criteria, Modality Accreditation, and Data Registries  Utilization issues by imaging modality including evidence-based imaging data | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-40411-5 | Radiology | Luna | [NAME]; [NAME]; Luiz Celso Hygino [NAME]; [NAME] | Functional Imaging in Oncology | Biophysical Basis and Technical Approaches  - Volume 1 |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 560 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 560 p. 261 illus., 201 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 279 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | SCH43008 | Oncology | MJCL | Radiology | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Clinical and therapeutic approach to functional oncological imaging: Cancer biology: What’s important for imaging.- Imaging biomarkers in oncology as surrogate endpoints in clinical trials.- Role of functional-molecular imaging in oncology.- [NAME] and imaging.- New therapies and functional-molecular imaging.- Bioinformatics for cancer imaging. Imaging of cancer hallmarks: Imaging of angiogenesis.- Imaging of tumor metabolism: MR spectroscopy.- Imaging of tumor metabolism: 18-FDG PET.- Imaging of tumor metabolism: PET with other metabolites.- Imaging of hypoxia on PET.- Imaging of hypoxia on MRI. Functional imaging techniques in clinical use: Functional imaging in assessing and monitoring of treatment response.- Diffusion-weighted MR imaging.- Perfusion CT.- Perfusion MRI.- DCE-US: Evaluation of angiogenesis.- Spectroscopy in cancer.- Hybrid imaging: PET-CT and PET-MRI.- Dual and spectral energy CT: oncological applications.- US elastography: applications in tumors. Molecular imaging techniques in clinical use and in research: New molecular and functional imaging techniques.- Multiparametric imaging. | In the new era of functional and molecular imaging, both currently available imaging biomarkers and biomarkers under development are expected to lead to major changes in the management of oncological patients. This well-illustrated two-volume book is a practical manual on the various imaging techniques capable of delivering functional information on cancer, including preclinical and clinical imaging techniques, based on US, CT, MRI, PET and hybrid modalities. This first volume explains the biophysical basis for these functional imaging techniques and describes the techniques themselves. Detailed information is provided on the imaging of cancer hallmarks, including angiogenesis, tumor metabolism, and hypoxia. The techniques and their roles are then discussed individually, covering the full range of modalities in clinical use as well as new molecular and functional techniques. The value of a multiparametric approach is also carefully considered. | <p>Easy-to-read manual on new functional imaging techniques in oncology </p><p>Explains current clinical applications and outlines future avenues </p><p>Includes numerous high-quality illustrations to highlight the major teaching points</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-40581-5 | Radiology | Luna | [NAME]; [NAME]; Luiz Celso Hygino [NAME]; [NAME] | Functional Imaging in Oncology | Clinical Applications Volume 2 |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 876 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 876 p. 507 illus., 304 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 339 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | SCH43008 | Oncology | MJCL | Radiology | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-12-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Tumors of the CNS and spinal cord: Functional techniques in the CNS.- Glial tumors, brain metastases, and postoperative changes.-Non-glial primary tumors of the CNS.- Spinal cord malignancies. Head and neck tumors: Head and neck tumors. Chest malignancies: Lung cancer and malignancies of the pleura.-Malignant Pleural Mesothelioma.- Thymoma and other malignancies of the mediastinum.- Cardiac tumors. Women’s Cancers: Breast cancer.- PET-CT of gynecological malignancies and ovarian cancer.-Functional MRI of gynecological malignancies.- Ovarian cancer and peritoneum. Malginancies of the Gastrointestinal System: Esophagus, stomach and small bowel malignancies.- Colorectal cancer. [NAME] and pancreatic malignancies: Functional Imaging techniques of the liver.- Hepatocellular carcinoma.- Liver metastases.- Other malignant lesions of the liver.- Gallbladder and biliary system.- Pancreas.- Splenic lesions.Genitourinary tract tumors:.- Renal cell carcinoma.- Functional CT and MRI of the urinary system and adrenal glands.- Prostate cancer.- Scrotum.-Malignancies of the mesenterium and retroperitoneum. Malignancies of the endocrine system: Functional oncological imaging of the endocrine system. Hematological malignancies: Imaging of the lymph nodes.- Lymphoma.- Multiple myeloma and other hematological malignancies. Malignant tumors of the musculoskeletal system: Soft tissue sarcoma of the extremities.-Bone malignancies.- Bone metastases. Pediatric tumors: Specific malignancies of the pediatric age. Other malignancies: Malignant melanoma. | In the new era of functional and molecular imaging, both currently available imaging biomarkers and biomarkers under development are expected to lead to major changes in the management of oncological patients. This two-volume book is a practical manual on the various imaging techniques capable of delivering functional information on cancer, including diffusion MRI, perfusion CT and MRI, dual-energy CT, spectroscopy, dynamic contrast-enhanced ultrasonography, PET, and hybrid modalities. This second volume considers the applications and benefits of these techniques in a wide range of tumor types, including their role in diagnosis, prediction of treatment outcome, and early evaluation of treatment response. Each chapter addresses a specific malignancy and is written by one or more acclaimed experts. The lucid text is complemented by numerous high-quality illustrations that highlight key features and major teaching points. | <p>Easy-to-read manual on new functional imaging techniques in oncology</p><p>Explains current clinical applications and outlines future avenues</p><p>Includes numerous high-quality illustrations to highlight the major teaching points</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-5402-0 | Radiology | McParland | [NAME] | Medical Radiation Dosimetry | Theory of Charged Particle Collision Energy Loss |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 622 | Hard cover | Book | XXV, 622 p. 120 illus., 5 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 229 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29048 | Nuclear Medicine | MMN | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | Radiology | Monograph | Springer London | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I. Introduction to Charged Particles.- ​1. Introduction.- 2. Elements of Quantum Scattering Theory.- Part II. [NAME] Scatter.- 3. Introduction of Part II.- 4. [NAME] from an Unscreened Point Charge.- 5. [NAME] from Distributed and Screened Charges.- 6. Multiple Elastic Coulomb Scatter.- Part III. Collision Energy Loss.- 7. Introduction to Part III.- 8. Soft Collisions.- 9. Hard Collisions.- 10. Total and Restricted Collision Stopping Powers and Theory of the Mean Energy Expended to Create an Ion Pair.- 11. Mean Excitation Energy.- 12. Higher-Order Corrections in the Collision Stopping Power.- 13. Charged Particle Range.- 14. Collision Energy Loss in Compound Media.- Part IV. Stochastic Collision Energy Loss.- 15. Introduction to Part IV.- 16. Collision Statistics.- 17. The Chapman-Kolmogorov and Bothe-Landau Equations.- 18. Probability Distribution Functions for Collision Energy Loss. | Accurate radiation dosimetry is a requirement of radiation oncology, diagnostic radiology and nuclear medicine.  It is necessary so as to satisfy the needs of patient safety, therapeutic and diagnostic optimisation, and retrospective epidemiological studies of the biological effects resulting from low absorbed doses of ionising radiation.  The radiation absorbed dose received by the patient is the ultimate consequence of the transfer of kinetic energy through collisions between energetic charged particles and atoms of the tissue being traversed.  Thus, the ability of the medical physicist to both measure and calculate accurately patient dosimetry demands a deep understanding of the physics of charged particle interactions with matter.  Interestingly, the physics of charged particle energy loss has an almost exclusively theoretical basis, thus necessitating an advanced theoretical understanding of the subject in order to apply it appropriately to the clinical regime.​ Each year, about one-third of the world's population is exposed to ionising radiation as a consequence of diagnostic or therapeutic medical practice. The optimisation of the resulting radiation absorbed dose received by the patient and the clinical outcome sought, whether diagnostic or therapeutic, demands accuracy in the evaluation of the radiation absorbed doses resulting from such exposures. This requirement arrises primarily from two broadly-encompassing factors:The requirement in radiation oncology for a 5% or less uncertainty in the calculation and measurement of absorbed dose so as to optimise the therapeutic ratio of the probabilities of tumour control and normal tissue complications; andThe establishment and further refinement of dose reference levels used in diagnostic radiology and nuclear medicine to minimise the amount of absorbed dose for a required degree of diagnostic benefit.The radiation absorbed dose is the outcome of energetic charged particles decelerating and transferring their kinetic energy to tissue. The calculation of this energy deposition, characterised by the stopping power, is unique in that it is derived entirely from theoretical principles. This dominant role of the associated theory makes its understanding of fundamental to the calculation of the radiation absorbed dose to the patient.The theoretical development of charged particle energy loss recognised in medical physics textbooks is in general limited to basic derivations based upon classical theory, generally a simplified form of the Bohr theory. More advanced descriptions of, for example, the Bethe-Bloch quantum result usually do not go beyond the simple presentation of the result without full explanation of the theoretical development of the theory and consideration of its limitations, its dependencies upon the Born perturbation theory and the various correction factors needed to correct for the failures of that Born theory at higher orders. This is not appropriate for a full understanding of the theory that its importance deserves. The medical radiation physicist should be aware of the details of the theoretical derivations of charged particle energy loss in order to appreciate the levels of accuracy in tabular data provided in reports and the calculation methodologies used in modern [NAME] calculations of radiation dosimetry. | <p>​This book highlights and analyses the strengths, weaknesses and assumptions of the theoretical developments</p><p>It acts as an adjunct to other resources which provide tabular forms of energy loss data but do not explore in any depth the theory leading to the calculation of these data</p><p>The book congregates all of the advanced knowledge required in the development of the theory in its medical applications in a single and unmatched resource</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8644-2 | Radiology | Moniuszko | [NAME]; [NAME] | Nuclear Cardiology Study Guide | A Technologist's Review for Passing Specialty Certification Exams |  |  | 1 | 2015 | 281 | Soft cover | Book | XV, 281 p. 34 illus., 24 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29048 | Nuclear Medicine | MMN | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | Radiology | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2015-01-16 00:00:00 |  |  | Tackling the Multiple-Choice Test.- Practice Test 1: Difficulty Level-Easy.- Practice Test  2: Difficulty Level-Moderate.- Practice Test  3: Difficulty Level-Hard.- Appendix A: Commonly Used Abbreviations and Symbols in Nuclear Medicine.- Appendix B: Glossary of Cardiology Terms.- Appendix C: Useful Websites. | This book presents a comprehensive review of nuclear cardiology principles and concepts necessary to pass the Nuclear Cardiology Technology Specialty Examination. The practice questions are similar in format and content to those found on the Nuclear Medicine Technology Certification Board (NMTCB) and American Registry of Radiological Technologists (ARRT) examinations, allowing test takers to maximize their chances of success. The book is organized by test sections of increasing difficulty, with over 600 multiple-choice questions covering all areas of nuclear cardiology, including radionuclides, instrumentation, radiation safety, patient care, and diagnostic and therapeutic procedures. Detailed answers and explanations to the practice questions follow. It also includes helpful test-taking tips. Supplementary appendices include commonly used abbreviations and symbols in nuclear medicine, glossary of cardiology terms, and useful websites. Nuclear Cardiology Study Guide is a valuable reference for nuclear medicine technologists, nuclear medicine physicians, and all other imaging professionals in need of a concise review of nuclear cardiology. | <p>Features rich images for review</p><p>Written by leading experts on nuclear medicine</p><p>Includes helpful test-taking tips</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-40293-7 | Radiology | Nanni | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Radiology for PET/CT Reporting |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 120 | Soft cover | Book | XIV, 120 p. 315 illus., 159 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29048 | Nuclear Medicine | MMN | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | Radiology | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Normal CT slice by slice: Brain.- Head and neck.- Thorax.- Abdomen.- Pelvis.- Para-physiological CT findings: Brain.- Head and neck.- Thorax.- Abdomen.- Pelvis.- Pathologic CT findings: Brain.- Head and neck.- Thorax.- Abdomen.- Pelvis.- MR for nuclear medicine: Brain.- Bone.- Pelvis.​ | Reading PET/CT scans is sometimes challenging. Not infrequently, abnormal findings on CT images are functionally silent and therefore difficult for nuclear medicine practitioners to interpret. Furthermore, in general only a low-dose CT scan is produced as part of the combined PET/CT study, and the resulting CT images may prove suboptimal for image interpretation. This atlas is designed to enable nuclear medicine practitioners who routinely read PET/CT scans to recognize the most common CT abnormalities. Slice-by-slice descriptions are provided of anatomical structures as visualized on CT scans obtained in PET/CT studies. The CT findings that may be detected while reviewing PET/CT scans of various body regions and conditions are then illustrated and fully described. The concluding section of the book is devoted to the principal MRI findings in diseases which cannot be evaluated using PETs/CTs. ​ | <p>Offers rapid access to slice by slice CT descriptions of anatomical structures from PET/CT studies</p><p>Presents images and descriptions of CT findings that may be detected while reviewing PET/CT scans</p><p>Includes principal MRI findings in diseases susceptible to PET/CT evaluation​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8653-4 | Radiology | Palmer | [NAME]; [NAME] | Pediatric and Adolescent Urologic Imaging |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 550 | Hard cover | Book | VII, 550 p. 422 illus., 144 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 339 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | SCH51000 | Primary Care Medicine | MBPC | Radiology | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I. Radiology Principles.- 1. History of Pediatric Urologic Imaging.- 2. Principles of Ultrasound.- 3. Principles of [NAME] (CT).- 4. Principles of Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI).- 5. Principles of [NAME] (VCUG).- 6. Principles of Nuclear Medicine Imaging.- 7. Radiation Safety.- Part II. Clinical Imaging.- 8. Prenatal Imaging of the Genitourinary Tract.- 9. Renal Imaging:  Congenital Anomalies of the Kidney and Urinary Tract.- 10. Renal Imaging:  Hydronephrosis and Renal Obstruction.- 11. Renal Imaging:  Cystic and Solid Lesions.- 12. Renal Imaging: Infection.- 13. Urolithiasis.- 14. Bladder and Ureteral Imaging.- 15. Urethral Imaging.- 16. Adrenal Gland Imaging.- 17. Scrotal Imaging.- 18. Interventional Uroradiologic Procedures in Children.- 19. Exstrophy-Epispadias Complex (Classic Bladder Exstrophy & Cloacal Exstrophy) Prune Belly Syndrome, Bladder Augmentation.- 20. Trauma.- 21. Disorders of Sexual Differentiation, Gynecological and Anorectal Abnormalities. | Pediatric and Adolescent Urologic Imaging provides a comprehensive reference for health care providers of children and adolescents with urologic conditions. This is the first book in which each chapter is written collaboratively by at least one author from each specialty. This unique approach melds the expertise of each specialist and offers it to the reader in a manner aimed at reinforcing the integration of clinical information to radiologic imaging.      The book is arranged into two sections allowing for easy access to the information. The first section covers the principles of each radiologic modality as well as radiation safety and the history of uroradiology.  The second section integrates the lessons of the first section into specific urologic conditions arranged anatomically and includes additional unique conditions.       Pediatric and Adolescent Urologic Imaging is a key reference for pediatric urologists and radiologists as well as primary care providers, general urologists and radiologists, fellows, residents, medical students, and mid-level providers. | <p>Written collaboratively by pediatric urologists and radiologists</p><p>Authors are experts in their specific areas</p><p>Reviews the principles of each radiologic modality</p><p>Presents combined specialty evaluations of clinical conditions arranged anatomically</p><p>Forward by Dr. [NAME], Professor of Radiology, Emeritus, Boston Children’s Hospital and Harvard Medical School</p><p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-88-470-5488-2 | Radiology | Paolantonio | [NAME]; Clarisse Dromain | Imaging of Small Bowel, Colon and Rectum |  | A-Z Notes in Radiological Practice and Reporting |  | 1 | 2014 | 182 | Soft cover | Book | XIII, 182 p. 26 illus., 7 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 39.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | SCH33061 | Gastroenterology | MJH | Radiology | Handbook | Springer Milan | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | From A to Z Glossary.- References. | The new series A-Z Notes in Radiological Practice and Reporting provides practical guides for residents and general radiologists, organized alphabetically, primarily according to disease or condition.  All booklets are designed so as to cover a large spectrum of topics referring to different anatomical regions of interest. Entries typically include a short description of pathological and clinical characteristics, guidance on selection of the most appropriate imaging technique, a schematic review of potential diagnostic clues, and useful tips and tricks.   The present booklet, enriched by illustrations and schemes, is devoted to gastrointestinal imaging. Major topics in CT and MR imaging of the small bowel, colon, rectum, and anus are treated concisely in alphabetical order. For each topic a brief review of clinical features and pathology is presented, followed by a short description of imaging technique and an accurate review of imaging findings and signs which are useful in the differential diagnosis of gastrointestinal disease.   ​ | <p>Useful in daily practice for planning exams and radiologic reporting</p><p>Quick answer to frequent questions occurring during daily radiological practice</p><p>Practical and brief notes organized in the form of an A-Z glossary</p><p>Easy and fast consultation</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-88-470-5405-9 | Radiology | Pinto | [NAME]; [NAME] | Imaging of Foreign Bodies |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 156 | Hard cover | Book | V, 156 p. 87 illus., 22 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | SCH29013 | Diagnostic Radiology | MMPH | Radiology | Contributed volume | Springer Milan | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Plain film and MDCT assessment of neck foreign bodies.- 2 Foreign bodies in the tracheobronchial tree.- 3 Foreign bodies of the gastrointestinal tract.- 4 Intra-abdominal foreign bodies: gossypiboma and abdominal wall meshes.- 5 Abdominal compartment syndrome due to hepatic packing.- 6 Foreign bodies as complications of biliary stents and gastrointestinal stents.- 7 Endovascular foreign bodies.- 8 Foreign bodies as complications of endovascular devices.- 9 Retained intracranial and intraspinal foreign bodies.- 10 Role of magnetic resonance imaging in diagnosing foreign bodies.- 11 Soft tissue foreign bodies.- 12 Foreign bodies and penetrating injuries. | Most ingested foreign bodies pass through the gastrointestinal tract without a problem. However, both ingested and inserted foreign bodies may cause bowel obstruction or perforation or lead to severe hemorrhage, abscess formation, or septicemia. Foreign body aspiration is common in children, especially those under 3 years of age, and in these cases chest radiography and CT are the main imaging modalities. This textbook provides a thorough overview of the critical role of diagnostic imaging in the assessment of patients with suspected foreign body ingestion, aspiration, or insertion. A wide range of scenarios are covered, from the common problem of foreign body ingestion or aspiration in children and mentally handicapped adults through to drug smuggling by body packing and gunshot wounds. Guidance is offered on diagnostic protocols, and the value of different imaging modalities in different situations is explained. Helpful management tips are also provided. This textbook will prove invaluable for residents in radiology, radiologists, and physicians who are involved on a daily basis, within an emergency department, in the management of patients with suspected ingestion, aspiration, or insertion of foreign bodies.​ | <p>Thorough overview of the role of diagnostic imaging in the assessment of patients with suspected foreign body ingestion, aspiration, or insertion </p><p>Explains how knowledge of X-ray and CT appearances of foreign bodies can reduce the rate of diagnostic errors </p><p>Offers guidance on diagnostic protocols that will help to avoid errors in patient management​  </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-40376-7 | Radiology | Raghavan | Prashant [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Manual of Head and Neck Imaging |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 226 | Hard cover | Book | VI, 226 p. 369 illus. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH |  |  |  | Radiology | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Spaces of the Neck.- Cervical Lymphadenopathy.- Nasopharynx.- Oral Cavity and Oropharynx.- [NAME] and Hypopharynx.- [NAME] Glands.- Orbits.- Temporal Bone and Skull Base.- Sinonasal Cavities.- Head and Neck Trauma.- Maxilla and Mandible.- [NAME] and Parathyroid Glands.- Pediatric Head and Neck Lesions. | This book is designed as an easily readable manual that will be of great practical value for radiology and otolaryngology residents during their clinical rotations. Key facts on head and neck imaging are presented in short chapters written in an easily readable style. Line drawings are used to illustrate key concepts, and tables, checklists, and algorithms will enable the readers to arrive at a quick diagnosis. In addition, emphasis is placed on clinical pearls that will assist them in preparing suitable reports. The Manual of Head and [NAME] is sized to allow residents to read it completely within a matter of days, and it will also serve as an ideal quick reference guide as different clinical situations arise. | <p>Easy-to-read short chapters</p><p>Tables, checklists, and algorithms to assist in arriving at a quick diagnosis</p><p>Clinical pearls that will enable the radiologist to issue a relevant report</p><p>One-stop resource when preparing for radiology and otolaryngology exams</p><p>Line diagrams to illustrate key concepts</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-5501-0 | Radiology | Ratnam | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Managing Common Interventional Radiology Complications | A Case Based Approach |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 260 | Soft cover | Book | X, 260 p. 71 illus., 7 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29021 | Interventional Radiology | MMPH | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | Radiology | Professional book | Springer London | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Embolisation coil trapped in the side hole of a catheter.- 2. Retrieval of an intravascular foreign body in the venous system.- 3. Migrated Superior Vena Cava Stent Repositioned using a Balloon and Loop Snare Combination.- 4. Retrieval of Central Venous Catheter fragment following Portacath Removal.- 5. Central Venous Catheter Inserted Into the Mediastinum.- 6. Femoral artery pseudoaneurysm treated with percutaneous thrombin injection.- 7. Superficial Femoral Artery Thrombosis Post Angioplasty.- 8. Superficial Femoral Artery Rupture Following Angioplasty.- 9. Distal embolization following common iliac and superficial femoral artery angioplasty.- 10. Flow-limiting iliac artery dissection post angioplasty.- 11. Dissection of Superior Mesenteric Artery (SMA) during Transarterial Chemoembolisation (TACE) via a replaced right hepatic artery.- 12. Iatrogenic iliac artery rupture during arterial stenting.- 13. Detachment of a balloon-expandable stent from the balloon and the wire.- 14. Migration of common hepatic artery stent graft occluding right hepatic artery flow.- 15. Migrated stent graft during TIPS revision.- 16. Type 1A Endoleak following EVAR treated with a Proximal Cuff.- 17. Management of a Type 1B Endoleak following EVAR.-18. Persistent Type 2 Endoleak Post EVAR With [NAME] Expansion.- 19. Acute Renal Artery Occlusion and Trapped Renal Artery Catheter during Infrarenal [NAME] 20. Maldeployment of the contralateral limb during EVAR.- 21. Branch endograft disconnection and impending type 3 endoleak post EVAR.- 22. Haemorrhage following percutaneous nephrostomy.- 23. Injury to bowel following transplant nephrostomy insertion.- 24. Renal arterial haemorrhage following renal artery stenting.- 25. Pyrexia after Tumour Embolisation - Infection vs Post-embolisation Syndrome.- 26. Arterioportal fistula and Liver haemorrhage after Radiofrequency Ablation and TACE.- 27. Protrusion of [NAME] cava filter into the aorta.- 28. Multiple Options for Retrieval of a Tilted IVC filter.- 29. Retrieval of a Well Orientated IVC Filter with Embedded Struts.- 30. Retrieving a Tilted IVC filter with [NAME] the IVC.- 31. Fistula rupture post fistuloplasty.- 32. Circumferential balloon rupture and retained fragments during fistuloplasty; and thrombolysis of a thrombosed fistula.- 33. Haemorrhage after Transjugular Liver Biopsy. | This book provides an easy-to-use manual that will help trainee and practising interventional radiologists by providing cases which cover most of the complications that a general interventionalist may encounter in normal practice. There will be 40-50 cases. The cases will be presented succinctly but thoroughly, such that the reader is equipped to manage the complication immediately. At least 50% of cases will be from District General Hospital Consultants. | <p>Line drawings with a few radiographic images will be used to describe the technical details of the manoeuvres used to rectify the complication</p><p>Each case will be concluded with technical hints/tips and a box containing 4-6 main bullet points</p><p>The author of each case will emphasise the main learning points after presenting the case</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8768-5 | Radiology | Reinus | [NAME] | Clinician's Guide to Diagnostic Imaging |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 160 | Soft cover | Book | X, 160 p. 35 illus. | 0 | final | 49.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | SCH24003 | General Practice / Family Medicine | MBPC | Radiology | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Imaging Modalities and Contrast Agents.- Neurological Imaging.- Cardiothoracic Imaging.- Breast Imaging.- Abdominal Imaging.- Musculoskeletal Imaging.- Approach to Vascular Imaging. | This book is a concise guide to ordering radiology tests for diagnosis and treatment and provides best practice guidelines for patients whose management depends on a clinical question that is best approached through imaging. Organized primarily by organ system, it outlines considerations in selecting the most efficacious imaging studies based on the clinical history, laboratory values, and physical findings to arrive cost-effectively at a correct diagnosis. It also explores the current limitations of each imaging modality and presents evidence-based information to insure that patient safety considerations are observed when ordering potentially dangerous examinations. [NAME] to Diagnostic Imaging is a valuable resource for all physicians who regularly order imaging studies, including primary care physicians, family practitioners, internists, and surgeons alike. Further, this volume serves as an invaluable reference for medical students who are exposed to medical imaging for their first time or who are rotating through a radiology elective in medical school. | <p>Gives primary care physicians a concise reference source to use when ordering radiology tests for patient diagnosis and treatment </p><p>Outlines the current limitations of each imaging modality and presents evidence-based information </p><p>A valuable resource for family physicians, internists, pediatricians, emergency physicians, nurse practitioners, and physician assistants</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-0096-7 | Radiology | Ruben | [NAME] | Advanced Imaging of the Foot and Ankle |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 300 | Hard cover | Book | 300p. 1000 illus., 200 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | SCH29013 | Diagnostic Radiology | MMPH | Radiology | Professional book | Springer New York | Planned | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  |  | Advanced Imaging of the Foot and Ankle is a comprehensive guide to current medical imaging technologies used in diagnosing injuries and disorders of the foot and ankle. The book contains a wealth of high-resolution imaging studies for magnetic resonance (MR), computed tomography (CT), and ultra sonography (US), as well as the latest in nuclear medicine imaging technology. Chapters are focused on clinical cases involving injures and disorders of each anatomic region of the foot and ankle, including the Achilles tendon, heel, tarsometatarsal joints, metatarsals, metarasophalagial joints, and the toes. Additionally, information is given on safety considerations for imaging studies, including radiation concerns, and an appendix includes useful MR and CT protocols to apply to clinical use. | A comprehensive guide to current medical imaging technologies Contains a wealth of high-resolution imaging studies for magnetic resonance (MR), computed tomography (CT), and ultra sonography (US), as well as the latest in nuclear medicine imaging technology A practical clinical resource for diagnostic radiologists, fellows, and residents as well as orthopedic surgeons, sports medicine specialists, podiatrists, and primary care physicians | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8874-3 | Radiology | Saremi | [NAME] | Cardiac CT and MR for Adult Congenital Heart Disease |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 801 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 801 p. 532 illus., 347 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 229 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | SCH29013 | Diagnostic Radiology | MMPH | Radiology | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Classification and Epidemiology.- 2. Embryology.- 3. Cardiac MRI Examination: An Overview.- 4. Magnetic Resonance Angiography.- 5. Principles of CT Imaging.- Echocardiographic Imaging in Adult Congenital Heart Disease.- 6. Echocardiographic Imaging in Adult Congenital Heart Disease.- 7. Right Ventricle Outflow Tract.- 8. Left [NAME] 9. Repaired Tetralogy of Fallot.- 10. Transposition of the Great Arteries.- 11. Univentricular Heart.- 12. Visceroatrial Situs in [NAME] Disease.- 13. Cardiac Shunts: ASD, VSD, PDA.- 14. Atrioventricular Septal Defects.- 15. [NAME] Anomaly.- 16. [NAME] Cardiomyopathy.- 17. The Right Myocardium.- 18. CT in Pediatric Congenital Heart Disease.- 19. Surgical Considerations in Adult Patients with [NAME] Disease.- 20. MRI in Repaired Congenital Heart Disease.- 21. Cardiac CT and MR Evaluation of the Adult Fontan Patient.- 22. Transcatheter Interventions in Adult Congenital Heart Disease.- 23. [NAME] in [NAME] Disease.- 24. Aortic Arch Anomalies.- 25. Pulmonary Hypertension in Congenital Heart Disease.- 26. Congenital Thoracic Venous Anomalies.- 27. Coronary Artery Anomalies.- 28. Coronary Veins.- 29. Congenital Pericardial Anomalies.- 30. [NAME] Complications.- 31. Cardiac MR in Patients with Implantable Arrhythmia Devices. | ​​This is the first major textbook to address both computed tomography (CT) and magnetic resonance (MR) cardiac imaging of adults for the diagnosis and treatment of congenital heart disease (CHD). Since the introduction of faster CT scanners, there has been tremendous advancement in the diagnosis of CHD in adults. This is mostly due to the higher spatial resolution of CT compared to MR, which enables radiologists to create more detailed visualizations of cardiac anatomic structures, leading to the discovery of anomalous pathologies often missed by conventional MR imaging. This book is unique in highlighting the advantages of both CT and MR for the diagnosis of CHD in adults, focusing on the complementary collaboration between the two modalities that is possible. Chapters include discussions of case examples, clinical data, MR and CT image findings, and correlative cadaveric pictures. The chapters focus not only on the diagnosis of the primary problem, but also give readers information on visual clues to look for that often reveal associated pathologies. This book appeals primarily to diagnostic and interventional radiologists, as well as cardiologists and interventional cardiologists. | <p>​Combines computed tomography (CT) and magnetic resonance (CT) cardiac images to show comprehensive approach to diagnosing congenital heart disease in adults</p><p>Includes extensive CT and MR images, full color anatomic illustrations, and correlative cadaveric pictures​</p><p>Written by leading authorities in the field</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-88-470-5408-0 | Radiology | Tonolini | [NAME] | Imaging of Ulcerative Colitis |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 155 | Hard cover | Book | VII, 155 p. 79 illus., 11 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | SCH29013 | Diagnostic Radiology | MMPH | Radiology | Monograph | Springer Milan | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Introduction.- 2 Medical Needs.- 3 Intestinal Ultrasound in Ulcerative Colitis.- 4 Water-enema Multidetector CT Colonography: Technique, Role, and [NAME] in Ulcerative Colitis.- 5 Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) of Ulcerative Colitis.- 6 Radiographic and CT Imaging Assessment of Acute Exacerbations and Surgical Complications.- 7 Cross-sectional Imaging Mimics of Ulcerative Colitis.- 8 Hepato-bilio-pancreatic Complications of Ulcerative Colitis.- 9 Vascular complications of Ulcerative Colitis.- 10 Neoplasms in ulcerative colitis.- 11 Musculo-skeletal Manifestations of Ulcerative Colitis.- 12 Surgical Perspective on Perianal Complications in Ulcerative Colitis.- 13 Imaging of Perianal Inflammatory Disorders in Ulcerative Colitis.- 14 Imaging of Ileal Pouch Surgery and [NAME]. | During the past decade, the medical and surgical treatment of ulcerative colitis has undergone dramatic advances, including the widespread use of immunomodulators, biological drugs, and restorative proctocolectomy. In order to correctly balance the risks and benefits of medical therapies and surgical procedures, there is a need for improved diagnosis of colonic disease, acute complications, extraintestinal manifestations, and early and delayed postoperative complications. Cross-sectional imaging techniques are therefore playing an increasing role in the assessment of ulcerative colitis and provide an essential complement to clinical data and endoscopy. This practical, illustrated volume on the role of cross-sectional imaging is aimed at radiologists, gastroenterologists, and surgeons who are engaged or interested in the diagnosis and care of patients with inflammatory bowel disease, particularly ulcerative colitis. After an overview of diagnostic imaging techniques, state-of-the-art assessment of colorectal inflammatory disease with CT colonography using water enema is discussed, followed by description of the plain radiographic and CT findings in patients with acute exacerbations and surgical complications. Subsequent chapters review the diagnostic findings and role of cross-sectional imaging in the assessment of sclerosing cholangitis (with emphasis on MR cholangiopancreatography), vascular complications (particularly portal and mesenteric thrombosis), associated neoplasms, such as colorectal cancer and abdominal desmoids, and perianal inflammatory disease. Normal postoperative appearances and early and delayed complications in patients treated with proctocolectomy and ileal pouch-anal anastomosis are also comprehensively reviewed.​ | <p>Detailed explanation and role of state-of-the-art cross-sectional imaging techniques </p><p>Focused attention on a single disease </p><p>Vast number of detailed images   ​  </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-4-431-54456-2 | Radiology | Tsujii | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Carbon-Ion Radiotherapy | Principles, [NAME], and Treatment Planning |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 386 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 386 p. 238 illus., 196 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 229 | Medicine & Public Health | [NAME] | Radiotherapy | MJCL1 | SCH43008 | Oncology | MJCL | Radiology | Contributed volume | Springer Japan | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part 1. The History of Carbon-Ion Radiotherapy.- 1. The History of Carbon-Ion Radiotherapy.- Part 2. An Overview of Carbon-Ion Radiotherapy.- 2. The Characteristics of Carbon-Ion Radiotherapy.- 3. Overview of the Heavy-Ion Medical Accelerator in Chiba (HIMAC) Practices.- Part 3. Radiobiology of Carbon-Ion Radiotherapy.- 4. Heavy-ion Radiobiology.- 5. Biophysical Models and RBE.- Part 4. Carbon-Ion Radiotherapy System.- 6. Workflow of Carbon-Ion Radiotherapy.- 7. [NAME] Systems.- 8. Dosimetry.- 9. Motion Management.- 10. Quality assurance.- Part 5. Treatment Planning of Carbon-Ion Radiotherapy.- 11. Treatment Planning of Carbon-Ion Radiotherapy.- Part 6. Facility Design.- 12. Facility Design of Carbon-Ion Radiotherapy.- Part 7. Oncology Information System.- 13. Oncology Information System.- Part 8. Evaluation of Treatment Outcome.- 14. Evaluation of Treatment Outcomes Using the Heavy-Ion Medical Accelerator in Chiba (HIMAC) Approach.- Part 9. Head & Neck Tumors.- 15. Cancer of the Head and Neck.- 16. [NAME] of the Head and Neck.- 17. Soft Tissue Sarcoma of the Head and Neck.- Part 10. [NAME] and Paracervical Tumors.- 18. [NAME] and Upper Cervical Spine Tumors.- Part 11. Eye Tumors. 19. Uveal Melanoma.- 20. Lacrimal Gland Tumors.- Part 12. Lung Tumors.- 21. [NAME] Cancer.- 22. Metastatic lung tumors and lymph nodes.- Part 13. GI tract Tumors.- 23. Esophageal Cancer.- 24. Postoperative Recurrence of Rectal Cancer.- Part 14. Liver Tumors.- 25. Hepatocellular Carcinoma.- Part 15. Pancreatic Cancer.- 26. Pancreatic Cancer.- Part 16. Genitourinary Tumors.- 27. Prostate Cancer.- 28. Renal Cell Carcinoma.- Part 17. Gynecologic Tumors.- 29. Uterine Cancer.- 30. Gynecological Melanoma.- Part 18. Bone and Soft Tissue Sarcomas.- 31. Bone and Soft Tissue Sarcomas.- Part 19. Other Tumors.- 32. Previously [NAME] Tumors.- 33. Metastatic Tumors.- 34. Brain Tumors.- 35. Breast Cancer. | This book serves as a practical guide for the use of carbon ions in cancer radiotherapy. On the basis of clinical experience with more than 7,000 patients with various types of tumors treated over a period of nearly 20 years at the National Institute of Radiological Sciences, step-by-step procedures and technological development of this modality are highlighted. The book is divided into two sections, the first covering the underlying principles of physics and biology, and the second section is a systematic review by tumor site, concentrating on the role of therapeutic techniques and the pitfalls in treatment planning. Readers will learn of the superior outcomes obtained with carbon-ion therapy for various types of tumors in terms of local control and toxicities. It is essential to understand that the carbon-ion beam is like a two-edged sword: unless it is used properly, it can increase the risk of severe injury to critical organs. In early series of dose-escalation studies, some patients experienced serious adverse effects such as skin ulcers, pneumonitis, intestinal ulcers, and bone necrosis, for which salvage surgery or hospitalization was required. To preclude such detrimental results, the adequacy of therapeutic techniques and dose fractionations was carefully examined in each case. In this way, significant improvements in treatment results have been achieved and major toxicities are no longer observed. With that knowledge, experts in relevant fields expand upon techniques for treatment delivery at each anatomical site, covering indications and optimal treatment planning. With its practical focus, this book will benefit radiation oncologists, medical physicists, medical dosimetrists, radiation therapists, and senior nurses whose work involves radiation therapy, as well as medical oncologists and others who are interested in radiation therapy. | <p>Essential practical guide book for the use of carbon-ions in cancer radiotherapy</p><p>Clinical data of more than 7,000 patients with various types of tumors treated over nearly 20 years</p><p>Discusses the improved outcomes obtained with carbon-ions for various types of tumors</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8895-8 | Radiology | Yuce | [NAME] | Ultra-Wideband and 60 GHz Communications for Biomedical Applications |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 499 | Hard cover | Book | I, 499 p. 131 illus., 51 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | SCT2700X | Biomedical Engineering | MQW | Radiology | Contributed volume | Springer US | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- UWB and mmWaves Communication Techniques and Systems for Healthcare .- A Low Power Interference Robust IR-UWB Transceiver SoC for WBAN Applications.- UWB for Around-the-Body Data Streaming.- System-on-a-Chip UWB Radar Sensor for Contactless Respiratory Monitoring: Technology and Applications.- Ultra Wideband Imaging Systems for Breast Cancer Detection.- Implementation of Ultra-Wideband (UWB) [NAME] for WBAN applications.- Medium Access Control (MAC) [NAME] for Ultra-Wideband (UWB) based Wireless Body Area Networks (WBAN).- Antenna Diversity Techniques for Enhanced Ultra Wideband Body-Centric Wireless Networks in Healthcare.- System-on-a-Chip Radio Transceivers for 60-GHz Wireless Body-Centric Communications.- ow-Power 60GHz CMOS Radios for Miniature Wireless Sensor Network Applications.- 60-GHz LTCC Antenna Arrays.- Frequency domain breast lesion classification using ultra-wideband lesion response.- Index. | ​This book investigates the design of devices, systems, and circuits for medical applications using the two recently established frequency bands: ultra-wideband (3.1-10.6 GHz) and 60 GHz ISM band. These two bands provide the largest bandwidths available for communication technologies and present many attractive opportunities for medical applications. The applications of these bands in healthcare are wireless body area network (WBAN), medical imaging, biomedical sensing, wearable and implantable devices, fast medical device connectivity, video data transmission, and vital signs monitoring. The recent technological advances and developments proposed or used in medicine based on these two bands are covered. The book introduces possible solutions and design techniques to efficiently implement these systems in medical environment.  All individual chapters are written by leading experts in their fields.  Contributions by authors are on various applications of ultra-wideband and the 60 GHz ISM band including circuit implementation, UWB and 60 GHz signal transmission around and in-body, antenna design solution, hardware implementation of body sensors, UWB transceiver design, 60 GHz transceiver design, UWB radar for contactless respiratory monitoring, and ultra-wideband based medical Imaging. The book will be a key resource for medical professionals, bio-medical engineers, and graduate and senior undergraduate students in computer, electrical, electronic and biomedical engineering disciplines. | <p>Covers emerging technology of radio and ultra-wideband frequencies</p><p>Cross-disciplinary research highlighting advances in Electrical Engineering and their applications in biomedicine</p><p>In-depth look at two newly established bands: ultra-wideband (3.1-10.6 GHz) and 60 GHz ISM (57-66 GHz) bands</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-34987-4 | Rehabilitation Medicine | Adler | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | PNF in Practice | An Illustrated Guide |  |  | 4 | 2014 | 312 | Soft cover | Book | XII, 312 p. 646 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 89.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH55022 | Physiotherapy | MQS | SCH55014 | Occupational Therapy | MQT | Rehabilitation Medicine | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-09-26 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Basic Procedures for Facilitation.- Techniques.- Patient Treatment.- Patterns of Facilitation.- The Scapula and Pelvis.- The Upper Extremity.- The Lower Extremity.- The Neck.- The Trunk.- Mat Activities.- Gait Training.- Vital Functions.- Activities of Daily Living.- Test Your knowledge: Questions and Answers.- Glossary. | The PNF approach, presented in a fully illustrated hands-on guide, including 650 photosFocus on practical aspects of patient evaluation and treatment ICF and [NAME] and how these concepts are applied in PNF Provides a systematic and easily accessible guide to learning and understanding PNF as a practical tool and using it to full effect in patient treatmentNew for this edition: new fully-color textbook design for more user-friendly learning experience; fully revised introductory chapter on the PNF basics, now including discussion and demonstration of ICF and Motor Learning aspects in detailed case study; throughout chapters, new additional case studies that help visualize the application of PNF techniques in promoting the patients’ everyday–life motor skills on activity and participation levels. | <p>Fully illustrated guide: approx. 650 full-color photos</p><p><p>Focus on practical aspects of patient evaluation and treatment</p><p><p>ICF and [NAME] applied to PNF</p><p><p>New textbook design for more user-friendly experience</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-88-470-5485-1 | Rehabilitation Medicine | Alpini | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Whiplash Injuries | Diagnosis and Treatment |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 427 | Hard cover | Book | X, 427 p. 114 illus., 24 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH55030 | Rehabilitation Medicine | MQV | SCH46007 | Otorhinolaryngology | MJP | Rehabilitation Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer Milan | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I General Aspects.- Part II Pathophysiology.- Part III Evaluation.- Part IV Treatment.- Part V Conclusive remarks. | The new edition of this book provides an up-to-date and comprehensive overview of whiplash-associated disorders, focusing in particular on a functional approach to clinical and instrumental diagnosis and rehabilitative treatment. It fully reflects the changes in our understanding of whiplash injuries since the first edition, and in particular the increased awareness that whiplash is a whole-body trauma in which forces act progressively from the lumbar region to the brain, through the cervical spine. Detailed attention is paid to the functional connections between the sense organs of the inner ear, the sympathetic system, and the spine with a view to optimizing diagnosis and treatment. It is explained how various treatment options can be employed to best effect in patients with different symptoms, following, but updating, the well-known Quebec Task Force guidelines. Underestimated aspects such as positional vertigo, somatic tinnitus, temporomandibular disorders, and back pain are also considered. This book will be an invaluable tool in everyday clinical practice for all who are involved in the diagnosis and treatment of whiplash injury. | <p>Provides an up-to-date and comprehensive overview of whiplash-associated disorders</p><p>Focuses on a functional approach to clinical and instrumental diagnosis and rehabilitative treatment</p><p><p>Covers underestimated aspects such as positional vertigo, somatic tinnitus, and temporomandibular disorders</p><p><p>Examines the role of functional connections between the spine as a whole and the inner ear sensory organs </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8935-1 | Rehabilitation Medicine | Spinner | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Atlas of Ultrasound Guided Musculoskeletal Injections |  | Musculoskeletal Medicine |  | 1 | 2014 | 253 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 253 p. 139 illus., 138 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH55030 | Rehabilitation Medicine | MQV | SCH29064 | Ultrasound | MMPF | Rehabilitation Medicine | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Shoulder.- Elbow.- [NAME] and [NAME] and Groin.- Knee.- Foot and Ankle.- [NAME] Point.- Neuromuscular/Chemodenervation.- Spine. | The use of ultrasound guidance to perform diagnostic and therapeutic injections is growing at a rapid rate, as is the evidence to support its use. Even with the increased popularity of ultrasound, there remains a lack of formal training or a standard reference book. Atlas of Ultrasound Guided Musculoskeletal Injections fills this void in the literature and will be useful to physiatrists, orthopedists, rheumatologists, pain medicine and sports medicine specialists alike. Broken down by anatomic structure and heavily illustrated, this book is both comprehensive and instructive. The Editors and their contributors break down the basics (both the fundamentals of ultrasound to needle visibility and the role of injections) and explore ultrasound-guided injection for structures in the shoulder, elbow, wrist and hand, hip and groin, knee, ankle and foot, and spine. Using a clear, heavily illustrated format, this book describes the relevant clinical scenarios and indications for injection, the evidence to support ultrasound use, relevant local anatomy, injection methods, and pearls and safety considerations. It will be a valuable reference for trainees and experienced clinicians alike, for experienced sonographers or those just starting out. | <p>Heavily illustrated </p><p>One of the first books focused on ultrasound-guided musculoskeletal injections </p><p>Can be used by a variety of specialists​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-88-470-5476-9 | Rheumatology | [NAME] | [NAME] | Behçet's Syndrome | From Pathogenesis to Treatment | [NAME] of the Immune System |  | 1 | 2014 | 152 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 152 p. 39 illus., 24 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH57009 | Rheumatology | MJM | SCH1900X | Dermatology | MJK | Rheumatology | Contributed volume | Springer Milan | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface 1 Behçet syndrome.- Preface 2 Behçet's syndrome: the role of patient's Associations.- The numbers of [NAME]: a rare disease.- Along the Old Silk Road.- Epidemiology of [NAME]'s syndrome.- [NAME]'s syndrome according to classical and population genetics.- Infections, autoimmunity and [NAME]’s syndrome: what liaison.- Pathogenesis of Behçet's syndrome.- Muco-cutaneous involvement in Behçet's syndrome.- Neurological and neuro-psychological manifestation in [NAME]'s syndrome.- Ocular involvement and Behçet.- [NAME] and articular manifestations in [NAME]' syndrome.- Cardiovascular issues.- Intestinal Behçet Disease.- Audio vestibular involvement in Behçet's disease.- Pregnancy and [NAME]'s syndrome.- Pediatric Onset of [NAME]'s syndrome.- Differential Diagnosis.- Classification and Diagnosis Criteria for [NAME]'s Disease.- Prognosis and Disease Activity.- Old and New Treatment for [NAME]'s Disease.- Surgical management of Behçet's Disease. | [NAME]'s syndrome can reasonably be considered a unique entity among diseases of the immune system for several reasons: It has specific features and, uniquely among the immune system pathologies, represents a link between autoimmune diseases, systemic vasculitis, and autoinflammatory diseases. In addition, it is of interest to a variety of specialists, including immunologists, rheumatologists, dermatologists, and ophthalmologists, and requires a complex multidisciplinary approach. Many aspects need to be considered in a syndrome that presents a wide spectrum of symptoms and for which the therapeutic armamentarium is expanding significantly, with the development of new treatments, not least the so-called biologics. This book offers comprehensive coverage of the disease by some of the world’s leading experts in [NAME]'s syndrome from all the relevant specialties. Epidemiology, genetics, pathogenesis, organ system involvement, differential diagnosis, novel treatments, surgical management, and prognosis are just some of the topics addressed. [NAME]'s Syndrome: From Pathogenesis to Treatment will be an invaluable reference for a range of practitioners, researchers, and undergraduates or postgraduates interested in immuno-rheumatology, dermatology, and rare diseases.​ | <p>Comprehensive coverage of all aspects of the disease by some of the world’s leading experts in [NAME]'s syndrome </p><p>Multidisciplinary approach including contributions from immunologists, rheumatologists, dermatologists, and ophthalmologists </p><p>Invaluable reference for practitioners, researchers, and students​    </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-7091-1540-4 | Rheumatology | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Sine Syndromes in Rheumatology |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 120 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 120 p. 17 illus., 3 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH57009 | Rheumatology | MJM | SCH33002 | Internal Medicine | MJ | Rheumatology | Contributed volume | Springer Vienna | In production | 2013-11-29 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Sine Syndromes in the Clinical Presentation of Dermatomyositis.- Atypical Forms of Wegener's Granulomatosis.- Sine Syndromes in Systemic Sclerosis.- Atypical Course of Rheumatoid Arthritis.- Sine Syndrome in Systemic Lupus Erythematosus ([NAME] and [NAME] Antiphospholipid Syndrome.- Absence of Arthritis as a Sign of Sine Syndrome in Adult Still's Disease.- From Sine Syndrome to [NAME]'s Syndrome.- Clinical Presentation of Sine Syndrome in Psoriatic Arthritis.- Sine Syndromes in Systemic Scleroderma.- Sine Syndromes in Dermatomyositis, Polymyositis.- [NAME] in Ankylosing Spondylitis. | Sine syndromes (SSs) represent atypical forms of inflammatory rheumatic diseases, the courses of which are often severe. While the diagnosis of rheumatic diseases can be determined according to an established set of diagnostic criteria based on clinical characteristics and laboratory parameters, [NAME] do not fulfill the standard criteria used to assist in the classification of patients with rheumatological disorders. This concise book gives an overview of atypical courses in common inflammatory rheumatic diseases such as Wegener’s granulomatosis, systemic sclerosis, [NAME]'s syndrome, or systemic lupus erythematosus. Each chapter reviews similar cases reported in the literature and presents current data on treatment options. Drawing on their vast clinical experience, the editors provide a series of detailed case reports in order to illustrate the different types of disease. The book is intended to facilitate early diagnosis and effective therapy in patients where a schematic approach may not prove sufficient. [NAME] will serve as a useful and easily accessible reference for specialists in rheumatology as well as for practitioners in the fields of internal medicine, pediatrics, and orthopedics. | <p>First book to comprehensively describe sine syndromes in inflammatory rheumatic diseases</p><p>Clear and concise text </p><p>Utilizes detailed case reports to illustrate potential therapeutic approaches  </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-9013-5 | Surgery | Abcarian | [NAME] | Anal Fistula | Principles and Management |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 206 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 206 p. 116 illus., 91 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH59036 | Colorectal Surgery | MNG | SCH59044 | General [NAME] | MNC | Surgery | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Epidemiology: incidence and prevalence of fistula in ano.- Applied anatomy.- Relationship of abscess to fistula.- Classification and treatment of anorectal infections.- Clinical assessment of anal fistulas.- Clinical assessment and imaging modalities of fistula in ano.- Classification and management strategies.- [NAME] (loose, cutting, [NAME] and lay open technique.- Fistulectomy with [NAME] Reconstruction.- [NAME] sealant.- Biologic fistula plugs.- Synthetic fistula plug.- Endorectal advancement flap.- Dermal advancement flap.- Ligation of Intersphincteric Fistula Tract (LIFT).- VAAFT.- Stem cell application in fistula disease.- Crohn's disease.- Tuberculosis fistulas.- [NAME] in the Era of Evidence Based Medicine.- Causes of operative failure.- Recurrence/Persistence After Fistula Treatment: What Next?. | Anal Fistula: Principles and Management provides a comprehensive and state of the art review of major issues specific and related to the treatment of anal fistulas. An important section of the book covers the large number of alternative procedures which have been developed in the last two decades. Needless to say, none of these procedures have been uniformly successful, otherwise there would be no need for all the different operations. The book addresses each alternative procedure, discusses the benefits of each procedure, includes the most up-to-date results. Other important chapters cover the causes and failure of treatment and operations for fistulas. Also included is a Cochrane Review of all available randomized controlled trials with levels of evidence culled from the literature.Written by specialists in their respective fields, Anal Fistula: Principles and Management fills a void in available texts on a subject matter very commonly encountered by surgeons, physicians and specialists. ​ ​​ | <p>Covers benefits and pitfalls for the large number of alternative procedures which have been developed in the last two decades</p><p>Written by specialists in their respective fields</p><p>Includes a Cochrane Review of all available randomized controlled trials with levels of evidence</p><p>Fills a void in the available texts​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-01829-4 | Surgery | Schramm | Johannes Schramm | Advances and Technical Standards in Neurosurgery | Volume 41 | Advances and Technical Standards in Neurosurgery | 41 | 1 | 2014 | 130 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 130 p. 29 illus., 10 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH39000 | Neurosurgery | MNN |  |  |  | Neurosurgery | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Advances: Navigation, robotics, and intraoperative imaging in spinal surgery.- Sagittal balance, a useful tool for neurosurgeons?.- Novel surgical approach in the management of longitudinal pathologies within the spinal canal.- ​Surgery for Kyphosis. Technical Standards: Cervical disc arthroplasty.- Pedicle-based non-fusion stabilization devices.- Juvenile chronic arthritis and the craniovertebral junction in the pediatric patient. | This volume of Advances and Technical Standards in Neurosurgery is devoted entirely to the spine. Like other volumes in the series, it presents important recent progress in the field and offers detailed descriptions of standard procedures to assist young neurosurgeons. Among the advances considered are approaches to spinal navigation, including intraoperative imaging based navigation, and concepts of spinal robotics. The value of sagittal balance as a parameter for the neurosurgeon is examined, and a novel surgical approach to longitudinal pathologies within the spinal canal is presented. Developments in surgery for kyphosis are also discussed, with a focus on pedicle subtraction osteotomy. The technical standards section critically reviews the latest evidence regarding cervical disc arthroplasty and pedicle-based non-fusion stabilization devices. The book concludes by discussing the treatment of craniovertebral junction instability as a result of juvenile chronic arthritis. | <p>Presents important advances and describes standard procedures in neurosurgery of the spine</p><p>Discusses spinal navigation, spinal robotics, and novel surgical approaches</p><p>Meets the needs of the young neurosurgeon during postgraduate training</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-4-431-54483-8 | Surgery | Asano | [NAME]; Norihide Fukushima; [NAME]; [NAME] | Marginal Donors | Current Status and Future |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 200 p. 100 illus., 10 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH59001 | Surgery | MN | [NAME] | Transplant Surgery | MNQ | General [NAME] | Professional book | Springer Japan | Planned | 2014-05-01 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface     [NAME] 1.     [NAME] in Japan      Norihide [NAME] (Osaka University, Japan) 2.     [NAME] in the World:       Heart & Lung: [NAME] (Sweden)      Liver: [NAME] (UK)      Kidney: Ratger Ploeg (Netherland) 3.     Marginal Donors Management      Norihide Fukushima (Osaka University, Japan) 4.     Heart (expanded criteria donor: ECD)      Norihide [NAME] (Osaka University, Japan) 5.     Lung (ECD)      Yoshinori Okada, [NAME] (Tohoku University, Japan)  6.     Lung (donation after cardiac death: DCD)       [NAME] (Okayama University, Japan) 7.     [NAME] (ECD)       [NAME], [NAME] (Asahikawa Medical University, Japan)  8.     Liver (DCD)      [NAME] (IMS Higashi Totsuka Memorial Hospital, Japan)  9.     [NAME] (ECD)      [NAME] (Chiba-East National Hospital, Japan) 10.     [NAME] (DCD)      [NAME] (Chiba-East National Hospital, Japan) 11.     Pancreas (ECD)       [NAME] (Osaka University, Japan) 12.     Pancreas (DCD       [NAME] (Osaka University, Japan) 13.     Pancreatic islet (ECD)       [NAME] (Chiba-East National Hospital, Japan) 14.     Pancreatic islet (DCD)       [NAME] (Chiba-East National Hospital, Japan)​ | In response to persistent donor organ shortages, organs from marginal donors, such as expanded criteria donors (ECD) and donation after cardiac death (DCD) donors, are now accepted and have been successfully transplanted, reducing the waiting times for transplantation. Especially in Japan, DCD kidneys have historically been transplanted for a long time because of a national difficulty in accepting brain death, which has allowed us to accumulate considerable clinical experience. Thus, the current organ shortage has stimulated interest in the use of marginal donors for transplantation. On the other hand, however, it is known that these organs have a high rate of delayed graft function and a more complicated postoperative course. This has been the greatest clinical challenge in transplantation to date because of the current shortage and limitations of donors using ECD and DCD.This book is intended for clinicians and researchers. It highlights the use of marginal donors as a comparatively novel source of transplantation organs and provides a thorough overview of marginal donors from their historical origins to recent clinical applications, including the state-of-the-art science of organ/donor management, procurement and preservation, prepared by distinguished authorities in their field. Each chapter offers an individual analysis of the optimal requirements for the safe management and preservation of organs, such as the heart, lung, liver, kidney, pancreas, and pancreatic islets. | <p>­ First book focusing on marginal donors<b></b></p><p>­ Covers multiple organs </p><p>­ Offers a comprehensive overview of organ transplantation, from basic research to the latest clinical experience</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-38350-2 | Surgery | Astoul | [NAME]; GianFranco Tassi; Jean-Marie Tschopp | Thoracoscopy for Pulmonologists | A Didactic Approach |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 266 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 266 p. 172 illus., 145 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH59095 | [NAME] | MNH | SCH59001 | Surgery | MN | Surgery | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I The [NAME] and Thoracoscopy Technique.- Part II Thoracoscopy for the Beginners .- Part III Interventional Thoracoscopy.- Part IV Advanced Thoracoscopy.- Part V Complications of Thoracoscopy and Management.- Part VI Future in the Field of Thoracoscopy. | There is an increasing need for medical thoracoscopy performed by pulmonologists, which may be video assisted and has the advantage of being very cost-effective. This book is a comprehensive and up-to-date guide to thoracoscopy for pulmonologists that documents the considerable progress in endoscopic telescopes and instrumentation. Clear practical guidance is provided on technique, and diagnostic, therapeutic, and interventional applications of thoracoscopy are all carefully examined with the aid of high-quality illustrations. Although medical thoracoscopy is much less invasive than thoracotomy, complications can occur in a small number of cases; these are discussed and advice on prevention is provided. The concluding section examines the future of the field, covering developments such as ‘mini’ thoracoscopy, autofluorescence thoracoscopy, and flexi-rigid thoracoscopy. | <p>A comprehensive and up-to-date guide to thoracoscopy for pulmonologists</p><p>Provides clear practical advice on technique, and carefully examines diagnostic, therapeutic, and interventional applications of thoracoscopy with the aid of high-quality illustrations</p><p>Identifies potential complications and explains how to avoid them</p><p>Examines the future of thoracoscopy</p><p><p> </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8449-3 | Surgery | Beck | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | The ASCRS Manual of Colon and Rectal Surgery |  |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 950 | Soft cover | Book | XII, 950 p. 293 illus., 205 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 89.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH59044 | General [NAME] | MNC | SCH59036 | Colorectal Surgery | MNG | Surgery | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Anatomy and Embryology of the Colon, Rectum, and Anus.- Colonic Physiology.- Anorectal Physiology.- Physiologic Testing.- Endoscopy.- Radiology.- Endoluminal Ultrasound.- Preoperative Management.- Postoperative Management.- Postoperative Complications.- Hemorrhoids.- Anal Fissure.- Anorectal Abscess and Fistula.- Benign Anovaginal and Rectovaginal Fistulas.- Pilonidal Disease and [NAME] and Pruritus Ani.- Sexually Transmitted Diseases.- Fecal Incontinence.- Pelvic Floor Disorders.- Anal Cancer.- Presacral Tumors.- Diverticular Disease.- Colonic Volvulus.- Lower Gastrointestinal Hemorrhage.- Endometriosis.- Trauma of the Colon and Rectum.- IBD: Diagnosis and Evaluation.- IBD: Medical Management.- Ulcerative Colitis: Surgical Management.- Crohn’s Disease: Surgical Management.- Intestinal Stomas.- Constipation and Functional Bowel Disorders.- Rectal Prolapse.- Other Benign Colorectal Disorders.- Advanced Laparoscopic Colorectal Surgery.- Polyps.- Hereditary Colorectal Cancer.- Colorectal Cancer: Epidemiology, Etiology, and Molecular Basis.- Colorectal Cancer Screening.- Colon Cancer Evaluation and Staging.- Surgical Management of Colon Cancer.- The Preoperative Staging of Rectal Cancer.- Local Excision of Rectal Cancer.- Surgical Treatment of Rectal Cancer.- Rectal Cancer: Locally Advanced and Recurrent.- Colorectal Cancer: Adjuvant Therapy.- Colorectal Cancer: Metastatic (Palliation).- Colorectal Cancer: Surveillance.- Miscellaneous Neoplasms.- Pediatric Colorectal Disorders.- Health Care Economics.- Ethical and Legal Considerations.- Medical Legal Considerations.- Surgical Education.- Continuing Medical Education.- Quality. | The ASCRS Manual of Colon and Rectal Surgery, Second Edition is designed to provide a rapid access pocket reference for residents, fellows, private clinicians, and allied health professionals caring for patients with colorectal surgical diseases. The Manual, abstracted from the ASCRS Textbook of Colon and Rectal Surgery, Second Edition, is intended to impart succinct, clinically relevant information for daily patient care. The chapters take an evidence-based approach and many provide ASCRS practice parameters. The contents are presented consistently, with concise overviews of the most clinically relevant topics. The disease chapters discuss etiology, anatomic considerations, patient evaluation, lab results, imaging, diagnosis and treatment. The surgical chapters address these same issues, in addition to discussion of minimally invasive versus open techniques, possible complications, and perioperative care. The Manual also includes anatomical and technique drawings, operative photos and algorithms. Concise yet comprehensive, The ASCRS Manual of Colon and Rectal Surgery, Second Edition is very useful for physicians and researchers dealing with diseases of the colon and rectum. | <p>Only manual in colorectal surgery to include ASCRS Practice Guidelines<br>Richly illustrated with anatomical and technique drawings, operative photos and algorithms<br>All chapters are written and abstracted by experts in their fields</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-5420-4 | Surgery | Coventry | [NAME] | Breast, Endocrine and Surgical Oncology |  | Surgery: Complications, Risks and Consequences |  | 1 | 2014 | 220 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 220 p. 33 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 89.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH59001 | Surgery | MN | SCH43016 | Surgical Oncology | MNK | General [NAME] | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Breast Surgery.- Thyroid and Parathyroid Surgery.- Adrenal Gland Surgery.- Lymphatic Surgery.- Splenic Surgery.- Specialised Cancer Procedures and [NAME]. | Written by internationally acclaimed specialists, Breast, Endocrine and Surgical Oncology provides pertinent and concise procedure descriptions spanning benign and malignant problems and minimally invasive procedures. Complications are reviewed when appropriate for the organ system and problem, creating a book that is both comprehensive and accessible. Stages of operative approaches with relevant technical considerations are outlined in an easily understandable manner. The text is illustrated throughout by photographs that depict anatomic or technical principles.Forming part of the series, Surgery: Complications, Risks and Consequences, this volume Breast, Endocrine and Surgical Oncology provides a valuable resource for all general surgeons and residents in training. Other healthcare providers will also find this a useful resource. | <p>Concise procedure descriptions are provided which allows rapid access to information </p><p>Written by an international team of experts which promises reliability of information </p><p>Contains a broad coverage of complications information​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-5417-4 | Surgery | Coventry | [NAME] | Cardio-Thoracic, Vascular, Renal and Transplant Surgery |  | Surgery: Complications, Risks and Consequences |  | 1 | 2014 | 170 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 170 p. | 0 | final | 89.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH59001 | Surgery | MN | [NAME] | Transplant Surgery | MNQ | Surgery | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.-  Blood Transfusion.- Arterial Surgery.- Venous Surgery.- Amputation .- Vascular Access Surgery.- Lung Surgery.- Cardiac Surgery.-  Renal Surgery.- Renal Transplant Surgery.- Liver Transplant Surgery. | Written by internationally acclaimed specialists, Cardio-Thoracic, Vascular, Renal and Transplant Surgery provides pertinent and concise procedure descriptions spanning benign and malignant problems and minimally invasive procedures. Complications are reviewed when appropriate for the organ system and problem, creating a book that is both comprehensive and accessible. Stages of operative approaches with relevant technical considerations are outlined in an easily understandable manner.  Forming part of the series, Surgery: Complications, Risks and Consequences, this volume Cardio-Thoracic, Vascular, Renal and Transplant Surgery provides a valuable resource for all general surgeons and residents in training. Other healthcare providers will also find this a useful resource. | <p>Concise procedure descriptions are provided which allows rapid access to information </p><p>Written by an international team of experts which promises reliability of information </p><p>Contains a broad coverage of complications information​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-5390-0 | Surgery | Coventry | [NAME] | General [NAME] Reduction |  | Surgery: Complications, Risks and Consequences |  | 1 | 2014 | 343 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 343 p. 21 illus., 11 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH59001 | Surgery | MN |  |  |  | General [NAME] | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Introduction.- 2. General [NAME]-operative Complications.- 3. Surgical Infection.- 4. Pre-Operative Risk Assessment and Intra-Operative Monitoring.- 5. Anaesthesia Complications.- 6. Intensive Care Complications.- 7. Acute Peri-Operative Pain: Mechanisms and Management.- 8. Systems, Safety and Quality – Harm, Error and Litigation.- 9. Risk Management and Human Factors.- 10. Medico-Legal Risk Management in Surgery.- 11. Evaluation of Surgical Safety and Efficacy.- 12. Accreditation, Credentialing, Scope of Practice and Outcome Evaluation. | General [NAME] is part of the series: Surgery: Complications, Risks and Consequences edited by [NAME]. | <p>Concise procedure descriptions are provided which gives the readers rapid access to information</p><p>This books provides clear and readable display of information for easy access for the reader</p><p>A broad coverage of complications is given to provide a wider source of information</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-5468-6 | Surgery | Coventry | [NAME] | Lower Abdominal and Perineal Surgery |  | Surgery: Complications, Risks and Consequences |  | 1 | 2014 | 130 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 130 p. 2 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 89.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH59001 | Surgery | MN | SCH5901X | Abdominal Surgery | MNC | Surgery | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Colorectal Surgery.- Anal Surgery.- Pilonidal Sinus Surgery.- Penile, Scrotal, [NAME]. | Written by internationally acclaimed specialists, Lower Abdominal and Perineal Surgery provides pertinent and concise procedure descriptions spanning benign and malignant problems and minimally invasive procedures. Complications are reviewed when appropriate for the organ system and problem, creating a book that is both comprehensive and accessible. Stages of operative approaches with relevant technical considerations are outlined in an easily understandable manner.  Forming part of the series, Surgery: Complications, Risks and Consequences, this volume Lower Abdominal and Perineal Surgery provides a valuable resource for all general surgeons and residents in training. Other healthcare providers will also find this a useful resource. | <p>Concise procedure descriptions are provided which allows rapid access to information</p><p>Written by an international team of experts which promises reliability of information</p><p>Contains a broad coverage of complications information​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-88-470-5458-5 | Surgery | Di Saverio | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | [NAME] | Volume 2: Thoracic and [NAME] |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 319 | Soft cover | Book | XV, 319 p. 73 illus., 47 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 79.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH59125 | Traumatic Surgery | MNL | SCH59095 | [NAME] | MNH | Surgery | Handbook | Springer Milan | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Trauma Laparotomy.- 2 Laparoscopy for Trauma: When, What, How?.- 3 Thoracic Damage Control.- 4 Vascular Damage Control.- 5 [NAME] Control.- 6 Surgical Treatment of Thoracic Trauma: Lung.- 7 Surgical treatment of Thoracic Trauma: Mediastinum.- 8 Surgical Treatment of Liver And Biliary Tree Trauma.- 9 Surgical Treatment of Spleen Trauma.- 10 Surgical Treatment of Duodenal Trauma.- 11 Surgical Treatment of Pancreatic Trauma.- 12 Surgical Treatment of Gastric Injury.- 13 Traumatic Small Bowel and [NAME] (SBMI).- 14 Surgical Management of Traumatic Colon and Rectal Injuries.- 15 Surgical Treatment of Kidney and Urinary Tract Trauma.- 16 Gynaecological and [NAME] Injuries.- 17 Major Retroperitoneal Vascular Trauma.- 18 Abdominal Compartment Syndrome and Open Abdomen for Trauma.- 19 Abdominal Wall Reconstruction and Biological Prosthesis.- 20 Penetrating Trauma of the Chest.- 21 Operative Management of Penetrating Trauma of the Abdomen.- 22 [NAME] Management of Penetrating Trauma of the Abdomen. | Trauma surgery has increasingly become a specialized field inspired by different principles and philosophy. A good trauma surgeon is a surgeon who knows how to perform abdominal, vascular, thoracic, urologic, gynecologic, and orthopaedic procedures and is able to repair multiple traumatic injuries in the best sequence possible. In this second volume the focus is exclusively on thoracic and abdominal trauma, with coverage of injuries to all regions. The surgical techniques employed in managing such trauma are carefully described with the aid of high-quality illustrations. Exploratory surgery (via either laparotomy or laparoscopy), damage control surgery, and definitive surgery are all fully covered, and attention is drawn to important technical tips and tricks.The volume will be a handy pocket guide for trainee surgeons who are beginning to deal with severe multiple trauma patients, as well as for all general or specialty surgeons and professionals (including scrub nurses and theatre staff) who are involved in trauma care and wish to keep abreast of developments in this complex field. | <p>Quickly readable pocket companion</p><p>Surgical tips and tricks</p><p>Technique figures and videos</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-88-470-5402-8 | Surgery | Di Saverio | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | [NAME] | Volume 1: Trauma Management, Trauma Critical Care, [NAME] and [NAME] |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 213 | Soft cover | Book | XII, 213 p. 38 illus., 10 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH59125 | Traumatic Surgery | MNL | SCH59001 | Surgery | MN | Surgery | Handbook | Springer Milan | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Training, Education and Decision-making in Trauma Surgery.- Management of the Polytrauma Patient.- Damage Control Resuscitation.- Principles and Philosphy of Damage Control Surgery.- Surgical Treatment of Pelvic Fractures.- Surgery of the Cervical Spine Trauma.- Surgery of the Thoracolumbar Spine Trauma.- Surgery of the Extremity Trauma.- Minimally Invasive Approach and Endovascular Techniques for Vascular Trauma.- Interventional Techniques for Hemorrhage Control in Trauma.- Management of Penetrating Neck Injuries.- Acute Traumatic Brain Injuries and Their Management.- Establishing a Trauma Service.- Multiple Organ Failure in Trauma Patients.- Infections in Trauma Patients. ​ | Trauma surgery has increasingly become a specialized field inspired by different principles and philosophy. A good trauma surgeon is a surgeon who knows how to perform abdominal vascular, thoracic, urologic, gynecologic, and orthopaedic procedures and is able to repair multiple traumatic injuries in the best sequence possible. In this first volume, practical, up-to-date guidance is provided on the optimal critical care and ICU management of trauma patients. In addition, individual chapters focus on specific injuries in orthopaedic trauma (and especially spinal trauma) and neurotrauma, with the aim of providing a fresh view of the surgical approach and practical suggestions for improving the skills of treating surgeons. Educational issues and the organization of a trauma center are also covered.The volume will be a handy pocket guide for trainee surgeons and any surgeon, physician, or nurse who treats trauma patients. It will be particularly relevant for emergency department physicians, critical care and ICU doctors, orthopaedic surgeons, neurosurgeons, and professionals responsible for trauma care and decision making, programs of trauma education, or organization of a trauma center.Also available: [NAME]. 2: Thoracic and [NAME] | <p>Quickly readable pocket companion </p><p>Surgical tips and tricks </p><p>Technique figures and videos</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-6839-4 | Surgery | Escobar | [NAME]; [NAME] | [NAME] of Single-Port, [NAME], and Robotic Surgery | A Practical Approach in Gynecology |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 250 | Hard cover | Book | 250 p. 200 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH59052 | Minimally Invasive Surgery | MNB | SCH26006 | Gynecology | MJT | Surgery | [NAME] | Springer New York | Planned | 2013-11-01 00:00:00 |  |  |  | ​Minimally invasive surgery has become the standard treatment for many diseases and conditions. In the last decade, numerous studies have demonstrated that laparoscopic approaches have improved patients’ quality of life if compared with standard open procedures. Laparoendoscopic single-site surgery (LESS), also known as single-port surgery, has been recently developed as an alternative to conventional laparoscopy or robotic surgery and as an attempt to further enhance the cosmetic benefits of minimally invasive surgery, while minimizing the potential morbidity associated with multiple incisions.  This surgical atlas serves as guide in single-port, standard laparoscopy, and robotic surgery and shows how novel techniques, such as single-port laparoscopy and robotics, have recently evolved; the atlas illustrates the unique challenges that the new single-port surgery modality presents, including instruments crowding and articulation, and the advanced laparoscopic skills required to perform these procedures, such as the ability to move and control a flexible camera. This exceptional resource provides students, residents, fellows, operating room personnel, and practicing gynecologic surgeons with invaluable information about instrumentation, surgical technique, port systems, and the current research and development in single-port robotics. | <p>​A unique and helpful resource for Gynecologic surgeons, OB/GYNs, Gynecologic Oncologists, and Reproductive Endocrinologists </p><p>Illustrates ways to overcome common challenges such as instrument crowding, lack of triangulation, and loss of depth of perception and instability with current 2D flexible optics </p><p>Conveniently organized in three sections: Laparoscopy, Single-Reduced Laparoscopy, Robotic-Assisted Laparoscopy</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-5483-9 | Surgery | Fisichella | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Surgical Management of Benign Esophageal Disorders | The ”Chicago Approach” |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 256 | Hard cover | Book | X, 256 p. 59 illus., 24 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH59001 | Surgery | MN | SCH33061 | Gastroenterology | MJH | General [NAME] | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Esophageal anatomy for physiology for the surgeon.- 2. Pathophysiology of Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease (GERD).- 3. The Chicago Classification system of esophageal motility disorders.- 4. Gastroesphagal Reflux Disease: Preoperative evaluation.- 5. Surgery for esophageal disorders: the anesthesiologist view.- 6. Treatment of epiphrenic diverticula.- 7. Head and Neck Manifestations of Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease.- 8. Minimally invasive treatment of GERD.- 9. Minimally invasive treatment of GERD: special situations.- 10. Endoscopic treatment of GERD.- 11. Endoscopic Management of Achalasia.- 12. Surgical treatment of Esophageal achalasia.- 13. Paraesophageal hernias: indications and surgical treatment.- 14. Minimally invasive treatment of benign esophageal tumors.- 15. [NAME]’s esophagus: treatment options and management.- 16. Surgery for [NAME]’s esophagus: from metaplasia to cancer.- 17. Revisional surgery: Achalasia.- 18. Failed antireflux surgery: Analysis of the causes and treatment. | ​ Surgical Management of Benign Esophageal Disorders: The “Chicago Approach” covers all stages of the diagnosis and treatment of the most common benign esophageal disorders in a concise and easy-to-read format.Indications, patient preparation, operative techniques, and strategies for avoiding and managing complications are included and based both on evidence-based data and the experience of the most famous esophageal surgeons in the United States and abroad. Each chapter includes a summary of the current management strategy for the disease process, and a review of current state of the art techniques provided by world leaders on esophageal disease, surgeons and gastroenterologists alike. A special emphasis is given to emerging procedures in laparoscopy, thoracoscopy, and endoscopy. Surgical Management of Benign Esophageal Disorders: The “Chicago Approach” is illustrated throughout with line diagrams that depict fundamental anatomic or technical principles and is a valuable resource for surgeons and gastroenterologists in residence and training. | <p>​Editors and Contributors are internationally renowned leaders in the field, in most cases, pioneers of esophageal surgery and gastroenterology in the Unites States and in the world</p><p>Includes online material with commentary from the experts</p><p>Contains line diagrams that depict fundamental anatomic and technical principles</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-94-007-7659-3 | Surgery | [NAME] | [NAME] | Robotic Cardiac Surgery |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 180 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 180 p. 315 illus., 286 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH59028 | Cardiac Surgery | MNH | SCH59052 | Minimally Invasive Surgery | MNB | Surgery, Cardiac | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Overview of Robotic Cardiac Surgery.- Anesthesia for Robotic Cardiac Surgery.- Intraoperative Transesophageal Echocardiography in Robotic Cardiac Surgery.- Peripheral Cardiopulmonary Bypass Establishment for Robotic Cardiac Surgery.- Robotic Surgery in Congenital Heart Diseases.- Totally Robotic Myxoma Excision.- Robotic Mitral Valve Surgery.- Robotic Coronary Bypass Graft on Beating Heart.- Hybrid Coronary Revascularization.- Robotic Left Ventricular Epicardial Lead Implantation. | Robotic [NAME] is a comprehensive guide to robotic/totally endoscopic cardiac surgery. The book is intended to provide in-depth information regarding the history of robotic surgical systems, their components and principles. It emphasizes patient selection, perioperative management, anesthesia considerations and management, operative techniques and management, postoperative care and results. Extensive, detailed photographs and illustrations of different kinds of robotic surgery are also included. It provides cardiac surgeons, cardiac anesthesiologists, and perfusionists with a comprehensive review of current robotic cardiac surgeries and related knowledge.[NAME], MD, is a professor at the Department of Cardiovascular Surgery, PLA General Hospital, Beijing, China. | <p>Illustrated with detailed photographs and images on robotic cardiac surgery</p><p>Originated from the authors' clinical research and practices of many years, and covers nearly all aspects in robotic cardiac surgery</p><p>Presents different cardiac diseases using robotic technology in details​​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-94-007-7765-1 | Surgery | Hou | [NAME] | Functional Bladder Reconstruction Following Spinal Cord Injury via Neural Approaches |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 110 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 110 p. 40 illus., 20 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH39000 | Neurosurgery | MNN | SCH62002 | Urology/Andrology | MJS | Neurosurgery | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | An overview of traumatic spinal cord injury.- Clinical anatomy of cauda equina and lumbosacral nerve root.- Classification of and Treatment Principles for Bladder Dysfunction Caused by [NAME] changes in the detrusor after spinal cord injury.- Microstructural study of the detrusor muscle after repair of atonic bladders caused by injury to the medullary cone in rats.- Selective sacral rhizotomy: introducing a simple intraoperative manometric method.- Reconstruction of bladder innervation below the level of spinal cord injury for inducing urination by Achilles tendon -to - bladder reflex contractions.- Reconstruction of bladder innervation above the level of spinal cord injury for inducing urination by abdomen-to-bladder reflex contractions.- Reconstruction of afferent and efferent nerve pathways of the atonic bladder.- Transfer of normal lumbosacral nerve roots to reinnervate atonic bladder.- Electrical stimulated micturition: Sacral Anterior Root Stimulator+Sacral deafferentation. | One of the most common problems for spinal cord injury patients is urinary system dysfunction. The book Functional Bladder Reconstruction Following Spinal Cord Injury via Neural Approaches introduces how to solve this problem using multi-disciplinary approaches. From animal model studies to surgical techniques as well as successful case reports, six kinds of surgery are presented in separate chapters. This up-to-date monograph will be a valuable resource for surgeons, urologists and neurologists caring for spinal cord injury patients. The contributors are a group of surgeons working in the fields of orthopaedics and microsurgery. Editor [NAME] is Professor in [NAME], the Second Military Medical University, Shanghai, China. | <p>Introduces multidisciplinary approaches to functional bladder reconstruction</p><p>Presents six highly useful surgical approaches in separate chapters </p><p>Provides detailed animal model studies and surgical techniques as well as successful case reports</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8738-8 | Surgery | [NAME] | [NAME] | Robotics in General Surgery |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 719 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 719 p. 410 illus., 402 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH59044 | General [NAME] | MNC | SCH59036 | Colorectal Surgery | MNG | Surgery | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Section 1. Overview of the Robotic System.- 1. History of Robotic Surgery.- 2. Introduction to the Robotic System.- 3. Overview of General Advantages, Limitations and Strategies.- Section 2. Surgical Techniques: Esophagus.- 4. Robotic Assisted Minimally Invasive Esophagectomy.- 5. Robotic Assisted Operations for Gastroesophageal Reflux.- 6. Achalasia.- Section 3. Surgical Techniques: Thoracic.- 7. Robotic Lobectomy Complete Port-Access Robotic Assisted Lobectomy Utilizing 3 – Arm Technique without a Trans-Thoraric Utility Incision.- 8. Robotic Pulmonary Resection Using a Completely Portal Four-Arm Technique.- Section 4. Surgical Techniques: Stomach.- 9. Gastric Cancer: Partial, Subtotal, Total Gastrectomies/ Lymph Node Dissection for Gastric Malignancies.- Section 5. Surgical Techniques: Bariatric.- 10. Robotic Roux-en-Y Gastric Bypass.- 11. Robotic Sleeve Gastrectomy.- 12. Robotic Biliopancreatic Diversion: Robot-Assisted (Hybrid) Biliopancreatic Diversion with Duodenal Switch.- Section 6. Surgical Techniques: Hepatobiliary /Pancreas.- 13. Robotic Pancreaticoduodenectomy (Whipple Procedure).- 14. Robotic Distal Pancreatectomy.- 15. Robotic Hepatic Resections: Segmentectomy, Lobectomy, Parenchymal Sparing.- Section 7. Surgical Techniques: Colon and Rectum.- 16. Robotic Right Colectomy: Four-Arm Technique.- 17. Robotic Right Colectomy: Three Arm Technique.- 18. Robotic Left Colectomy.- 19. Totally Robotic Low Anterior Resection.- 20. Robotic Hybrid Low Anterior Resection.- 21. Robotic-Assisted Extralevator Abdominoperineal Resection.- 22. Robotic Single Port Colorectal Surgery.- 23. Robotic Transanal Surgery.- Section 8. Surgical Techniques: Endocrine.- 24. [NAME] Radical Neck Dissection Using a Gasless Transaxillary Approach.- 25. Robotic Adrenalectomy.- Section 9. Surgical Techniques: Solid Organ.- 26. [NAME] Splenectomy.- 27. Robotic Donor Nephrectomy and Robotic Kidney Transplant.- Section 10. Surgical Techniques: Hernias.- 28. Robot-Assisted Ventral and Incisional Hernia Repair.- Section 11. Surgical Techniques: Pediatric.- 29. Pediatric Robotic Surgery.- Section 12. Surgical Techniques: Microsurgery.- 30. Robotic Assisted Microsurgery for Male Infertility and Chronic Orchialgia.- Section 13. Education and Training.- 31. Developing a Curriculum for Residents & Fellows.- 32. Challenges and Critical Elements of Setting up a Robotics Program.- 33. Professional Education: Telementoring and Teleproctoring.- Section 14. Evolving Platforms.- 34. Single Incision Platform.- 35. Tile Pro.- 36. ICG Flourescence.- Section 15. Future.- 37. Robotics and Remote Surgery: Next Step.- 38. The Future of Robotic Platforms. | Robotics in General [NAME] provides a comprehensive review of the current applications of the robotic platform in all the general surgery subspecialties. Additionally, for each subspecialty it serves as a procedure-oriented instruction manual in terms of technical details of procedures, including fundamentals of robot positioning and trocar placement, step-by-step description of procedures, comprehensive discussions of advantages, limitations, indications, and relative contraindications of using the robotic approach. The text also discusses the challenges and steps to overcoming these challenges in transitioning from a minimally invasive to a robotic practice/surgeon. Lastly, this volume addresses emerging technology in robotics and the impact that the robotics platform will have on not only practice of surgery, but also in the education of surgeons at all levels. Written by experts in the field of robotic surgery, Robotics in General [NAME] is a valuable resource for general surgeons of all levels including residents, fellows and surgeons already in practice. | <p>Written by experts in the field of robotic surgery</p><p><p>Procedure oriented technical reference</p><p>Clear articulation of the specific advantages and limitations</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-38179-9 | Surgery | Kolokythas | [NAME] | [NAME] | Treatment and Reconstruction |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 160 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 160 p. 99 illus., 97 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH59060 | Oral and [NAME] | MMDS | SCH43008 | Oncology | MJCL | Surgery | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | General Considerations.- Anatomic Considerations.- Premalignant Conditions of the Lip.- Squamous Cell Carcinoma of the Lip.- Squamous Cell Carcinoma-Surgical Management.- Squamous Cell Carcinoma-Radiation Therapy.- Squamous Cell Carcinoma-Chemotherapy.- Reconstruction of Full-Thickness Defects of the Lip.- Reconstruction Considerations Based on Size of Defect.- Reconstruction of Complex Defects.- Vascularized Flap Reconstruction.- [NAME] with Treatment of Lip Cancer.- Complications Associated with Reconstruction of Lip Defects.- Complications Associated with Radiotherapy.​ | This textbook is intended as a comprehensive reference that will provide easy-to-follow and well-organized guidance on the management of lip cancer, from diagnosis to treatment and reconstruction. After discussion of anatomy and premalignant conditions, detailed attention is paid to squamous cell carcinoma of the lip. Surgical management is explained, and the roles of radiation therapy and chemotherapy, discussed. Reconstruction techniques following ablative surgery are then described in depth, with reference to defect size and complexity. In addition, the potential complications of treatment and reconstruction are presented, with advice on their management. The closing chapter considers other malignant lesions of the lip. The informative text is complemented by high-quality illustrations and clinical and radiographic material. The contributors all have extensive experience and in-depth knowledge of the topics they [NAME] | <p>Comprehensive, easy-to-follow reference</p><p>Offers clear guidance on surgery and other treatments</p><p>Describes reconstruction techniques in detail</p><p>Discusses complications of treatment and reconstruction and their management​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-02185-0 | Surgery | Landoni | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Reducing Mortality in the Perioperative Period |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 177 | Hard cover | Book | VI, 177 p. 9 illus., 8 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH59001 | Surgery | MN | SCH3100X | Intensive / Critical Care Medicine | MMKL | General [NAME] | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  | Worldwide | Foreword.- Preface.- 1 The risks and benefits of the consensus process.- 2 The process of consensus building.- 3 Noninvasive Ventilation to reduce perioperative mortality.- 4 Role of inhalational anesthetic agents in reducing perioperative mortality.- 5 Can Neuraxial Anesthesia Reduce Perioperative Mortality.- 6 Role of perioperative hemodynamic optimization in reducing perioperative mortality.- 7 Levosimendan to reduce perioperative mortality.- 8 Could Clonidine Contribute to a Reduction in Perioperative Mortality.- 9 Perioperative β-blocker therapy to improve survival.- 10 Perioperative supplemental oxygen to reduce perioperative mortality.- 11 [NAME] depletion of transfused blood to reduce perioperative mortality.- 12 Chlorhexidine Oral Rinse to reduce perioperative mortality.- 13 Reducing perioperative mortality with Intra Aortic Balloon Counterpulsation (IABP).- 14 Selective Decontamination of the Digestive Tract.- 15 Role of insulin in reducing mortality in the perioperative period.- 16 Aprotinin: pharmacological benefits and safety concerns.- 17 Consensus Conference on perioperative mortality: an update.- Subject Index. | This book describes the techniques, strategies, and drugs that have been demonstrated by well-documented randomized trials to influence survival in the perioperative setting. It takes into consideration all types of adult surgery and will be relevant to the evaluation of any patient undergoing an operative procedure. Each chapter focuses on a specific procedure, device, or drug. The scope is accordingly wide, with coverage of topics as diverse as chlorhexidine oral rinse, clonidine therapy, insulin infusion, intra-aortic balloon pump support, leukodepletion, neuraxial anesthesia, and noninvasive respiratory support, to name but a few. In addition, the risks and benefits of using a web-based consensus process (as in this book) to identify effective means of reducing perioperative mortality are discussed. The clear text is supported by 'how to do' sections and 'key points' boxes that provide easily accessible practical information. Written by acknowledged international experts, Reducing Mortality in the Perioperative Period will be of interest for a wide variety of specialists, including surgeons, cardiologists, anesthesiologists, and intensivists. | <p>Focused on the build-up of a safe and effective practice for mortality reduction</p><p>Covers a wide range of topics related to medical specialties such as surgery, cardiology, anesthesiology, and intensive care</p><p>Includes helpful “How to” sections and key points related to specific devices, surgical procedures, or drug administering</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8901-6 | Surgery | Law | [NAME]; Conor P. Delaney | Single Incision Laparoscopic and Transanal Colorectal Surgery |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 110 | Hard cover | Book | X, 110 p. 67 illus., 62 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 89.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH59044 | General [NAME] | MNC | SCH59036 | Colorectal Surgery | MNG | Surgery | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Platforms and Instruments (principles of single incision laparoscopic colorectal surgery, available platforms and instruments).- Single Incision Laparoscopic Right Colectomy.- Single Incision Laparoscopic Left Colectomy.- SILS Total Colectomy and Proctocolectomy with Ileal Pouch-Anal Anastomosis (IPAA).- Low Anterior Resection and Total Mesorectal Excision.- Tricks and Routes to Success.- Robotic Single Port Colorectal Surgery.- Current Evidence for Single Incision Laparoscopic Colectomy.- Local Excision for Low Rectal Cancer: From Mucosectomy to Endolumen Loco-Regional Resection: Tips And Tricks.- Hybrid NOTES Colectomy for Left-sided Colonic Tumors.- Transanal Endoluminal Total Mesorectal Resection (Tetmr) by Transanal Endoscopic Microsurgery.- Transanal Excision: Development, Technique and Evidence. | Single Incision Laparoscopic and Transanal Colorectal Surgery provide a comprehensive and state-of-the art review of single incision laparoscopic and transanal colorectal surgery. The text concentrates on surgical techniques and tricks in single incision laparoscopic and transanal surgery with detailed descriptions of the techniques, as well as indications and limitations of the procedures. The newly available evidence on these procedures is emphasized and all procedures are richly illustrated with diagrams and photos.Written by experts in their fields,  Single Incision Laparoscopic and Transanal Colorectal Surgery is valuable resource for general surgeons, colon and rectal surgeons, laparoscopic GI surgeons, surgical residents and fellows in training interested in these two rapidly developing fields in colorectal surgery. | <p>Written by experts recognized in their fields </p><p>A comprehensive, state-of-the art review of this field</p><p>Richly illustrated with photographs, line drawings and tables<br></p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-94-007-7343-1 | Surgery | Linghu | [NAME] | Therapeutics of Digestive Endoscopic Tunnel Technique |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 149 | Hard cover | Book | XVIII, 149 p. 72 illus. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33061 | Gastroenterology | MJH | SCH43016 | Surgical Oncology | MNK | Surgery | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | Available | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 | 2013-08-14 00:00:00 |  | Principles of digestive endoscopic tunnel technique.- Indications of tunnel technique.- [NAME] classification of the esophageal lumen.- Techniques in tunnel establishment.- Process of tunnel establishment and anatomic marks within the tunnel.- Tunnel technique for digestive mucosal lesions.- Tunnel technique for esophageal achalasia.- Tunnel technique for SMTs originating from [NAME] Treatment　and prevention of complications of tunnel technique.- Experimental researches of digestive endoscopic tunnel technique.- Equipments and accessories. | This book elaborates on a whole new understanding of digestive endoscopy, the core of which is to treat quite a number of diseases using minimally invasive methods, provides the walls of the digestive tube are free of perforations. Currently, the tunnel technique has been applied in the treatment of digestive early stage carcinomas, esophageal achalasia and submucosal tumors originating from muscularis propria. And this promising technique would surely be more widely used in the future. The main contents of this book include the history of the digestive endoscopic tunnel technique, the practical anatomy involved, operation steps, indications and contraindications, complications and possible future exploration fields. This book is well suited for doctors and surgeons performing digestive endoscopic therapies. | <p>Describes very promising minimally invasive techniques for treating digestive wall diseases <br></p><p>Includes step-by-step color pictures and illustrations of surgical techniques</p><p>Covers all aspects of related techniques</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-01811-9 | Surgery | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Phlebology, [NAME] and Ultrasonography | Diagnosis and Management of Venous Disease |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 416 | Hard cover | Book | X, 416 p. 188 illus., 133 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH59001 | Surgery | MN | SCH59133 | Vascular Surgery | MNJ | General [NAME] | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Basic Sciences: Anatomy.- Pathophysiology of Reflux.-Presentation of Chronic Venous Disease.-Reflux Management. Vein Testing: Ultrasound Physics.-Ultrasound For Reflux.-Ultrasound For Phlebology Procedures.-Physiologic Testing.- Conventional and Cross-Sectional Venography. Superficial Vein Therapy.- Endovenous Thermal Ablation.- Chemical Superficial Vein Ablation.- Surgical Techniques.- Transcutaneous Laser Vein Ablation. Non-Superficial Veins: Perforator Veins.- Upper Deep Vein Disease.- Lower Deep Vein Disease.- Low Flow Vascular Malformations. Thrombosis: Ultrasound for Thrombosis.- Superficial Venous Thrombophlebitis.- Deep Vein Thrombosis.- Anticoagulation for Venous Thromboembolism.- Thrombophilias. Special Topics: Lymphedema.- [NAME] Ulcers.- Biostatistics.- Vein Anesthesia.​ | This comprehensive, up-to-date textbook offers detailed coverage of venous anatomy, pathophysiology, imaging, and management of venous pathology, leading the practitioner through all aspects of care of the venous patient. The various techniques that have revolutionized the diagnosis and treatment of venous disease during the past decade are all discussed, with clear guidance on their indications and performance. The book is exceptional in being based entirely on the curriculum designed for board certification by the American College of Phlebology. A further unique aspect of the text is the integration of ultrasound, which now plays a fundamental role in diagnosis and management. The authors come from a wide range of specialties and the book will accordingly serve the needs of vascular and general surgeons, interventional radiologists, phlebologists, ultrasonographers, and other practitioners, as well as those preparing for board [NAME] | <p>Detailed, up-to-date guidance on techniques employed in the diagnosis and treatment of venous disease</p><p>Based entirely on the curriculum designed for board certification by the American Board of Phlebology</p><p>Full coverage of the role of ultrasound</p><p>Numerous color photos and tables</p><p>International faculty as contributors​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-38387-8 | Surgery | Oestern | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Bone and Joint Injuries | [NAME] | European Manual of Medicine |  | 1 | 2014 | 450 | Soft cover | Book | XIV, 450 p. 273 illus., 168 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 109 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH59125 | Traumatic Surgery | MNL | SCH59001 | Surgery | MN | Surgery | Manual | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Shoulder Injuries.- Clavicular Fractures.- Humeral Shaft Fractures.- Biceps Tendon Injuries.- Elbow Injuries.- Forearmshaft Fractures.- Hand.- Femur.- Knee Joint.- Tibia.- Foot.- Spinal Trauma.- Pelvic Trauma.- Peripheral Nerve.- Muscle Injuries.- Tendon Injuries.- Pediatric Injuries.- Pathological Fractures.- Nonunion.- Osteitis.- | There currently is a clear tendency to an increasing number of accidental injuries in elderly people, in sport injuries and car crashes also in countries which recently joined the European Union and candidates to join the European Union. Patients expect very good functional results even after serious injuries. But in contrast to this development, [NAME] as an independent field, is not yet established in all European countries. Therefore, it seems mandatory to compile a book that covers the state-of-the-art in [NAME]. The book also serves to harmonise the practice of [NAME] within the European Union, and to prepare for the exam of the U.E.M.S. | <p>Clearly structured and to-the-point</p><p>Sets a European standard in the field</p><p>Indispensable for all physicians dealing with trauma patients and in preparing for the European Board Exam</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-1392-9 | Surgery | Scott-Conner | [NAME] | Chassin's Operative Strategy in General [NAME] | An Expositive Atlas, Fourth Edition |  |  | 4 | 2014 | 1256 | Hard cover | Book | XXX, 1256 p. 1191 illus., 2 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 349 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH59044 | General [NAME] | MNC | SCH59036 | Colorectal Surgery | MNG | Surgery | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-12-06 00:00:00 |  |  | Concepts and Strategies of Surgery.- Mechanical Basics of Operative Technique.- Incision, Exposure, Closure.- Dissecting and Suturing.- Surgical Stapling: Principles and Precautions.- Control of Bleeding.- Management of the Contaminated Operation.- Damage Control Laparotomy.- Mechanical Basics of Laparoscopic Surgery.- Rational Use of Drains.- Illustrated Glossary of Surgical Instruments.- The Operative Note.- Concepts in Esophageal Surgery.- Esophagectomy: Right Thoracotomy and Laparotomy.- Esophagogastrectomy: Left Thoracoabdominal Approach.- Transhiatal Esophagectomy.- Minimally Invasive Esophagectomy.- Operations to Replace or Bypass the Esophagus: Colon or [NAME] Interposition.- Transabdominal Nissen Fundoplication.- Laparoscopic Nissen Fundoplication.- Posterior Gastropexy (Hill Repair): Surgical Legacy Technique.- Transthoracic Gastroplasty (Collis) and Nissen Fundoplication: Surgical Legacy Technique.- Bile Diverting Operations for Management of Esophageal Disease.- Cricopharyngeal Myotomy and Operation for Pharyngoesophageal (Zenker's) Diverticulum.- Esophagomyotomy for Achalasia and Diffuse Esophageal Spasm: Surgical Legacy Technique.- Laparoscopic Esophagomyotomy.- Operations for Esophageal Perforation and Anastomotic Leaks.- Concepts in Surgery of the [NAME] and Duodenum.- Truncal Vagotomy: Surgical Legacy Technique.- Proximal Gastric Vagotomy: Surgical Legacy Technique.- [NAME] (Heineke-Mikulicz and [NAME]), Operation for Bleeding Duodenal Ulcer: Surgical Legacy Techniques.- Gastrojejunostomy.- Partial Gastrectomy Without Lymphadenectomy.- Perforated Peptic Ulcer.- Laparoscopic Pl.- Total Gastrectomy.- Exposure of the Third and Fourth Portions of the Duodenum.- Laparoscopic Adjustable Gastric Banding.- Laparoscopic Roux-en-Y Gastric Bypass.- Concepts in Surgery of the Small Intestine and Appendix.- [NAME] and Anastomosis.- Enterolysis for Intestinal Obstruction.- Baker Tube Stitchless Plication: Surgical Legacy Technique.- Appendectomy.- Laparoscopic Appendectomy.- Concepts in Surgery of the Large Intestine.- Right Colectomy for Cancer.- Laparoscopic Right Hemicolectomy.- Left Colectomy for Cancer.- Laparoscopic Left Hemicolectomy and Low Anterior Resection.- Low Anterior Resection for Rectal Cancer.- Abdominoperineal Resection for Rectal Cancer.- Laparoscopic Abdominoperineal Resection and Total Proctocolectomy with End Ileostomy.- Subtotal Colectomy with Ileoproctostomy or Ileostomy.- Restorative Proctocolectomy with Mucosal Proctectomy and Ileal Reservoir.- Abdominoperineal Proctectomy for Benign Disease.- End-Ileostomy.- Loop Ileostomy.- Cecostomy: Surgical Legacy Technique.- Transverse Colostomy.- Closure of Temporary Loop Colostomy or Ileostomy.- Laparoscopic Stoma Construction and Closure.- Surgery for Colonic Diverticulitis and Other Benign Conditions of the Left Colon (Hartmann’s Procedure).- Ripstein Operation for Rectal Prolapse: Surgical Legacy Procedure.- Concepts in Surgery of .- Hemorrhoidectomy.- Procedure for Prolapse and Hemorrhoids.- Anorectal Fistula and Pelvirectal Abscess, [NAME] Placement.- Lateral Internal Sphincterotomy for Chronic Anal Fissure.- Anoplasty for Anal Stenosis.- Perineal Operations for Rectal Prolapse.- Operations for Pilonidal Disease.- Concepts in Hepatobiliary Surgery.- Cholecystectomy.- Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy.- Cholecystostomy: Surgical Legacy Technique.- [NAME] Exploration: Surgical Legacy Technique.- Secondary Choledocholithotomy: Surgical Legacy Technique.- [NAME]: Surgical Legacy Technique.- Choledochoduodenostomy: Surgical Legacy Technique.- Roux-en-Y Biliary-Enteric Bypass.- Transduodenal Diverticulectomy.- Operations for Lesions of Hepatic Duct Bifurcation.- Hepatic Resection.- Concepts in Surgery of the Pancreas.- Partial Pancreatoduodenectomy.- Total Pancreatoduodenectomy.- Distal Pancreatectomy.- Laparoscopic Distal | The Fourth Edition of Chassin’s Operative Strategy in General [NAME]: An Expositive [NAME] is designed to expand this comprehensive and unique general surgery reference while remaining true to the special character of the work. This unique text continues to provide an emphasis on surgical strategy that is unmatched by other textbooks of surgical technique. It continues to comprehensively cover all non-vascular operations commonly performed by general surgeons. As always, Chassin’s explains the conceptual basis of each operation, outlines strategies to avoid common pitfalls, and carefully describes and beautifully illustrates the technical steps of each operation. The Fourth Edition has been expanded and updated by adding both new procedures and new features. A significant new feature, “[NAME]” has been added to each chapter, providing a bulleted list of key features that need to be listed in the operative note to accurately describe extent of procedure and enhance accuracy of coding.General surgery continues to evolve.  Procedures are added and many operations are done through new minimal access approaches. However, as a surgeon may be called upon to perform an operation that has become rare, Chassin’s unique “legacy” material has been retained for reference. In addition, 17 new chapters have been added, including 4 new chapters on colorectal surgery. Over 1100 elegant illustrations and new radiographs accompany detailed textual explanations. More than ever, Chassin’s Operative Strategy in General [NAME]: An Expositive Atlas, Fourth Edition is an indispensable reference for all surgical residents and practicing surgeons. | <p>Extensively revised and expanded with new procedures and new features</p><p>Emphasis on surgical strategy unmatched by other textbooks of surgical technique</p><p>Over 1100 elegant illustrations and new radiographs</p><p>Includes “ Surgical Legacy Techniques” - a resource of expertise in rarely-performed operations unique to this text</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8562-9 | Surgery | Skandalakis | [NAME]; [NAME] | Surgical Anatomy and Technique | A Pocket Manual |  |  | 4 | 2014 | 630 | Soft cover | Book | VIII, 630 p. 745 illus. | 0 | final | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH59044 | General [NAME] | MNC |  |  |  | Surgery | Handbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Skin, [NAME], and Nail.- Neck.- Breast.- Abdominal Wall and Hernias.- Diaphragm.- Esophagus.- Stomach.- Duodenum.- Pancreas.- Small Intestine.- Appendix.- Colon and Anorectum.- Liver.- [NAME] Tract.- Spleen.- Adrenal Glands.- Vascular System.- Uterus, Tubes, and Ovaries.- Carpal Tunnel.- Microsurgical Procedures.- Miscellaneous Procedures.- [NAME]. | Generations of residents and general surgeons have relied upon and worn out their copies of Surgical Anatomy and Technique: A Pocket Manual. Thoroughly revised and with dozens of new illustrations, the fourth edition continues the tradition of providing a concise, accessible, and generously illustrated memory refresher for both novice and experienced clinicians. The editors have included techniques to keep the content fresh, relevant, and practice-based. Among the new topics are hand surgery, a section on central venous access, and creating an AV fistula for dialysis.  All the existing chapters have been updated and expanded to reflect current surgical approaches and instrumentation. This fourth edition of Surgical Anatomy and Technique: A Pocket Manual provides the gold standard in correlating clear, practical anatomy with the correct technique in the pursuit of the best possible patient outcomes. This handy pocket manual remains a 'must have' for every resident and general surgeon. | <p>Revised and updated new edition</p><p>Richly illustrated with over 700 figures</p><p>A handy pocket manual format<br></p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8550-6 | Surgery | Smith | [NAME]; [NAME] | Management of Musculoskeletal Injuries in the Trauma Patient |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 380 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 380 p. 142 illus., 80 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH45027 | Surgical Orthopedics | MNS | SCH59044 | General [NAME] | MNC | Surgery | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Musculoskeletal Injury.- Perioperative Management.- The Pediatric Patient.- Management of Injuries in the Geriatric Trauma Patient.- The Multiply Injured Patient.- Femur Fractures.- Pelvic Fractures.- Spine Fractures.- Open Fractures and Limb Salvage.- Compartment Syndrome.- Closed [NAME] and Dislocations.- Shock and Coagulopathy.- Closed Head Injury.- Chest [NAME] Lung Contusions.- Abdominal Compartment Syndrome and the Open Abdomen.- Epilogue. | Management of Musculoskeletal Injuries in the [NAME] summarizes the most current concepts and clinical practices for the management of the patient with musculoskeletal traumatic injuries. The text covers optimal time frames for stabilization of orthopedic injuries and strategies to mitigate systemic injury while minimizing damage due to pelvic, spine and long bone trauma. The volume covers the gamut of traumatic axial and extremity injuries, including cervico-lumbar-thoracic spine injuries, spinal cord injuries, long bone fractures with special emphasis on the femoral shaft, pelvic and acetabular injuries, open fractures, mangled extremities, upper extremity injuries, combination and severe soft tissues injuries and periarticular fractures.  These are discussed in the context of isolated injury and combined with orthopedic injuries of the brain, abdomen, chest and other musculoskeletal injuries. Written by internationally recognized experts, Management of Musculoskeletal Injuries in the Trauma Patient is a valuable resource for orthopedic surgeons. | <p>Written by internationally recognized experts </p><p>Richly illustrated to describe new techniques visually </p><p>Algorithm based section to facilitate practical implementation​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-9142-2 | Surgery | Steel | [NAME] | Living Donor Advocacy | An Evolving Role Within Transplantation |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 346 | Soft cover | Book | X, 346 p. 44 illus., 29 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | [NAME] | Transplant Surgery | MNQ | SCH00007 | Medicine/Public Health, general | MB | Surgery | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I: Living Donation: Chapter 1: The Medical Selection of Live Donors,- Chapter 2: Kidney Paired Donation Programs for Incompatible Living Kidney Donors and Recipients.- Chapter 3: Living Donor Liver Transplantation.- Chapter 4: Intestinal Transplantation from Living Donors.- Chapter 5: Living Donor Lung Transplantation.- Chapter 6: Live Donor Pancreas Transplantation.- Part II: Living Donor Advocacy: Chapter 7: The History of Living Donor Advocacy in Living Donor Transplantation.- Chapter 8: Findings from a National Survey of Living Donor Advocates.- Chapter 9: The Independent Donor Advocate and the Independent Donor Advocate Team.- Chapter 10: Clasification of Living Organ Donors.- Chapter 11: Unrelated Donors.- Chapter 12: Education of the Donor by the ILDA (Psychosocial Aspects).- Chapter 13: Components and Timing of the ILDA Evaluation.- Chapter 14: Contraindications to Living Donation from an ILDA Perspective.- Chapter 15: Management of Conflict Between the Independent Living Donor Advocate and the Transplant Team.- Chapter 16: [NAME] the Story.- Chapter 17: Living Donor Experience.- Part III: Living Donor Ethics: Chapter 18: Informed Consent for Living Organ Donation.- Chapter 19: Pressure and Coercion.- Chapter 20: Financial Considerations.- Chapter 21: Autonomy, Agency, and Responsibility: Ethical Concerns for Living Donor Advocates.- Chapter 22: A Practical Guide: Role of the Independent Living Donor Advocate: Protect or Advocate or Is It Both/And?.- Chapter 23: Racial Disparities in Kidney Transplant and Living Donation.- Chapter 24: The Evolution of the Role of the Independent Living Donor Advocates: Recommendations for Practice Guidelines. | The inadequate supply of organs in the United States and other countries continues to drive the reliance on living donor transplantation. In 2000, representatives of the transplant community convened for a meeting on living donation in an effort to provide guidelines to promote the welfare of living donors. The consensus statement that resulted from this meeting recommended that transplant centers retain an Independent Living Donor Advocate (ILDA) to focus on the best interest of the donor. A decade later, nearly every transplant center in the United States, performing living donor surgeries, has incorporated an ILDA into their living donor screening and/or evaluation process Living Donor Advocate provides an overview of living donation and its risks, ethical challenges and future developments​, as well as details about the role a Living Donor Advocate plays in the transplantation process. This book will interest health professionals across various disciplines and patients undergoing transplantation or living donor surgery. | <p>A comprehensive overview of live organ donations and its risks, challenges and future directions</p><p><p>Facilitates better understanding of the complexities of living donor surgeries, patient evaluations and ethics</p><p><p>Beneficial to healthcare professionals and patients undergoing transplantation or living donor surgery</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-9021-0 | Surgery | Steele | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Complexities in Colorectal Surgery | Decision-Making and Management |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 652 | Hard cover | Book w. online files/update | XX, 652 p. 348 illus., 284 illus. in color. With online files/update. | 0 | final | 99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH59036 | Colorectal Surgery | MNG | SCH43016 | Surgical Oncology | MNK | Surgery | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Section I.  Preoperative.- 1. The First Encounter.- 2. Perioperative Risk Assessment.- 3. Perioperative Nutrition Support in Colorectal Surgery.- Section II.  The Abdomen.- 4. Diverticulitis: Beyond the Basics.- 5. Carcinomatosis: Cytoreduction and Heated Intra-peritoneal Chemotherapy (HIPEC) vs. Palliation.- 6. Metastatic colorectal cancer.- 7. Enterocutaneous fistulas.- 8. Enteroatmospheric Fistula.- 9. Technical Tips for Difficult Stomas .- 10. Continent ileostomies.- Section III.  The Pelvis.- 11. Rectal prolapse: current evaluation, management and treatment of a historically recurring disorder.- 12. Obstructive Defecation.- 13. Fecal incontinence.- 14. Local treatment of rectal cancer: TEMS versus TAMIS versus transanal excision).- 15. Recurrent Rectal Cancer.- 16. The Approach to the Rectal Cancer Patient With a Suspected Complete Clinical Response – Selection of Patients to the Watch & Wait Strategy.- 17. Ileal Pouch Complications.- 18. The Failed Anastomosis.- 19. Pelvic bleeding.- Section IV.  Anorectal Disease.- 20. Hemorrhoidal Disease: Postoperative Complications.- 21. Fistula-in-ano.- 22. [NAME] (AIN)/ High-Grade Squamous Intraepithelial Lesion (HSIL).- 23. Chronic anal pain.- 24. [NAME]: Point-Counterpoint Acute and Chronic Perieal Wound.- Section V.  Special Situations.- 25. Considerations in the Elderly.- 26. The Morbidly Obese patient.- 27. The Pediatric Patient.- 28. Functional Problems Following Colorectal Surgery.- 29. Short Bowel Syndrome.- 30. The Intraoperative Consult.- 31. Laparoscopic Complications.- 32. Laparoscopic, Robotics and Endoscopy.- 33. Technical Aspects.- 34. Colon and Rectal Trauma.- 35. When [NAME] Calls.- Section VI.  Beyond the Operating Room.- 36. Facing our Failures.- 37. Teaching and Training for Laparoscopic Colorectal Resection.- 38. The Surgeon Investigator: Balancing Research and Clinical Practice.- 39. Medicolegal and Ethical Dilemmas.- 40. Economical Issues Impacting Surgical Care Delivery.- 41. Defining [NAME] and the Role of the Board.- 42. Knowing When to Say 'When'. | Complexities in Colorectal Surgery: Decision-Making and Management  provides a unique, modern, practical guide that covers the strategic evaluation, specific approaches, and detailed management techniques utilized by expert Colorectal Surgeons caring for patients with complex problems—whether they result from underlying colorectal disease or from complications arising from previous surgical therapy. The text is formatted as both a “how-to” manual as well as an algorithm-based guide allowing the reader to understand the thought process behind the proposed treatment strategies. By making use of evidence-based recommendations, each chapter will include not only diagnostic and therapeutic guidelines, but also a narrative by the author on his/her operative technical details and perioperative “tips and tricks” that they utilize in the management of these complex surgical challenges. This test includes chapters on the assessment of risk and nutritional intervention methods utilized to minimize perioperative complications. In addition, sections on medical and surgical therapies for abdominal, pelvic and anorectal disease are incorporated. Moreover, the technical challenges of managing complications resulting from the original or subsequent operations is addressed. The underlying focus throughout the text is to provide pragmatic and understandable solutions that can be readily implemented by surgeons of varying experience to successfully treat complex colorectal problems. The text also goes beyond the technical aspects of Colorectal Surgery and includes special sections highlighting the essence of a surgeon. These include chapters describing the importance of the first encounter, building patient rapport, and demonstrating confidence and competence while showing humility and avoiding arrogance. Additionally, aspects involving the medical-legal, ethical, and economic challenges confronting surgeons are covered. | <p>Authors provide personal perioperative “tips and tricks”</p><p>Includes a link to video clips that augment the text</p><p>Written by national and internationally-recognized colorectal surgeons</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-9010-4 | Surgery | Terris | [NAME]; [NAME] | Minimally Invasive and [NAME] and [NAME] |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 209 | Hard cover | Book | X, 209 p. 117 illus., 108 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH59052 | Minimally Invasive Surgery | MNB | SCH46015 | Head and Neck Surgery | MN | Surgery | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | The Evolution of Thyroid Surgery.- Defining Minimally Invasive and Remote Access Surgery of the [NAME] and Parathyroid Glands.- Principles and Philosophy of Minimally Invasive and Remote Access Endocrine Surgery.- Ambulatory Endocrine Surgery.- Non-endoscopic Minimally Invasive Thyroid Surgery.- Minimally Invasive Video-Assisted Thyroidectomy.- Total Endoscopic Thyroidectomy: Axillary Approach.- Bilateral Axillo-Breast Approach  Endoscopic and [NAME] Surgery.- Robot-Assisted Transaxillary Thyroidectomy.- Robotic Facelift Thyroidectomy.- Conservative Central Neck Dissection.- Minimal Access Neck Dissection.- Robot-assisted Neck Dissection in Papillary Thyroid Carcinoma.- Imaging for Parathyroid Surgery.- Use of Intraoperative Parathyroid Hormone Assay.- Minimally Invasive Non-Endoscopic Parathyroidectomy.- Minimally Invasive Video-Assisted Parathyroidectomy.- Radioguided Parathyroidectomy.- [NAME] 2020.- Parathyroid Surgery 2020.- The Future of Robotic Thyroid Surgery and Neck Dissection. | Minimally Invasive and [NAME] and [NAME] is the first textbook which includes a comprehensive review of both minimally invasive and robotic thyroid and parathyroid techniques. Over the last several years there has been a rapid expansion in the number of different surgical approaches available to patients undergoing thyroid and parathyroid surgery. This book consolidates these in one source and focuses on both the philosophy and techniques of these procedures. For thyroid surgery, the text covers the full range of minimally invasive procedures and several of the most widely adopted remote access techniques. Several related procedures are also discussed, including minimally invasive approaches to central and lateral neck dissection. For parathyroid surgery, several minimally invasive techniques are covered, including radioguided surgery.Written by experts in the field of thyroid and parathyroid surgery, Minimally Invasive and [NAME] and [NAME] serves as a critical resource for both experienced and less experience surgeons, fellows, residents, and students interested in understanding the breadth of this field or learning the specific steps of a particular technique. | <p>Written by experts in the field of thyroid and parathyroid surgery</p><p>Pioneers of surgical techniques describe their procedures in detail</p><p>Procedure and technique oriented technical reference</p><p>Includes numerous color photographs and drawings that augment the text</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-88-470-5509-4 | Surgery | [NAME] | [NAME] | Ultrasound-Guided Liver Surgery | An [NAME] |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 207 | Hard cover | Book | VII, 207 p. 344 illus., 293 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH5901X | Abdominal Surgery | MNC | SCH29064 | Ultrasound | MMPF | Surgery | Monograph | Springer Milan | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I Introductory aspects: 1 Technological requirements for ultrasound-guided liver surgery.- 2 Technical tricks to start exploring the liver with ultrasound.- 3 Exploring the liver with ultrasound following its anatomical features.- Part II Diagnosis and Staging: 4 Diagnosis and staging: intraoperative ultrasound.- 5 Diagnosis and staging: contrast enhanced intraoperative ultrasound and intravascular contrast agents.- 6 Contrast-enhanced intraoperative ultrasound using liver-specific contrast agents.- Part III Hepatobiliary Surgery: 7 Planning of the surgical strategy.- 8 Resection guidance.- 9 Intraoperative cholangio-ultrasound in the study of the biliary tree.- Part IV Liver Transplantation: 10 Liver transplantation from deceased donors.- 11 Liver transplantation from living donors.- Part V Minimally Invasive Surgery and Interventional Procedures: 12 Laparoscopic ultrasonography: impact in liver surgery.- 13 Ultrasound-guided intraoperative ablation therapies.- 14 Robotic ultrasound-guided liver resections.- 15 Conclusions: future perspectives for the use of ultrasound in liver surgery. | Ultrasound guidance of liver surgery is a very sophisticated approach that permits the performance of otherwise unfeasible operations, discloses the true extent of tumors, increases the indications for hepatectomy, and renders surgery safer. Despite this, it has remained relatively neglected in the literature over the past two decades, during which time much progress has been achieved. This is the first atlas on the subject, and it is comprehensive in scope. The state of the art in the use of ultrasound for resection guidance is carefully documented, and new techniques for exploration of the biliary tract and facilitation of transplant surgery are presented. Further important topics include the role of ultrasound in laparoscopic approaches, the use of contrast agents for diagnosis and staging, and developments in the planning of surgical strategy. The editor is a leading authority whose group has been responsible for a variety of advances in the field. He has brought together other experts whose aim throughout is to provide clear information and guidance on the optimal use of ultrasound when performing liver surgery. This atlas is intended especially for hepatobiliary surgeons but will also be of considerable value for general surgeons. | <p>Comprehensive atlas providing up-to-date information and guidance on the role of ultrasound in liver surgery </p><p>Explains the many benefits and applications of ultrasound </p><p>Covers new techniques and the use of ultrasound in laparoscopic approaches </p><p>Of value for both hepatobiliary and general surgeons​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-02410-3 | Surgery | Tsukahara | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Trends in Neurovascular Interventions |  | Acta Neurochirurgica Supplement | 119 | 1 | 2014 | 164 | Hard cover | Book | VI, 164 p. 60 illus., 34 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 219 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH39000 | Neurosurgery | MNN |  |  |  | Neurosurgery | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2014-01-31 00:00:00 |  |  | INTRACRANIAL ANEURYSMS: Surgical decision-making for managing complex intracranial aneurysms.- Recurrent and incompletely treated aneurysms.- The mini supra-orbital approach for cerebral aneurysm of the anterior portion of the circle of Willis.- Surgical exclusion of unruptured middle cerebral artery aneurysms: experience on 126 cases.- Progress in the treatment of unruptured aneurysms.- Distal Basilar Artery Aneurysms: Conditions for the safe and secure clipping.- Role of bypass surgery and balloon occlusion test for the endovascular management of fusiform dissecting aneurysms. Report of two cases.- Analysis of combined coiling and neuroendoscopy in the treatment of intraventricular hemorrhage due to ruptured aneurysm.- Intracranial hypertension in subarachnoid haemorrhage: outcome after decompressive craniectomy. CEREBRAL REVASCULARIZATION:  Selective targeted cerebral revascularization via microscope integrated Indocyanine green videoangiography technology.- Combined bypass technique for contemporary revascularization of unilateral MCA and bilateral frontal territories in moyamoya vasculopathy.- “How I do it”: Non Occlusive High Flow Bypass Surgery.- The role of MCA-STA bypass surgery after COSS and JET- The European point of view.- STA-MCA/STA-PCA bypass using short interposition vein graft.- Endovascular treatment for intracranial vertebrobasilar artery stenosis.- Carotid Endarterectomy for Pseudo-occlusion of the cervical internal carotid artery.- Identification of plaque location using indocyanine green videoangiography during carotid endarterectomy. [NAME], CAVERNOMAS, DEVELOPMENTS IN CEREBROVASCULAR IMAGING: Surgery after embolization of cerebral arteriovenous malformations: experience on 123 cases.- Epilepsy and headache after resection of cerebral arteriovenous malformations.- Results of surgery for cavernomas in critical supratentorial areas.- High resolution imaging of cerebral small vessel disease with 7T MRI. ​ | This book covers topical issues in neurovascular surgery, and in particular the management of intracranial aneurysms, arteriovenous malformations, and cavernomas, current trends in cerebral revascularization, and new concepts in cerebrovascular imaging. The contents reflect the continuing developments in interventions in cerebrovascular disorders as a result of progress in neuroimaging, evolution of pathophysiological concepts, new clinical trials, and technological innovations. The chapters are all written by acknowledged experts from across the world, and comprise original papers presented at the 6th European Japanese Stroke Surgery Conference, held in June 2012 in Utrecht, The Netherlands. The book will be of value to all who are interested in the latest developments in the field and offers fascinating insights into varied perspectives and techniques.​ | <p>Describes the latest advances in the management of intracranial aneurysms, arteriovenous malformations, and cavernomas</p><p>Examines current trends in cerebral revascularization</p><p>Presents new concepts in cerebrovascular imaging​</p> | Professionals | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-38507-0 | Surgery | Turgut | Dr. [NAME]; Ashok Kumar Mahapatra; [NAME]; [NAME] | Pituitary Apoplexy |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 176 | Hard cover | Book | VI, 176 p. 31 illus., 11 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH39000 | Neurosurgery | MNN | SCH33053 | Endocrinology | MJG | Neurosurgery | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2014-01-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction: Definition, History, Frequency, Histopathology and Pathophysiology of Pituitary Apoplexy. Overview: Conservative versus Surgical Decompression for Pituitary Apoplexy. [NAME] which Show Apoplexy: Predisposing factors for Pituitary Apoplexy.- Non-functioning tumour apoplexy.- Apoplexy in previously known tumours.- Post-operative Pituitary Apoplexy. Clinical Features: Clinical features of Pituitary Apoplexy.- Subarachnoid hemorrhage with Pituitary Adenoma.- Cerebral ischaemia in Pituitary Apoplexy. Visual and Endocrine Assessment: Visual acuity, eye movements and visual fields.- Visual outcome following Pituitary Apoplexy.- Preoperative endocrine function and [NAME] balance.- Endocrinopathies and other biochemical abnormalities in Pituitary Apoplexy. Mimicking Conditions: Carotid artery aneurysm.- Hypothalamic lymphoma.- Rathke's cleft cysts mimicking Pituitary Apoplexy. Management: Conservative management of Pituitary Apoplexy.- Surgical decompression for Pituitary Apoplexy.- Timing of surgery and outcome in Pituitary Apoplexy. Complications: [NAME] hemorrhage after transsphenoidal surgery. | Pituitary apoplexy is a rare and life-threatening complication that occurs in 0.6–10.5% of all patients with pituitary adenomas. Unfortunately, pituitary apoplexy is often misdiagnosed before surgery. Furthermore, in spite of all the advances in imaging techniques and therapeutic methods, its optimal management is still controversial owing to the limited individual experience and the very variable clinical course of the condition. This book provides an in-depth review of knowledge of the management of pituitary apoplexy, with an emphasis on clinical and neuroradiological findings and treatment modalities, medical and surgical. In addition, it supplies clinicians and investigators with detailed information on current evidence and considers future areas of investigation and innovative therapeutic philosophies. Both the editors and the authors are leading international authorities in the field. | <p>Comprehensive review of pituitary apoplexy and its management</p><p>Emphasis on clinical and neuroradiological findings</p><p>Covers both medical and surgical treatment modalities</p><p>Written and edited by leading experts</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-0-85729-982-6 | Surgery | Watkinson | [NAME]; [NAME] | Tips and Tricks in Endocrine Surgery |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 313 | Soft cover | Book | XVII, 313 p. 43 illus., 28 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 89.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH59044 | General [NAME] | MNC | SCH33053 | Endocrinology | MJG | Surgery | Professional book | Springer London | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Adrenal and Paraganglionoma: Presentation, Assessment and Diagnosis.- 2. Cushing’s Disease and Syndrome.- 3. Management of Conn’s Syndrome.- 4. Phaeochromocytoma and Paraganglioma.- 5. Adrenocortical Carcinoma and Open Adrenalectomy.- 6. Adrenal Metastasectomy.- 7. Minimally Invasive Adrenal Surgery.- 8. Diagnosis and Pre-Operative Assessment (Algorithms) for Pancreatic NETs.- 9. Localisation of Pancreatic and Gastrointestinal NETs.- 10. Surgery for Pancreatic [NAME] (pNEN).- 11. Gastrointestinal [NAME] (NET) Surgery.- 12. Assessment of Goitre.- 13. Surgery for [NAME] Disease.- 14. Management of the Indeterminate Thyroid Nodule.- 15. [NAME] Cancer.- 16. [NAME] Cancer.- 17. [NAME] Cancer.- 18. Thyroidectomy Technique.- 19. Surgery for Thyrotoxicosis.- 20. Retrosternal Goitre.- 21. [NAME] for Thyroid Cancer.- 22. Complications in [NAME] and How to Avoid Them.- 23. [NAME] Surgery.- 24. Extended Surgery for Extra-Thyroidal Disease Invasion.- 25. Managing the Airway in Thyroid Surgery.- 26. Voice Change following Thyroid and Parathyroid Surgery.- 27. Post-Operative Management of Thyroid Cancer.- 28. Recent Advances in Thyroid Surgery.- 29. Outcomes and Audit in Thyroid Surgery.- 30. Consent and Litigation in Thyroid Surgery.- 31. Assessment of Hyperparathyroidism.- 32. Parathyroidectomy: Indications for Surgery and Localisation.- 33. Surgery for [NAME] Hyperparathyroidism.- 34. Minimally Invasive Parathyroidectomy.- 35. Re-Operative Parathyroid Surgery.- 36. Renal Hyperparathyroidism.- 37. Presentation and Biochemical Assessment of Pituitary Disease.- 38. Localisation and Imaging of Pituitary Tumours.- 39. Diagnostic Work-Up and Non-Surgical Management of Pituitary Disease.- 40. Hypophysectomy. | This book provides a concise summary across all aspects of endocrine surgery, covering the major endocrine organs and discussing aspects of surgical care. It comprises five sections covering the major endocrine organs/systems, each with a specialist section editor. Within each section there are a number of brief (2-3 page) chapters, written in a combination of prose and bullet points, a format that is conducive to both detailed reading and quicker, “dipping in”, review. Each chapter contains a “Pearls and Pitfalls” summary box. The text takes into account the latest evidence and current expert opinion from an internationally renowned list of authors. | <p>This book summarises for quick reference all need-to-know aspects of endocrine surgery procedures</p><p>Each chapter focuses on one endocrine disorder and briefly covers definition, incidence, presentation, investigations, medical management, indications for surgery, tips for surgery, complications and outcomes</p><p>Each chapter includes a ‘pearls and pitfalls’ box, providing extra tips for the trainee surgeon</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8500-1 | Surgery | Yelon | [NAME]; [NAME] | [NAME] and Critical Care |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 450 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 450 p. 91 illus., 52 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH59044 | General [NAME] | MNC | SCH59125 | Traumatic Surgery | MNL | Surgery | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | SECTION I: IMPACT OF AGING ON HEALTH.- 1. Changing Demographics of the American Population.- 2. Cardiovascular Physiology.- 3. [NAME] Artery.- 4. Renal Function in the Elderly.- 5. Skin, [NAME], and [NAME] in the Elderly.- 6. Immunologic.- 7. Hematological Changes with Aging.- 8. Geriatric Psychology and the Injured Elderly.- 9. Health Care Economics and the Impact of Aging on Rising Health Care Costs.- 10. Operative Risk Stratification.- SECTION II: SURGICAL EMERGENCIES IN THE ELDERLY.- 11. Appendicitis.- 12. Biliary.- 13. Diverticulitis.- 14. Intestinal Obstruction.- 15. Intestinal Hemorrhage in the Elderly.- 16. Acute Abdomen.- 17. [NAME] Infections.- 18. Acute Vascular Insufficiency in the Elderly.- 19. [NAME] in the Elderly.- SECTION III: TRAUMATIC INJURY IN THE ELDERLY.- 20. Epidemiology of Injury in the Elderly.- 21. [NAME] and Injury Prevention.- 22. Outcomes for Surgical Care in the Elderly.- 23. Geriatric Neurotrauma.- 24. Chest Wall Injury.- 25. Thoracic.- 26. Pelvic Fracture.- 27. Extremity Injury.- 28. [NAME] in the Elderly.- 29. Critical Care Epidemiology and Outcomes/Resource Use in the Elderly.- 30. Cardiovascular/Invasive Monitoring.- SECTION IV: CRITICAL CARE MANAGEMENT OF THE ELDERLY PATIENT.- 31. Pulmonary Critical Care and Mechanical Ventilation.- 32. Renal Replacement Therapy (RRT).- 33. Nutrition Support.- 34. Pharmacology.- 35. Rehabilitation Concerns in Geriatric Trauma.- 36. End-of-Life Care.- 37. Ethics in Geriatric Trauma. | [NAME] and Critical Care provides a multidisciplinary overview of the assessment and management of the elderly patient presenting with surgical pathology. By utilizing current literature and evidence-based resources, the textbook elucidates the unique nature of caring for the elderly population. The structure of the volume provides the reader with an overview of the physiologic and psychological changes, as well as the impact on the healthcare system, associated with the aging process. Emphasis is placed on the impact of aging, pre-existing medical problems, effects of polypharmacy, advanced directives and end-of-life wishes on acute surgical problems, including trauma and surgical critical care. Special attention is given to the ethical implications of management of the aged. The multidisciplinary contributors provide a unique point of view not common to surgical texts. The textbook is the definitive resource for practicing surgeons, emergency medicine physicians, intensivists, anesthesiologists, hospitalists, geriatricians, as well as surgical residents, nurses and therapists, all who care for elderly patients with surgical emergencies. | <p>Extensively illustrated with figures, illustrations and photos</p><p>The definitive resource for a wide scope of caregivers</p><p>Multidisciplinary contributors provide a unique point of view </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-4687-2 | Urology | Chapple | [NAME]; [NAME] | Male LUTS/BPH Made Easy |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 164 | Soft cover | Book | VIII, 164 p. 26 illus., 7 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH00007 | Medicine/Public Health, general | MB | SCH62002 | Urology/Andrology | MJS | Urology | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | ​1. History of LUTS/BPO and Evolution of Concepts and Terminology.- 2. Epidemiology and Pathophysiology of LUTS/BPO.- 3. Assessing LUTS/BPO: What Is The Evidence?.- 4. Treatment Algorithms: When to Treat and Whom?.- 5. Medical Treatment of LUTS/BPH.- 6. Open Prostatectomy and Standard Endosurgery.- 7. Surgical Treatment: Lasers and Techniques.- 8. Emerging Treatments of BPH.- 9. Managing the Complex/Difficult Cases. | ​    Benign prostatic enlargement (BPE) is one of the most common diseases in older men and it is caused by an histopathological condition called “benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH). Clinical manifestations of BPH include symptoms, signs and sequelae of bladder outlet obstruction caused by the enlarged prostate. Although no longer life-threatening, the prevalence of moderate-to-severe urinary symptoms in the community is high, increasing from 22% among men aging 50-59 years to 45% among those in the seventh decade of life.   Male LUTS/BPH Made Easy is a full-color comprehensive reference on the management of lower urinary tract symptoms (LUTS) due to Benign Prostatic Enlargement (BPE). Aimed at urologists in residence and training, Male LUTS/BPH Made Easy, updates the reader on the most current treatments and assists in clinical decision making based on the latest evidence. | <p>​Contains “words of wisdom” from world experts</p><p>Provides an insight into current guidelines (AUA, ICUD, EAU, etc.) providing an international perspective on the management of LUTS due to BPH</p><p>Provides updated evidence from the peer-reviewed literature merging all relevant papers on a single subject into one paragraph/chapter</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8692-3 | Urology | Eastham | [NAME]; [NAME] | Radical Prostatectomy | Surgical Perspectives |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 440 | Hard cover | Book | X, 440 p. 127 illus., 95 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH62002 | Urology/Andrology | MJS | SCH43016 | Surgical Oncology | MNK | Urology | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Surgical Anatomy.- Anesthetic Considerations: Open versus Minimally Invasive Surgery.- Patient Positioning; Incision/Port Placement.- [NAME] Dissection for Prostate Cancer.- The Transperitoneal Robotic-Assisted Radical Prostatectomy.- Robotic-Assisted Radical Prostatectomy: A Surgical Guide to the Extraperitoneal Approach.- Open Radical Retropubic Prostatectomy.- Salvage Robotic-Assisted Laparoscopic Radical Prostatectomy.- Open Salvage Radical Prostatectomy for Recurrence of Prostate Cancer after Radiation Therapy.- Challenging Cases in Robotic Radical Prostatectomy.- Post-Operative Management-Erectile Function.- Postoperative Management and Preoperative Considerations – Urinary Incontinence and Anastomotic Stricture. | Radical Prostatectomy: Surgical Perspectives provides surgeons with a comprehensive overview of the anatomical approach to radical prostatectomy, whether done through an open (retropubic) or robotic-assisted laparoscopic approach. All chapters are structured to provide a step-by-step approach to the most technically demanding and most common oncologic procedure in urology surgery. The book includes highly practical presentations of typical surgical patients seen in the clinical practice of urology and relies heavily on illustrations and intraoperative photographs to clearly complement the text. In addition, the book  includes a detailed description of the management of uncommon but potentially serious intraoperative complications, including major vascular injury, ureteral transaction, and rectotomy.Written by authors from a variety of integrated disciplines, including anesthesia, cardiology, and nursing Radical Prostatectomy: Surgical Perspectives is a unique and valuable resource in the field of urology both for those currently in training and for those already in surgical practices. | <p>​Written entirely by experts from a variety of integrated disciplines</p><p>Provides a step by step approach </p><p>Richly detailed with illustrations and intraoperative photographs​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-5393-1 | Urology | Godbole | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Pediatric Endourology Techniques |  |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 354 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 354 p. 68 illus., 49 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH62002 | Urology/Andrology | MJS | SCH59079 | Pediatric Surgery | MNC | Urology | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Laparoscopy in Children: Basic Principles.- 2. Ergonomics of Laparoscopy.- 3. Basic Principles of Robotic Surgery.- 4. Physiology of Minimally Invasive Surgery versus Open Surgery.- 5. [NAME], Costs and Practical Considerations.- 6. Laparoscopic Nephrectomy and Heminephrectomy.- 7. Laparoscopic Pyeloplasty.- 8. Robotic Assisted Laparoscopic Pyeloplasty.- 9. Transposition of Lower Pole Vessels: ‘The Vascular Hitch’.- 10. Minimally Invasive Ureteroureterostomy.- 11. Laparoscopic Adrenalectomy.- 12. Operative Pneumovesicoscopy.- 13. Laparoscopic Extravesical Reimplantation.- 14. Bladder Diverticulectomy.- 15. Excision of Prostatic Utricle.- 16. Laparoscopic-assisted Bladder Reconstruction.- 17. Robotic-assisted Laparoscopic Ileocystoplaty: Our Technique.- 18. Impalpable Testis.- 19. Laparoscopic Varicocelectomy.- 20. Disorders of Sex Development (DSD) and Laparoscopy.- 21. General Principles of Cystourethroscopy.- 22. Endoscopic Injection Techniques for Vesicoureteral Reflux.- 23. [NAME] Injection for Urinary Incontinence.- 24. Injection Techniques for Bladder and Sphincter.- 25. Posterior Urethral Valves.- 26. Endoscopic Management of Ureteroceles and Syringoceles.- 27. Extracorporeal Shock Wave Lithotripsy: Principles of FragmentationTechniques.- 28. Pediatric Percutaneous Nephrolithotomy.- 29. Ureteroscopy for Urinary Calculi.- 30. Minimally Invasive Techniques to Approach Complications of Enterocystoplasty and Continent Catheterizable Channels.- 31. Minimally Invasive Uro-Oncology.- 32. Preparing the Child for Minimally Invasive Surgery and What Parents and Children Truly Remember. | Pediatric Urology has rapidly developed as a separate subspecialty in the last decade. During this time, significant advances in technology and instrumentation has meant that increasingly more procedures can be performed by the minimally invasive route. However, access to and availability of adequate training facilities and resources continues to hinder surgeons in achieving experience and expertise in the minimally invasive techniques in paediatric urology. Pediatric Endourology Techniques 2nd edition is a fully illustrated text with an accompanying web application which addresses these issues. The aim of this 2nd edition is to enable surgeons to carry out commonly performed minimally invasive pediatric urological procedures. This book has been organised systematically to enable quick reference to the topic of interest. It encompasses not only the majority of commonly performed pediatric endourological procedures in a standardised format but also newer techniques and procedures that have developed since publication of the first edition. A list of specific relevant reading material is given at the end of each chapter.  Pediatric Endourology Techniques 2nd Edition is a valuable tool for pediatric urologists as well as pediatric surgeons, general surgeons, adult urologists and those with an interest in minimally invasive surgery. | <p>Contains a detailed list of instrumentation and theatre positioning of patient, personnel and equipment in each chapter to enable surgeons to set up their own service safely and competently</p><p>Contains web based audiovisual clips of the procedure to reinforce the theoretical knowledge from the text</p><p>Written by experts in the field with tips and tricks to avoid or deal with problems</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8195-9 | Urology | [NAME] | [NAME] | Urolithiasis | A Comprehensive History |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 471 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 471 p. 58 illus., 32 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 239 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH62002 | Urology/Andrology | MJS | SCH51000 | Primary Care Medicine | MBPC | Urology | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | A History of Histories.- Epistemology and [NAME] Under the Stone: A Literary Legacy of Lithiasis.- Paleolithology.- Greco-Roman Stone Disease.- Dark Ages, Dark Therapies.- Renaissance of Urolithiasis.- [NAME]-The Bridge from Ancient to Modern.- Enlightened Minds and Stone Disease.- Charlatans, Quacks & Joanna Stephens.- Evolution of Stone Disease.- Founding Fathers of Stone Chemistry.- Famous Stone Sufferers.- Frederik Ruysch’s Fascination With Urolithiasis.- Gray’s Anatomy of Stones: [NAME] Carter.- The Stone Hospital & Stone Treatment.- [NAME] Rings.- Lithotomy.- Litholapaxy- Civiale to [NAME], [NAME] controversy (1828).- Imaging the Beast- Sounding, [NAME] and Röntgen Rays.- Rise of “Science” in Stone Disease.- Fictitious Stones and Sir [NAME] Osler.- Early Modern Stone Disease.- Epidemiology.- Pathophysiology.- The Rarest Stone of All!.- The Largest Stone of All!.- Lithotripsy: From Rocket Science to the Clinic.- Modern Stone Science.- Equal Rights: Stone Disease and Females.- Urologist’s Guide to the Galaxy.- Towards Keeping the Hippocratic Oath (Six Sigma).- Epilogue. | Urolithiasis: A Comprehensive History provides a historical sojourn into the varied manifestations of kidney stone disease. Utilizing historical sources and integrating classic material with new concepts, this new volume provides depth and details on stone disease not found in modern overviews on the topic. This volume serves as a very useful tool for physicians and researchers dealing with kidney stone disease. Written by a renowned expert in the field, Urolithiasis: A Comprehensive History is an in depth resource that heightens our medical understanding of this ancient disease and is of great value to urologists, nephrologists, endocrinologists interested in stone disease. | <p>​Written by the Curator for the American Urological Association's [NAME] for Urologic History</p><p>Provides depth and details not found in modern overviews on the topic</p><p>Integrates classic material and new concepts</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-9157-6 | Urology | Parekattil | [NAME]; Ashok Agarwal | Antioxidants in Male Infertility | A Guide for Clinicians and Researchers |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 490 | Soft cover | Book | X, 490 p. 36 illus., 26 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 79.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH62002 | Urology/Andrology | MJS | SCH56002 | Reproductive Medicine | MFKC | Urology | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I: Male Infertility Diagnosis.- Causes of Male Infertility.- Laboratory Evaluation for Male Infertility.- Epidemiological Considerations in Male Infertility.- Part II: Oxidants and Antioxidants.- Physiological Role of Reactive Oxygen Species in Sperm Function: A Review.- Molecular Mechanisms of Antioxidants in Male Infertility.- Oxidative Stress.- Loss of Intracellular Antioxidant Enzyme Activity During Sperm Cryopreservation: Effects on Sperm Function After Thawing.- Part III: Causes of Male Infertility.- Infection in Infertility.- Varicocele.- Sperm DNA Damage and [NAME] Use: Roles in Male Fertility.- Common Male Infertility Disorders: Aging.- Apoptosis and Male Infertility.- Impact of Spinal Cord Injury.- Obesity and Male Fertility.- Environmental Factors.- Part IV: Antioxidants in Male Reproductive Health.- Nutritional Pathways to Protect Male Reproductive Health.- Natural Antioxidants.- Synthetic Antioxidants.- [NAME] for the Enhancement of Male Reproductive Health: A Critical Review of the Literature.- In Vitro Studies of Antioxidants for Male Reproductive Health.- Sperm Processing and Selection.- Antioxidants in Sperm Cryopreservation.- Antioxidants in ICSI.- Antioxidants in IMSI.- Extended Embryo Culture Supplementation.- Best Practice Guidelines for the Use of Antioxidants.- Harmful Effects of [NAME]. | This concise, truncated version of Parekattil and Agarwal's Male Infertility: Contemporary Clinical Approaches, Andrology, ART & Antioxidants is the first resource dedicated solely to antioxidants and male infertility. With select chapters that will prove invaluable to the practitioner of reproductive medicine, Antioxidants in Male Infertility addresses issues such as:- Molecular mechanisms of antioxidants in male infertility- Oxidative stress- The impact of infection, aging, obesity, and injury on male infertility- Natural and synthetic antioxidants and antioxidant therapy- Antioxidants in ICSI and IMSIAlso included is a new chapter reviewing the physiological role of reactive oxygen species in sperm function.Practical for clinicians and researchers alike, Antioxidants in Male Infertility contains all of the need-to-know information about these cutting-edge topics in reproductive medicine. | <p>The first quick reference on antioxidants and male infertility</p><p>Concise and portable</p><p>Up-to-date information</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 1
 | 978-1-4471-4347-5 | Urology | Rane | [NAME]; [NAME] | Practical Tips in Urology |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 180 | Soft cover | Book | XX, 180 p. 20 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 39.95 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH62002 | Urology/Andrology | MJS | SCH59001 | Surgery | MN | Urology | Professional book | Springer London | Planned | 2013-11-06 00:00:00 |  | Worldwide |  | Practical Tips in Urology is a compact, illustrated reference which provides the reader with practical tips and advice in managing day-to-day urological issues encountered in a clinical setting. This book draws on practical experience and offers useful information that is often lacking in didactic textbooks of urology and in journal articles.  Practical Tips in Urology provides tips in dealing with urological emergencies, elective surgery and common outpatient consultation problems, among other things.  Written by experts in the field, Practical Tips in Urology is key reading for all practicing urologists and residents in training. | <p>Practical Tips in Urology provides day-to-day working tips on urological issues and patient management </p><p>Written by expert authors from around the world, this pocket sized handbook is packed with practical advice offering intuitive solutions that are absent in the majority of didactic textbooks and journal articles </p><p>Practical Tips in Urology makes use of full-color figures and schematic diagrams for ease of access to information and to facilitate learning</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-2-8178-0359-3 | Urology | Scoffone | [NAME]; [NAME]; Cecilia [NAME] | Supine Percutaneous Nephrolithotomy and ECIRS | The New Way of Interpreting PNL |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 246 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 246 p. 186 illus., 167 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 89.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH62002 | Urology/Andrology | MJS | SCH33126 | Nephrology | MJR | Urology | Monograph | Springer Paris | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- History of PNL.- Prone PNL: Review and results.- PNL Indications and [NAME] for PNL.- Radiology for stone disease.- Anesthesiological considerations (especially position related issues) before, during, after.- Supine PNL.- Endoscopic Combined  Intrarenal surgery.- Technical aspects of percutaneous management of ureteral stenoses and upper urinary tract transitional cell carcinoma.- Complications: how to manage them?.- PNL in pediatric patient.- Results: published series.- Conclusions. | PNL is the gold standard for the management of large and/or otherwise complex renal stones. Since its introduction in the seventies PNL has undergone considerable evolution, mainly driven by the improvement in access techniques, endoscopic instrument technology, lithotripsy devices and drainage management. The conventional prone position for PNL has been challenged in the last two decades by a variety of modifications, including the supine and Galdakao-modified supine Valdivia positions, which make simultaneous retrograde working access to the collecting system possible and have proven anesthesiological advantages. The Galdakao-modified supine Valdivia position allowed the development of [NAME] (Endoscopic Combined IntraRenal Surgery), a technique exploiting a combined antegrade and retrograde approach to the upper urinary tract, using both rigid and flexible endoscopes with the related accessories. The synergistic teamwork of ECIRS provides a safe and efficient, minimally-invasive procedure for the treatment  of all kinds of urolithiasis.The aim of this book is to share with the urologic community worldwide our experience, our standardization of all the steps, and tips and tricks for the procedure. | <p>First book dealing with supine PNL</p><p>The supine position with its modifications is the basis for [NAME] (Endoscopic Combined Intra-Renal Surgery)</p><p>This book describes in detail the surgical technique step by step, all the instruments and accessories to be employed, the organization of the operating room, the application of this surgical approach to special cases (malignant conditions, malformations, obesity, renal transplant…) </p><p>The preoperative assessment of the patient for a correct indication (anatomic study from radiological images), is analyzed </p><p>It presents a wide preliminary revision of the recent literature with the current state of the art </p><p>The authors propose numerous video-clips illustrating the written material </p><p>All contributors are opinion leaders of the field of endourology</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8425-7 | Urology | Shobeiri | [NAME] | Practical Pelvic Floor Ultrasonography | A Multicompartmental Approach to 2D/3D/4D Ultrasonography of Pelvic Floor |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 237 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 237 p. 302 illus., 261 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH62002 | Urology/Andrology | MJS | SCH59036 | Colorectal Surgery | MNG | Urology | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Pelvic Floor Anatomy.- 2D / 3D Endovaginal and Endoanal Instrumentation and Techniques.- Instrumentation and Techniques for Translabial and Transperineal Pelvic Floor Ultrasound.- 3D Endovaginal Ultrasound imaging of the Levator Ani Muscles.- Endovaginal Urethra and Bladder Imaging.- 3D Endovaginal Imaging of the Anorectal Structures.- Endovaginal Imaging of Vaginal Implants.- Endovaginal Imaging of Pelvic Floor Cysts and Masses.- Three-dimensional Endoanal Ultrasonography of the Anorectal Region.- Endoanal Ultrasonographic Imaging of the Anorectal Cysts and Masses.- Emerging Imaging Technologies and Techniques.- Post-Test Questions. | Practical Pelvic [NAME]: A Multicompartmental Approach to 2D/3D/4D Ultrasonography of Pelvic Floor provides an introduction to pelvic floor imaging, as well as a resource to be used during initial and more advanced practice. The book helps readers gain competence in performing 2D/3D/4D transperineal, and 2D/3D endovaginal / endoanal ultrasound evaluation of the pelvic floor, including anal sphincter and levator ani complex. The text also shows interested clinicians how to obtain optimal images of pelvic floor muscles and organs, how to obtain useful images of the anal canal, levator ani complex, urethra, and how to interpret clinical implications of alterations of the anatomy. In addition, emerging techniques of “dynamic” pelvic floor ultrasound and 3D/4D ultrasound are introduced through step by step protocols that are aimed at optimizing sonographic images. Written entirely by experts in their fields, Practical Pelvic [NAME]: A Multicompartmental Approach to 2D/3D/4D Ultrasonography of Pelvic Floor is a comprehensive resource that will be of great value to urogynecologists, colorectal surgeons, obstetrician and gynecologists, female urologists, ultrasonographers, radiologists, physiotherapists, as well as fellows in urogynecology and colorectal surgery. | <p>​Written entirely by experts in their field</p><p>Provides step by step protocols that are aimed at optimizing sonographic images</p><p>A concise book that purely describes complimentary use of transperineal, endovaginal and endoanal scanning​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine